278 Transaction Set Listing

008020X328 Health Care Services Review Notification and Acknowledgment
Usage
Repeats

ISA - INTERCHANGE CONTROL HEADER

X12 Name:
Interchange Control Header
X12 Purpose:
To start and identify an interchange of zero or more functional groups and interchange-related control segments
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
  1. For compliant implementations under this implementation guide, ISA13, the interchange Control Number, must be a positive unsigned number. Therefore, the ISA segment can be considered a fixed record length segment.
  2. The first element separator defines the element separator to be used through the entire interchange.
  3. Spaces in the example interchanges are represented by "." for clarity.
  4. The ISA segment terminator defines the segment terminator used throughout the entire interchange.
  5. All positions within each of the data elements must be filled.
TR3 Example:
ISA✱00✱..........✱01✱SECRET....✱ZZ✱SENDERS.ID.....✱ZZ✱RECEIVERS.ID...✱030101✱1253✱^✱00802✱000000905✱0✱T✱:~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
I01
Authorization Information Qualifier
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of information in the Authorization Information
CODE
DEFINITION
00
No Authorization Information Present (No Meaningful Information in I02)
03
Additional Data Identification
Required
2
I02
Authorization Information
M 1
AN
10
Information used for additional identification or authorization of the interchange sender or the data in the interchange; the type of information is set by the Authorization Information Qualifier (I01)
This element is fixed in length with identical minimum and maximum lengths. Spaces are inserted to meet the minimum length in an AN data element. With the associated code 00 in ISA01 or ISA03, an all space value indicates no information.
Required
3
I03
Security Information Qualifier
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of information in the Security Information
CODE
DEFINITION
00
No Security Information Present (No Meaningful Information in I04)
01
Password
Required
4
I04
Security Information
M 1
AN
10
This is used for identifying the security information about the interchange sender or the data in the interchange; the type of information is set by the Security Information Qualifier (I03)
This element is fixed in length with identical minimum and maximum lengths. Spaces are inserted to meet the minimum length in an AN data element. With the associated code 00 in ISA01 or ISA03, an all space value indicates no information.
Required
5
I05
Interchange ID Qualifier
M 1
ID
2
Code indicating the system/method of code structure used to designate the sender or receiver ID element being qualified
This ID qualifies the Sender in ISA06.
CODE
DEFINITION
01
Duns (Dun & Bradstreet)
14
Duns Plus Suffix
20
Health Industry Number (HIN)
CODE SOURCE: 121: Health Industry Number
27
Carrier Identification Number as assigned by Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS)
28
Fiscal Intermediary Identification Number as assigned by Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS)
29
Medicare Provider and Supplier Identification Number as assigned by Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS)
30
U.S. Federal Tax Identification Number
33
National Association of Insurance Commissioners Company Code (NAIC)
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Required
6
I06
Interchange Sender ID
M 1
AN
15
Identification code published by the sender for other parties to use as the receiver ID to route data to them; the sender always codes this value in the sender ID element
Required
7
I05
Interchange ID Qualifier
M 1
ID
2
Code indicating the system/method of code structure used to designate the sender or receiver ID element being qualified
This ID qualifies the Receiver in ISA08.
CODE
DEFINITION
01
Duns (Dun & Bradstreet)
14
Duns Plus Suffix
20
Health Industry Number (HIN)
CODE SOURCE: 121: Health Industry Number
27
Carrier Identification Number as assigned by Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS)
28
Fiscal Intermediary Identification Number as assigned by Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS)
29
Medicare Provider and Supplier Identification Number as assigned by Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS)
30
U.S. Federal Tax Identification Number
33
National Association of Insurance Commissioners Company Code (NAIC)
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Required
8
I07
Interchange Receiver ID
M 1
AN
15
Identification code published by the receiver of the data; When sending, it is used by the sender as their sending ID, thus other parties sending to them will use this as a receiving ID to route data to them
Required
9
I08
Interchange Date
M 1
DT
6
Date of the interchange
The date format is YYMMDD.
Required
10
I09
Interchange Time
M 1
TM
4
Time of the interchange
The time format is HHMM.
Required
11
I65
Repetition Separator
M 1
Type is not applicable; the repetition separator is a delimiter and not a data element; this field provides the delimiter used to separate repeated occurrences of a simple data element or a composite data structure; this value must be different than the data element separator, component element separator, and the segment terminator
Required
12
I11
Interchange Control Version Number Code
M 1
ID
5
Code specifying the version number of the interchange control segments, the version of the data elements within the control segments, and the code values within those data elements.
INDUSTRY NAME: Interchange Control Version Number
CODE
DEFINITION
00802
00802 Standards Approved for Publication by ASC X12 Procedures Review Board through December 2020
Required
13
I12
Interchange Control Number
M 1
N
9
A control number assigned by the interchange sender
  1. The Interchange Control Number, ISA13, must be identical to the associated Interchange Trailer IEA02.
  2. Must be a positive unsigned number and must be identical to the value in IEA02.
Required
14
I13
Acknowledgment Requested Code
M 1
ID
1
Code indicating sender's request for an interchange acknowledgment
INDUSTRY NAME: Acknowledgment Requested
X12.5 - Interchange Control Structure provides the purpose of the TA1 segment. The X12 Acknowledgment Reference Model provides considerable information about the TA1 segment.
CODE
DEFINITION
0
No Interchange Acknowledgment Requested
Use when the interchange contains ONLY acknowledgment Functional Groups (e.g. 999 or 824) or a TA1.
1
Interchange Acknowledgment Requested (TA1)
Use when batch process requires the return of a TA1 for the interchange.
2
Interchange Acknowledgment Requested only when Interchange is "Rejected Because Of Errors"
Use when the transaction is for real-time processing.
3
Interchange Acknowledgment Requested only when Interchange is "Rejected Because Of Errors" or "Accepted but Errors are Noted"
Use when batch processing requires the return of a TA1 for the interchange only when errors are noted.
Required
15
I14
Interchange Usage Indicator Code
M 1
ID
1
Code indicating whether data enclosed by this interchange envelope is test, production or information
INDUSTRY NAME: Interchange Usage Indicator
CODE
DEFINITION
I
Information
Use when the interchange contains ONLY a TA1.
P
Production Data
T
Test Data
Required
16
I15
Component Element Separator
M 1
Type is not applicable; the component element separator is a delimiter and not a data element; this field provides the delimiter used to separate component data elements within a composite data structure; this value must be different than the data element separator and the segment terminator

GS*HI - FUNCTIONAL GROUP HEADER

X12 Name:
Functional Group Header
X12 Purpose:
To indicate the beginning of a functional group and to provide control information
X12 Comments:
A functional group of related transaction sets, within the scope of X12 standards, consists of a collection of similar transaction sets enclosed by a functional group header and a functional group trailer.
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
GS✱XX✱SENDER CODE✱RECEIVER CODE✱19991231✱0802✱1✱X✱008020X328~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
479
Functional Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying a group of application related transaction sets
This is the 2-character Functional Identifier Code assigned to each transaction set by X12. The specific code for a transaction set defined by this implementation guide is presented in Section 1.2, Version Information.
CODE
DEFINITION
HI
Health Care Services Review Information (278)
Required
2
142
Application Sender's Code
M 1
AN
2/15
Code identifying party sending transmission; codes agreed to by trading partners
Use this code to identify the unit sending the information.
Required
3
124
Application Receiver's Code
M 1
AN
2/15
Code identifying party receiving transmission; codes agreed to by trading partners
Use this code to identify the unit receiving the information.
Required
4
373
Date
M 1
DT
8
Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
SEMANTIC: GS04 is the group date.
Use this date for the functional group creation date.
Required
5
337
Time
M 1
TM
4/8
Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
SEMANTIC: GS05 is the group time.
Use this time for the creation time. The recommended format is HHMM.
Required
6
28
Group Control Number
M 1
N
1/9
Assigned number originated and maintained by the sender
SEMANTIC: The data interchange control number GS06 in this header must be identical to the same data element in the associated functional group trailer, GE02.
For implementations compliant with this guide, GS06 must be unique within a single transmission (that is, within a single ISA to IEA enveloping structure). The authors recommend that GS06 be unique within all transmissions over a period of time to be determined by the sender.
Required
7
455
Responsible Agency Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the issuer of the standard; this code is used in conjunction with Data Element 480
CODE
DEFINITION
X
Accredited Standards Committee X12
Required
8
480
Version / Release / Industry Identifier Code
M 1
AN
1/12
Code indicating the version, release, subrelease, and industry identifier of the EDI standard being used, including the GS and GE segments; if code in DE455 in GS segment is X, then in DE 480 positions 1-3 are the version number; positions 4-6 are the release and subrelease, level of the version; and positions 7-12 are the industry or trade association identifiers (optionally assigned by user); if code in DE455 in GS segment is T, then other formats are allowed
INDUSTRY NAME: Version, Release, or Industry Identifier Code
This is the unique Version/Release/Industry Identifier Code assigned to an implementation by X12N. The specific code for a transaction set defined by this implementation guide is presented in Section 1.2, Version Information.
CODE SOURCE 881: Version / Release / Industry Identifier Code
CODE
DEFINITION
008020X328
Health Care Services Review Notification and Acknowledgment

ST*278 - TRANSACTION SET HEADER

X12 Name:
Transaction Set Header
X12 Purpose:
To indicate the start of a transaction set and to assign a control number
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
Use this segment to indicate the start of a health care services review notification or information copy transaction set with all of the supporting detail information. This transaction set is the electronic equivalent of a phone, fax, or paper-based notification or information copy.
TR3 Example:
ST✱278✱0002✱008020X328~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
143
Transaction Set Identifier Code
M 1
ID
3
Code identifying a Transaction Set
SEMANTIC: The transaction set identifier (ST01) is used by the translation routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate transaction set definition (e.g., 810 selects the Invoice Transaction Set).
CODE
DEFINITION
278
Health Care Services Review Information
Required
2
329
Transaction Set Control Number
M 1
AN
4/9
Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set
The Transaction Set Control Numbers in ST02 and SE02 must be identical and must be a numeric value. The number (i.e. numeric value) is assigned by the originator and must be unique within a functional group (GS-GE). For example, start with the numeric value 0001 and increment from there. The Transaction Set Control Number also aids in error resolution research.
Required
3
1705
Implementation Convention Reference
O 1
AN
1/35
Reference assigned to identify Implementation Convention
SEMANTIC: The implementation convention reference (ST03) is used by the translation routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate implementation convention to match the transaction set definition. When used, this implementation convention reference takes precedence over the implementation reference specified in the GS08.
INDUSTRY NAME: Implementation Guide Version Name
  1. This element must be populated with the guide identifier named in Section 1.2.
  2. This field contains the same value as GS08. Some translator products strip off the ISA and GS segments prior to application (ST-SE) processing. Providing the information from the GS08 at this level will ensure that the appropriate application mapping is utilized at translation time.
CODE
DEFINITION
008020X328
Health Care Services Review Notification and Acknowledgment

BHT*0007 - BEGINNING OF HIERARCHICAL TRANSACTION

X12 Name:
Beginning of Hierarchical Transaction
X12 Purpose:
To define the business hierarchical structure of the transaction set and identify the business application purpose and reference data, i.e., number, date, and time
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
BHT✱0007✱14✱199800114000001✱20220101✱1400~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1005
Hierarchical Structure Code
M 1
ID
4
Code indicating the hierarchical application structure of a transaction set that utilizes the HL segment to define the structure of the transaction set
Used to specify the sequential order of HL segments. The HL loops in the data stream must comply with this sequential order. An HL parent loop must be followed by any subordinate child loops prior to commencing a new HL parent loop at the same hierarchical level.
CODE
DEFINITION
0007
Information Source, Information Receiver, Subscriber, Dependent, Event, Services
Required
2
353
Transaction Set Purpose Code
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying purpose of transaction set
CODE
DEFINITION
14
Advance Notification
Use when an administrative notification is needed for admissions, referrals, pre-certifications of future events. For example, use for notification of authorization to admit a patient, notification of authorization to refer a patient, notification of authorization for pre-certification of services.
22
Information Copy
Use when a courtesy copy of a notification is needed. For example, use to send copies of health care service review decision outcomes from a delegated entity, PCP, or UMO to the service provider.
CN
Completion Notification
Use when an administrative notification is needed for admissions, referrals, pre-certifications associated with completed events. For example, use for Notice of Admission and Notice of Discharge.
Required
3
127
Reference Identification
O 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEMANTIC: BHT03 is the number assigned by the originator to identify the transaction within the originator's business application system.
INDUSTRY NAME: Submitter Transaction Identifier
  1. If the receiver returns a 278 acknowledgment response, this identifier must be returned in the 278 acknowledgment transaction's BHT03.
  2. Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Required
4
373
Date
O 1
DT
8
Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
SEMANTIC: BHT04 is the date the transaction was created within the business application system.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transaction Set Creation Date
Required
5
337
Time
O 1
TM
4/8
Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
SEMANTIC: BHT05 is the time the transaction was created within the business application system.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transaction Set Creation Time
Situational
6
640
Transaction Type Code
O 1
ID
2
Code specifying the type of transaction
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a 278 acknowledgment response to this notification is required. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
If BHT06 is not valued, the notification receiver shall assume that a 278 acknowledgment response is not required or desired.
CODE
DEFINITION
NO
Notice

HL - NOTIFICATION SENDER LEVEL

X12 Name:
Hierarchical Level
X12 Purpose:
To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data segments
X12 Comments:
  1. The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
  2. The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
This segment identifies the notification sender hierarchical level. For a notification transaction, this segment corresponds to the identification of the provider, payer, HMO, delegated entity, or other utilization management organization sending this information.
TR3 Example:
HL✱1✱✱20✱1~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
628
Hierarchical ID Number
M 1
AN
1/12
A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
The first HL01 within each ST-SE envelope must begin with "1", and be incremented by one each time an HL is used in the transaction. Only numeric values are allowed in HL01.
Not Used
2
734
Hierarchical Parent ID Number
O 1
AN
1/12
Required
3
735
Hierarchical Level Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
CODE
DEFINITION
20
Information Source
Use when reporting the Notification Sender.
Required
4
736
Hierarchical Child Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the level being described
COMMENT: HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL segment.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Additional Subordinate HL Data Segment in This Hierarchical Structure.

NM1 - NOTIFICATION SENDER NAME

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
This loop is required and identifies the notification sender. In most cases, the notification sender is the same entity as the notification source. The notification source is the entity that determined the outcome of a health services review or the owner of the information.
TR3 Example:
NM1✱1P✱1✱WHITE✱CHRIS✱✱✱✱XX✱1234567890~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
1P
Provider
2B
Third-Party Administrator
FA
Facility
PR
Payer
X3
Utilization Management Organization
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Person
2
Non-Person Entity
Situational
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when name information is needed to identify the notification sender. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Last or Organization Name
Situational
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM103 is valued and the notification sender is an individual (NM102 = 1), such as a primary care provider. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source First Name
Situational
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM104 is present and the middle name/initial of the person is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Middle Name
Not Used
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Situational
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Suffix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM104 is valued and the suffix of the individual's name is known; e.g. Sr., Jr., or III. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Name Suffix
Situational
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM109 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
PI
Payor Identification
Use when UMO is a payer and XV is not used.
XV
Standard Unique Health Plan Identifier (HPID)
Use when reporting Health Plan ID (HPID) or Other Entity Identifier (OEID).
CODE SOURCE: 540: Health Plan Identifier (HPID)
XX
Standard Unique Health Identifier for Health Care Providers (NPI)
Use when the provider is in the United States or its territories and is eligible to receive a National Provider Identifier (NPI).
OR
Use when the provider is not in the United States or its territories and has received an NPI.
CODE SOURCE: 537: National Provider Identifier (NPI)
Situational
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the Notification Sender is eligible to receive a National Provider Identifier (NPI) OR for the Payor Identification OR when the National PlanID is mandated for use. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Identifier
Not Used
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

REF - NOTIFICATION SENDER SUPPLEMENTAL IDENTIFICATION

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
8
Situational Rule:
Required when NM109 of this loop is not used and an identifier is necessary for the receiver to identify the provider. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
Use when the response contains summary information on the authorizations found.
TR3 Example:
REF✱ZH✱A12345~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
0B
State License Number
1J
Facility ID Number
EI
Employer's Identification Number
Use when NM108 does not equal 24 (Employer's Identification Number)
G5
Provider Site Number
N5
Provider Plan Network Identification Number
N7
Facility Network Identification Number
SY
Social Security Number
ZH
Carrier Assigned Reference Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Supplemental Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

N3 - NOTIFICATION SENDER ADDRESS

X12 Name:
Party Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the location of the named party
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when necessary to identify the notification sender by location. If not required, by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
Used to identify a specific location when the notification sender has multiple locations and his authority varies based on location.
TR3 Example:
N3✱123 MAIN STREET~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
166
Address Information
M 1
AN
1/55
Address information
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Address Line
Use this element for the first line of the notification sender address.
Situational
2
166
Address Information
O 1
AN
1/55
Address information
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a second address line is needed. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Address Line

N4 - NOTIFICATION SENDER CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE

X12 Name:
Geographic Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the geographic place of the named party
X12 Syntax:
  1. E0207
    Only one of N402 or N407 may be present.
  2. E0308
    Only one of N403 or N408 may be present.
  3. C0605
    If N406 is present, then N405 is required.
  4. C0704
    If N407 is present, then N404 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when necessary to identify the notification sender by location. If not required, by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
N4✱KANSAS CITY✱MO✱64108~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
19
City Name
O 1
AN
2/30
Free-form text for city name
COMMENT: A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to specify a location.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source City Name
Situational
2
156
State or Province Code
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying the Standard State/Province as defined by appropriate government agency
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source State Code
CODE SOURCE 22: States and Provinces
Situational
3
116
Postal Code
X 1
ID
3/15
Code specifying international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks (zip code for United States)
COMMENT: N403 contains the postal code in an unstructured format. N408 contains the postal code in a structured format. When a postal code data field is used, the parties shall agree as to which data element (N403 or N408) shall be used in the transaction set.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0308
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, or when a postal code exists for the country in N404. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Postal Zone or ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 51: ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 932: Universal Postal Codes
Situational
4
26
Country Code
X 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the country
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is outside the United States of America. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Notification Sender Country Code
Use the alpha-2 country codes from Part 1 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
5
309
Location Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
6
310
Location Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
7
1715
Country Subdivision Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying the country subdivision
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207, C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is not in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, and the country in N404 has administrative subdivisions such as but not limited to states, provinces, cantons, etc. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Notification Sender Country Subdivision Code
Use the country subdivision codes from Part 2 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
8
1702
Postal Code-Formatted
X 1
AN
3/20

PER*IC - NOTIFICATION SENDER CONTACT INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Administrative Communications Contact
X12 Purpose:
To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0304
    If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P0506
    If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.
  3. P0708
    If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
2
Situational Rule:
Required when the notification receiver must direct requests for follow up to a specific contact, electronic mail, facsimile, or phone number. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
When the communication number represents a telephone number in the United States and other countries using the North American Dialing Plan (for voice, data, fax, etc.), the communication number must always include the area code and phone number using the format AAABBBCCCC where AAA is the area code, BBB is the telephone number prefix, and CCCC is the telephone number. Therefore, the following telephone number (555) 555-1234 would be represented as 5555551234. Do not submit long distance access numbers, such as 1, in the telephone number. Telephone extensions, when applicable, must be submitted in the next element immediately following the telephone number. When submitting telephone extensions, only submit the numeric extension, do not include data that indicates an extension, such as "ext" or "x-".
TR3 Example:
PER✱IC✱JOHN SMITH✱TE✱5555551234✱EX✱123~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
366
Contact Function Code
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named
CODE
DEFINITION
IC
Information Contact
Situational
2
93
Name
O 1
AN
1/60
Free-form name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the acknowledgment must be directed to a particular contact. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Contact Name
Situational
3
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when PER04 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EM
Electronic Mail
FX
Facsimile
TE
Telephone
UR
Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
Use when reporting a URL. The URL must not contain any characters used as delimiters in this transaction.
Situational
4
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when PER02 is not valued, or to transmit a contact communication number. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Contact Communication Number
Situational
5
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when PER06 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EM
Electronic Mail
EX
Telephone Extension
FX
Facsimile
TE
Telephone
UR
Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
Use when reporting a URL. The URL must not contain any characters used as delimiters in this transaction.
Situational
6
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a telephone extension or multiple communication types are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Contact Communication Number
Situational
7
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a telephone extension or multiple communication types are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EM
Electronic Mail
EX
Telephone Extension
FX
Facsimile
TE
Telephone
UR
Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
Use when reporting a URL. The URL must not contain any characters used as delimiters in this transaction.
Situational
8
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a telephone extension or multiple communication types are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Contact Communication Number
Not Used
9
443
Contact Inquiry Reference
O 1
AN
1/20

PRV - NOTIFICATION SENDER PROVIDER INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Provider Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify the identifying characteristics of a provider
X12 Syntax:
P0203
If either PRV02 or PRV03 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when needed to indicate the provider's specialty. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
PRV02 qualifies PRV03.
TR3 Example:
PRV✱PC✱PXC✱203BS0133X~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1221
Provider Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying the type of provider
CODE
DEFINITION
AD
Admitting
AS
Assistant Surgeon
AT
Attending
CO
Consulting
CV
Covering
H
Hospital
Use when the provider is a facility (NM101=FA) or clinic (NM101=G3).
OP
Operating
OR
Ordering
OT
Other Physician
PC
Primary Care Physician
PE
Performing
RF
Referring
Required
2
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0203
CODE
DEFINITION
PXC
Health Care Provider Taxonomy Code
CODE SOURCE: 682: Health Care Provider Taxonomy
Required
3
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider Taxonomy Code
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
4
156
State or Province Code
O 1
ID
2
Not Used
5
C035
Provider Specialty Information
O 1
Not Used
6
1223
Provider Organization Code
O 1
ID
3

NM1 - NOTIFICATION SOURCE NAME

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the notification receiver needs to identify the notification source name that determined the outcome of the health service review and when it is different from the notification sender Name. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
This loop may be used when the notification sender is not the same entity as the notification source, or if there is a need to identify another requesting entity that was neither the notification sender or the notification source.
TR3 Example:
NM1✱1P✱1✱WHITE✱CHRIS✱✱✱✱XX✱1234567890~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
1P
Provider
2B
Third-Party Administrator
FA
Facility
PR
Payer
X3
Utilization Management Organization
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Person
2
Non-Person Entity
Situational
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when name information is needed to identify the notification source. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Last or Organization Name
Situational
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM103 is valued and the notification source is an individual (NM102 = 1), such as a primary care provider. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source First Name
Situational
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM104 is present and the middle name/initial of the person is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Middle Name
Not Used
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Situational
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Suffix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM104 is valued and the suffix of the individual's name is known; e.g. Sr., Jr., or III. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Name Suffix
Situational
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM109 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
PI
Payor Identification
Use when UMO is a payer and XV is not used.
XV
Standard Unique Health Plan Identifier (HPID)
Use when reporting Health Plan ID (HPID) or Other Entity Identifier (OEID).
CODE SOURCE: 540: Health Plan Identifier (HPID)
XX
Standard Unique Health Identifier for Health Care Providers (NPI)
Use when the provider is in the United States or its territories and is eligible to receive a National Provider Identifier (NPI).
OR
Use when the provider is not in the United States or its territories and has received an NPI.
CODE SOURCE: 537: National Provider Identifier (NPI)
Situational
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the Notification Sender is eligible to receive a National Provider Identifier (NPI) OR for the Payor Identification OR when the National PlanID is mandated for use. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Identifier
Not Used
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

REF - NOTIFICATION SOURCE SUPPLEMENTAL IDENTIFICATION

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
8
Situational Rule:
Required when NM109 of this loop is not used and an identifier is necessary for the receiver to identify the provider. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱ZH✱A12345~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
0B
State License Number
1J
Facility ID Number
EI
Employer's Identification Number
Use when NM108 does not equal 24 (Employer's Identification Number)
G5
Provider Site Number
N5
Provider Plan Network Identification Number
N7
Facility Network Identification Number
SY
Social Security Number
ZH
Carrier Assigned Reference Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Supplemental Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

N3 - NOTIFICATION SOURCE ADDRESS

X12 Name:
Party Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the location of the named party
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when necessary to identify the notification source by location. If not required, by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
Used to identify a specific location when the notification source has multiple locations and his authority varies based on location.
TR3 Example:
N3✱123 MAIN STREET~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
166
Address Information
M 1
AN
1/55
Address information
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Address Line
Use this element for the first line of the notification source address.
Situational
2
166
Address Information
O 1
AN
1/55
Address information
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a second address line is needed. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Address Line

N4 - NOTIFICATION SOURCE CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE

X12 Name:
Geographic Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the geographic place of the named party
X12 Syntax:
  1. E0207
    Only one of N402 or N407 may be present.
  2. E0308
    Only one of N403 or N408 may be present.
  3. C0605
    If N406 is present, then N405 is required.
  4. C0704
    If N407 is present, then N404 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when necessary to identify the notification source by location. If not required, by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
N4✱KANSAS CITY✱MO✱64108~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
19
City Name
O 1
AN
2/30
Free-form text for city name
COMMENT: A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to specify a location.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source City Name
Situational
2
156
State or Province Code
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying the Standard State/Province as defined by appropriate government agency
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source State Code
CODE SOURCE 22: States and Provinces
Situational
3
116
Postal Code
X 1
ID
3/15
Code specifying international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks (zip code for United States)
COMMENT: N403 contains the postal code in an unstructured format. N408 contains the postal code in a structured format. When a postal code data field is used, the parties shall agree as to which data element (N403 or N408) shall be used in the transaction set.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0308
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, or when a postal code exists for the country in N404. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Postal Zone or ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 51: ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 932: Universal Postal Codes
Situational
4
26
Country Code
X 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the country
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is outside the United States of America. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Notification Source Country Code
Use the alpha-2 country codes from Part 1 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
5
309
Location Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
6
310
Location Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
7
1715
Country Subdivision Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying the country subdivision
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207, C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is not in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, and the country in N404 has administrative subdivisions such as but not limited to states, provinces, cantons, etc. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Notification Source Country Subdivision Code
Use the country subdivision codes from Part 2 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
8
1702
Postal Code-Formatted
X 1
AN
3/20

PER*IC - NOTIFICATION SOURCE CONTACT INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Administrative Communications Contact
X12 Purpose:
To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0304
    If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P0506
    If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.
  3. P0708
    If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the notification receiver must direct requests for follow up to a specific contact, electronic mail, facsimile, or phone number. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
When the communication number represents a telephone number in the United States and other countries using the North American Dialing Plan (for voice, data, fax, etc.), the communication number must always include the area code and phone number using the format AAABBBCCCC where AAA is the area code, BBB is the telephone number prefix, and CCCC is the telephone number. Therefore, the following telephone number (555) 555-1234 would be represented as 5555551234. Do not submit long distance access numbers, such as 1, in the telephone number. Telephone extensions, when applicable, must be submitted in the next element immediately following the telephone number. When submitting telephone extensions, only submit the numeric extension, do not include data that indicates an extension, such as "ext" or "x-".
TR3 Example:
PER✱IC✱JOHN SMITH✱TE✱5555551234✱EX✱123~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
366
Contact Function Code
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named
CODE
DEFINITION
IC
Information Contact
Situational
2
93
Name
O 1
AN
1/60
Free-form name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the acknowledgment must be directed to a particular contact. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Contact Name
Situational
3
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when PER04 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EM
Electronic Mail
FX
Facsimile
TE
Telephone
UR
Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
Use when reporting a URL. The URL must not contain any characters used as delimiters in this transaction.
Situational
4
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when PER02 is not valued, or to transmit a contact communication number. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Contact Communication Number
Situational
5
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when PER06 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EM
Electronic Mail
EX
Telephone Extension
FX
Facsimile
TE
Telephone
UR
Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
Use when reporting a URL. The URL must not contain any characters used as delimiters in this transaction.
Situational
6
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a telephone extension or multiple communication types are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Contact Communication Number
Situational
7
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a telephone extension or multiple communication types are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EM
Electronic Mail
EX
Telephone Extension
FX
Facsimile
TE
Telephone
UR
Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
Use when reporting a URL. The URL must not contain any characters used as delimiters in this transaction.
Situational
8
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a telephone extension or multiple communication types are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Contact Communication Number
Not Used
9
443
Contact Inquiry Reference
O 1
AN
1/20

PRV - NOTIFICATION SOURCE PROVIDER INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Provider Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify the identifying characteristics of a provider
X12 Syntax:
P0203
If either PRV02 or PRV03 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when needed to indicate the provider's specialty. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
PRV02 qualifies PRV03.
TR3 Example:
PRV✱PC✱PXC✱203BS0133X~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1221
Provider Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying the type of provider
CODE
DEFINITION
AD
Admitting
AS
Assistant Surgeon
AT
Attending
CO
Consulting
CV
Covering
H
Hospital
Use when the provider is a facility (NM101=FA) or clinic (NM101=G3).
OP
Operating
OR
Ordering
OT
Other Physician
PC
Primary Care Physician
PE
Performing
RF
Referring
Required
2
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0203
CODE
DEFINITION
PXC
Health Care Provider Taxonomy Code
CODE SOURCE: 682: Health Care Provider Taxonomy
Required
3
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider Taxonomy Code
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
4
156
State or Province Code
O 1
ID
2
Not Used
5
C035
Provider Specialty Information
O 1
Not Used
6
1223
Provider Organization Code
O 1
ID
3

HL - NOTIFICATION RECEIVER LEVEL

X12 Name:
Hierarchical Level
X12 Purpose:
To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data segments
X12 Comments:
  1. The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
  2. The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
This segment indicates the health care services review notification receiver.
TR3 Example:
HL✱2✱1✱21✱1~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
628
Hierarchical ID Number
M 1
AN
1/12
A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
The first HL01 within each ST-SE envelope must begin with "1", and be incremented by one each time an HL is used in the transaction. Only numeric values are allowed in HL01.
Required
2
734
Hierarchical Parent ID Number
O 1
AN
1/12
Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data segment being described is subordinate to
COMMENT: HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID number of the HL segment to which the current HL segment is subordinate.
Required
3
735
Hierarchical Level Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
CODE
DEFINITION
21
Information Receiver
Use when reporting the Notification Receiver.
Required
4
736
Hierarchical Child Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the level being described
COMMENT: HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL segment.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Additional Subordinate HL Data Segment in This Hierarchical Structure.

NM1 - NOTIFICATION RECEIVER NAME

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
This segment identifies the receiver of information.
TR3 Example:
NM1✱X3✱2✱ABC PAYER✱✱✱✱✱46✱123450000~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
1P
Provider
2B
Third-Party Administrator
FA
Facility
PR
Payer
X3
Utilization Management Organization
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Person
2
Non-Person Entity
Situational
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when name information is needed to identify the receiver. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Receiver Last or Organization Name
Situational
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM103 is present and NM102 = 1. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Receiver First Name
Situational
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM104 is present and the middle name/initial of the person is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Receiver Middle Name
Not Used
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Situational
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Suffix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM104 is valued and the suffix of the individual's name is known; e.g. Sr., Jr., or III. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Receiver Name Suffix
Required
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
CODE
DEFINITION
24
Employer's Identification Number
34
Social Security Number
46
Electronic Transmitter Identification Number (ETIN)
PI
Payor Identification
Use when UMO is a payer and XV is not used.
XV
Standard Unique Health Plan Identifier (HPID)
Use when reporting Health Plan ID (HPID) or Other Entity Identifier (OEID).
CODE SOURCE: 540: Health Plan Identifier (HPID)
XX
Standard Unique Health Identifier for Health Care Providers (NPI)
Use when the provider is in the United States or its territories and is eligible to receive a National Provider Identifier (NPI).
OR
Use when the provider is not in the United States or its territories and has received an NPI.
CODE SOURCE: 537: National Provider Identifier (NPI)
Required
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Receiver Identifier
Not Used
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

HL - SUBSCRIBER LEVEL

X12 Name:
Hierarchical Level
X12 Purpose:
To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data segments
X12 Comments:
  1. The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
  2. The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
This segment indicates the subscriber hierarchical level. This segment corresponds to the identification of the subscriber or individual insured member. The subscriber could also be the patient. If the subscriber is the patient or the patient has a unique insurance identifier, the dependent hierarchical level (Loop 2000D) is not used.
TR3 Example:
HL✱3✱2✱22✱1~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
628
Hierarchical ID Number
M 1
AN
1/12
A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
The first HL01 within each ST-SE envelope must begin with "1", and be incremented by one each time an HL is used in the transaction. Only numeric values are allowed in HL01.
Required
2
734
Hierarchical Parent ID Number
O 1
AN
1/12
Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data segment being described is subordinate to
COMMENT: HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID number of the HL segment to which the current HL segment is subordinate.
Required
3
735
Hierarchical Level Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
CODE
DEFINITION
22
Subscriber
Required
4
736
Hierarchical Child Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the level being described
COMMENT: HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL segment.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Additional Subordinate HL Data Segment in This Hierarchical Structure.

NM1*IL - SUBSCRIBER NAME

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
  1. This segment conveys the name and identification number of the subscriber (who may also be the patient), or the Property & Casualty (including Workers' Compensation) entity.
  2. The Member Identification Number (NM108/NM109) is required and may be adequate to identify the subscriber to the UMO. However, the UMO can require additional information. The maximum data elements that the UMO can require to identify the subscriber, in addition to the member ID are as follows:
    Subscriber Last Name (NM103)
    Subscriber First Name (NM104)
    Subscriber Birth Date (DMG01 and DMG02)
  3. Refer to Section 1.11.2.1, Identifying the Subscriber/Patient.
  4. When a Property & Casualty (including Workers' Compensation) entity is the Subscriber, value the Entity Type Qualifier to 2 and the associated Federal Tax ID.
TR3 Example:
NM1✱IL✱1✱DOE✱JOHN✱T✱✱JR✱MI✱123456~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
IL
Insured or Subscriber
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Person
2
Non-Person Entity
Situational
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when name information is needed by the receiver to identify the subscriber. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion, but cannot be required by receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Last Name
Situational
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when name information is needed by the receiver to identify the subscriber. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion, but cannot be required by receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber First Name
Situational
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when name information is needed by the receiver to identify the Subscriber and the middle name/initial of the person is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Middle Name or Initial
Situational
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Prefix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when subscriber's military title or rank is needed by the UMO to further identify the subscriber. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Name Prefix
Situational
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Suffix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the suffix of an individual's name is needed to further identify the subscriber; e.g., Sr., Jr., or III. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Name Suffix
Required
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
CODE
DEFINITION
FI
Federal Taxpayer's Identification Number
Use when NM102 = 2.
II
Standard Unique Health Identifier for each Individual in the United States
MI
Member Identification Number
Use when reporting the subscriber's identification number as assigned by the payer.
Required
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Primary Identifier
Not Used
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

REF - SUBSCRIBER SUPPLEMENTAL IDENTIFICATION

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
9
Situational Rule:
Required when needed to provide a supplemental identifier for the subscriber. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. Health Insurance Claim (HIC) Number or Medicaid Recipient Identification Number is provided in the NM1 segment as a Member Identification Number when it is the primary number by which the UMO knows the member (such as for Medicare or Medicaid). Do not use this segment for the Health Insurance Claim (HIC) Number or Medicaid Recipient Identification Number unless it is different from the Member Identification Number provided in the NM1 segment.
  2. If the information sender values this segment with the Patient Account Number (REF01="EJ") on the notification, the notification receiver must return the same value in this segment on the acknowledgment response if one is returned.
  3. The primary identifier is the Member Identification Number in the NM1 segment.
TR3 Example:
REF✱1W✱123456789~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
1L
Group or Policy Number
Use when you cannot determine if the number is a Group Number (6P) or a Policy Number (IG).
3L
Branch Identifier
6P
Group Number
DP
Department Number
EJ
Patient Account Number
Use when reporting the patient account number. The maximum number of characters to be supported in REF02 for this qualifier is '35'. Characters beyond the maximum are not required to be stored nor returned by any receiving system.
F6
Health Insurance Claim (HIC) Number
HJ
Identity Card Number
Use when the Identity Card Number differs from the Member Identification Number (MI) in NM108.
IG
Insurance Policy Number
N6
Plan Network Identification Number
NQ
Medicaid Recipient Identification Number
SY
Social Security Number
Use when reporting a Social Security Number.

The Social Security Number must be a string of exactly nine numbers with no separators.

For example, sending "111002222" would be valid, while sending "111-00-2222" would be invalid.
Y4
Agency Claim Number
Use when reporting the Property & Casualty claim number.
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Supplemental Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

N3 - SUBSCRIBER ADDRESS

X12 Name:
Party Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the location of the named party
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the subscriber is the patient and the current address of the patient is used to determine the appropriate location or network of service. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
N3✱123 MAIN STREET~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
166
Address Information
M 1
AN
1/55
Address information
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Address Line
Use this element for the first line of the Subscriber address.
Situational
2
166
Address Information
O 1
AN
1/55
Address information
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a second address line is needed. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Address Line

N4 - SUBSCRIBER CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE

X12 Name:
Geographic Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the geographic place of the named party
X12 Syntax:
  1. E0207
    Only one of N402 or N407 may be present.
  2. E0308
    Only one of N403 or N408 may be present.
  3. C0605
    If N406 is present, then N405 is required.
  4. C0704
    If N407 is present, then N404 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the subscriber is the patient and the current address of the patient is used to determine the appropriate location or network of service. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
N4✱KANSAS CITY✱MO✱64108~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
19
City Name
O 1
AN
2/30
Free-form text for city name
COMMENT: A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to specify a location.
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber City Name
Situational
2
156
State or Province Code
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying the Standard State/Province as defined by appropriate government agency
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber State Code
CODE SOURCE 22: States and Provinces
Situational
3
116
Postal Code
X 1
ID
3/15
Code specifying international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks (zip code for United States)
COMMENT: N403 contains the postal code in an unstructured format. N408 contains the postal code in a structured format. When a postal code data field is used, the parties shall agree as to which data element (N403 or N408) shall be used in the transaction set.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0308
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, or when a postal code exists for the country in N404. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Postal Zone or ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 51: ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 932: Universal Postal Codes
Situational
4
26
Country Code
X 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the country
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is outside the United States of America. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Country Code
Use the alpha-2 country codes from Part 1 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
5
309
Location Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
6
310
Location Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
7
1715
Country Subdivision Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying the country subdivision
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207, C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is not in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, and the country in N404 has administrative subdivisions such as but not limited to states, provinces, cantons, etc. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Country Subdivision Code
Use the country subdivision codes from Part 2 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
8
1702
Postal Code-Formatted
X 1
AN
3/20

DMG*D8 - SUBSCRIBER DEMOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Demographic Information
X12 Purpose:
To supply demographic information
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0102
    If either DMG01 or DMG02 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P1011
    If either DMG10 or DMG11 is present, then the other is required.
  3. C1105
    If DMG11 is present, then DMG05 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when birth date is needed to identify the patient or when gender information was used to render a medical decision. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
DMG✱D8✱19690815✱M~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Required
2
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
SEMANTIC: DMG02 is the date of birth.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Birth Date
Situational
3
1068
Gender Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating the sex of the individual
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when gender (DMG03) was used to determine medical necessity. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Gender Code
CODE
DEFINITION
F
Female
M
Male
U
Unknown
Not Used
4
1067
Marital Status Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
5
C056
Composite Race or Ethnicity Information
X 25
Not Used
6
1066
Citizenship Status Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
7
26
Country Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
8
659
Basis of Verification Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
9
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
10
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Not Used
11
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
12
26
Country Code
O 1
ID
2/3

INS*Y - SUBSCRIBER RELATIONSHIP

X12 Name:
Insured Benefit
X12 Purpose:
To provide benefit, characteristics, and identification information on insured entities.
X12 Syntax:
P1112
If either INS11 or INS12 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when subscriber's military role is needed by the UMO to further identify the subscriber. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
INS✱Y✱18✱✱✱✱✱✱AO~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
M 1
ID
1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: INS01 indicates status of the insured. A "Y" value indicates the insured is a subscriber: an "N" value indicates the insured is a dependent.
INDUSTRY NAME: Insured Indicator
CODE
DEFINITION
Y
Yes
Required
2
1069
Individual Relationship Code
M 1
ID
2
Code indicating the relationship between two individuals or entities
CODE
DEFINITION
18
Self
Not Used
3
875
Maintenance Type Code
O 1
ID
3
Not Used
4
1203
Maintenance Reason Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
5
1216
Benefit Status Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
6
C052
Medicare Status Code
O 1
Not Used
7
1219
Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA) Qualifying
O 1
ID
1/2
Required
8
584
Employment Status Code
O 1
ID
2
Code indicating the general employment status of an employee/claimant
Use to qualify the patient's relationship to the military.
CODE
DEFINITION
AO
Active Military - Overseas
AU
Active Military - USA
DI
Deceased
PV
Previous
RU
Retired Military - USA
Not Used
9
1220
Student Status Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
10
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
11
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Not Used
13
1165
Confidentiality Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
14
19
City Name
O 1
AN
2/30
Not Used
15
156
State or Province Code
O 1
ID
2
Not Used
16
26
Country Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
17
1470
Number
O 1
N
1/9
Not Used
18
1792
Changed Identifying Information Code
O 20
ID
1/2
Not Used
19
1793
Provider Network Status Information Code
O 1
ID
1/2

HL - DEPENDENT LEVEL

X12 Name:
Hierarchical Level
X12 Purpose:
To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data segments
X12 Comments:
  1. The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
  2. The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the patient is someone other than the subscriber and the patient does not have a unique (different from the subscriber) member ID. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
If the patient has a unique member ID, use Loop 2000C to identify the patient.
TR3 Example:
HL✱4✱3✱23✱1~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
628
Hierarchical ID Number
M 1
AN
1/12
A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
The first HL01 within each ST-SE envelope must begin with "1", and be incremented by one each time an HL is used in the transaction. Only numeric values are allowed in HL01.
Required
2
734
Hierarchical Parent ID Number
O 1
AN
1/12
Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data segment being described is subordinate to
COMMENT: HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID number of the HL segment to which the current HL segment is subordinate.
Required
3
735
Hierarchical Level Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
CODE
DEFINITION
23
Dependent
Required
4
736
Hierarchical Child Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the level being described
COMMENT: HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL segment.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Additional Subordinate HL Data Segment in This Hierarchical Structure.

NM1*QC - DEPENDENT NAME

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
  1. This segment conveys the name of the dependent who is the patient.
  2. The maximum data elements in Loop 2010D that can be required by a UMO to identify a dependent are as follows:
    Dependent Last Name (NM103)
    Dependent First Name (NM104)
    Dependent Birth Date (DMG01 and DMG02)
TR3 Example:
NM1✱QC✱1✱DOE✱SALLY✱J~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
QC
Patient
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Person
Situational
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when name information is needed by the UMO to identify the dependent. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Dependent Last Name
Situational
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when name information is needed by the UMO to identify the dependent. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Dependent First Name
Situational
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when name information is needed by the UMO to identify the dependent and the middle name/initial of the dependent is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Dependent Middle Name or Initial
Not Used
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Situational
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Suffix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when name information is needed by the UMO to identify the dependent and the suffix of an individual's name; e.g. Sr., Jr., or III of the dependent is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Dependent Name Suffix
Not Used
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Not Used
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

REF - DEPENDENT SUPPLEMENTAL IDENTIFICATION

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
4
Situational Rule:
Required when needed to provide a supplemental identifier for the dependent. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. Use the Subscriber Supplemental Identifier (REF) segment in Loop 2010C for supplemental identifiers related to the subscriber's policy or group number.
  2. If the information sender values this segment with the Patient Account Number (REF01="EJ") on the notification, the notification receiver must return the same value in this segment on the acknowledgment response if one is returned.
TR3 Example:
REF✱EJ✱660415~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
28
Employee Identification Number
EJ
Patient Account Number
Use when reporting the patient account number. The maximum number of characters to be supported in REF02 for this qualifier is '35'. Characters beyond the maximum are not required to be stored nor returned by any receiving system.
SY
Social Security Number
Use when reporting a Social Security Number.

The Social Security Number must be a string of exactly nine numbers with no separators.

For example, sending "111002222" would be valid, while sending "111-00-2222" would be invalid.
Y4
Agency Claim Number
Use when reporting the Property & Casualty claim number.
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Dependent Supplemental Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

N3 - DEPENDENT ADDRESS

X12 Name:
Party Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the location of the named party
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the current address of the patient is used to determine the appropriate location or network of service. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
N3✱123 MAIN STREET~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
166
Address Information
M 1
AN
1/55
Address information
INDUSTRY NAME: Dependent Address Line
Use this element for the first line of the Dependent address.
Situational
2
166
Address Information
O 1
AN
1/55
Address information
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a second address line is needed. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Dependent Address Line

N4 - DEPENDENT CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE

X12 Name:
Geographic Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the geographic place of the named party
X12 Syntax:
  1. E0207
    Only one of N402 or N407 may be present.
  2. E0308
    Only one of N403 or N408 may be present.
  3. C0605
    If N406 is present, then N405 is required.
  4. C0704
    If N407 is present, then N404 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the current address of the patient is used to determine the appropriate location or network of service. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
N4✱KANSAS CITY✱MO✱64108~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
19
City Name
O 1
AN
2/30
Free-form text for city name
COMMENT: A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to specify a location.
INDUSTRY NAME: Dependent City Name
Situational
2
156
State or Province Code
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying the Standard State/Province as defined by appropriate government agency
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Dependent State Code
CODE SOURCE 22: States and Provinces
Situational
3
116
Postal Code
X 1
ID
3/15
Code specifying international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks (zip code for United States)
COMMENT: N403 contains the postal code in an unstructured format. N408 contains the postal code in a structured format. When a postal code data field is used, the parties shall agree as to which data element (N403 or N408) shall be used in the transaction set.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0308
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, or when a postal code exists for the country in N404. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Dependent Postal Zone or ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 51: ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 932: Universal Postal Codes
Situational
4
26
Country Code
X 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the country
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is outside the United States of America. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Dependent Country Code
Use the alpha-2 country codes from Part 1 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
5
309
Location Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
6
310
Location Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
7
1715
Country Subdivision Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying the country subdivision
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207, C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is not in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, and the country in N404 has administrative subdivisions such as but not limited to states, provinces, cantons, etc. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Dependent Country Subdivision Code
Use the country subdivision codes from Part 2 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
8
1702
Postal Code-Formatted
X 1
AN
3/20

DMG*D8 - DEPENDENT DEMOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Demographic Information
X12 Purpose:
To supply demographic information
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0102
    If either DMG01 or DMG02 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P1011
    If either DMG10 or DMG11 is present, then the other is required.
  3. C1105
    If DMG11 is present, then DMG05 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when birth date is needed to identify the patient or when gender information was used to render a medical decision. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
DMG✱D8✱19690815✱M~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Required
2
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
SEMANTIC: DMG02 is the date of birth.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
INDUSTRY NAME: Dependent Birth Date
Situational
3
1068
Gender Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating the sex of the individual
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when gender (DMG03) was used to determine medical necessity. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Dependent Gender Code
CODE
DEFINITION
F
Female
M
Male
U
Unknown
Not Used
4
1067
Marital Status Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
5
C056
Composite Race or Ethnicity Information
X 25
Not Used
6
1066
Citizenship Status Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
7
26
Country Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
8
659
Basis of Verification Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
9
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
10
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Not Used
11
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
12
26
Country Code
O 1
ID
2/3

INS*N - DEPENDENT RELATIONSHIP

X12 Name:
Insured Benefit
X12 Purpose:
To provide benefit, characteristics, and identification information on insured entities.
X12 Syntax:
P1112
If either INS11 or INS12 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when patient relationship to insured or birth sequence was used to further identify the dependent. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
This segment may be used to further identify the patient. Examples include identifying a patient in a multiple birth or differentiating dependents with the same name and date of birth.
TR3 Example:
INS✱N✱19~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
M 1
ID
1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: INS01 indicates status of the insured. A "Y" value indicates the insured is a subscriber: an "N" value indicates the insured is a dependent.
INDUSTRY NAME: Insured Indicator
CODE
DEFINITION
N
No
Required
2
1069
Individual Relationship Code
M 1
ID
2
Code indicating the relationship between two individuals or entities
CODE
DEFINITION
01
Spouse
19
Child
53
Life Partner
G8
Other Relationship
Not Used
3
875
Maintenance Type Code
O 1
ID
3
Not Used
4
1203
Maintenance Reason Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
5
1216
Benefit Status Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
6
C052
Medicare Status Code
O 1
Not Used
7
1219
Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA) Qualifying
O 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
8
584
Employment Status Code
O 1
ID
2
Not Used
9
1220
Student Status Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
10
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
11
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Not Used
13
1165
Confidentiality Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
14
19
City Name
O 1
AN
2/30
Not Used
15
156
State or Province Code
O 1
ID
2
Not Used
16
26
Country Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Situational
17
1470
Number
O 1
N
1/9
A generic number
SEMANTIC: INS17 is the number assigned to each family member born with the same birth date. This number identifies birth sequence for multiple births allowing proper tracking and response of benefits for each dependent (i.e., twins, triplets, etc.).
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the dependent is a child from a multiple birth. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Birth Sequence Number
Not Used
18
1792
Changed Identifying Information Code
O 20
ID
1/2
Not Used
19
1793
Provider Network Status Information Code
O 1
ID
1/2

HL - PATIENT EVENT LEVEL

X12 Name:
Hierarchical Level
X12 Purpose:
To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data segments
X12 Comments:
  1. The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
  2. The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
  1. Loop 2000E identifies information about the patient event and includes specific person, group practice, facility, or specialty entity providing services.
  2. Patient event information identified at the 2000E loop applies to all subsequent 2000F service loops. Values entered at a specific 2000F service loop override 2000E patient event information for that 2000F service loop only.
TR3 Example:
HL✱5✱4✱EV✱1~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
628
Hierarchical ID Number
M 1
AN
1/12
A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
The first HL01 within each ST-SE envelope must begin with "1", and be incremented by one each time an HL is used in the transaction. Only numeric values are allowed in HL01.
Required
2
734
Hierarchical Parent ID Number
O 1
AN
1/12
Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data segment being described is subordinate to
COMMENT: HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID number of the HL segment to which the current HL segment is subordinate.
Required
3
735
Hierarchical Level Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
CODE
DEFINITION
EV
Event
Required
4
736
Hierarchical Child Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the level being described
COMMENT: HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL segment.
CODE
DEFINITION
0
No Subordinate HL Segment in This Hierarchical Structure.
1
Additional Subordinate HL Data Segment in This Hierarchical Structure.

TRN*1 - PATIENT EVENT TRACE NUMBER

X12 Name:
Trace
X12 Purpose:
To uniquely identify a transaction to an application
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
3
Situational Rule:
Required when the notification sender needs to assign a unique trace number at the Patient Event level. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion, but cannot be required by the receiver.
TR3 Notes:
  1. If the transaction is routed through a clearinghouse, the clearinghouse may add their own TRN segment. If the transaction passes through multiple clearinghouses, and the second clearinghouse needs to assign their own TRN segment, they must replace the TRN from the first clearinghouse and retain it to be returned in the 278 response. If the second clearinghouse does not need to assign a TRN segment, they should pass all received TRN segments.
  2. Each trace number provided in the TRN segment at this level on the request must be returned by the notification receiver in the TRN segment at the corresponding level of the response.
  3. This enables the requester to
    • uniquely identify this patient event request
    • trace the request
    • match the response to the request
    • reference this request in any associated attachments containing additional patient information related to this patient event request.
TR3 Example:
TRN✱1✱2001042801✱9012345678✱CARDIOLOGY~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
481
Trace Type Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying which transaction is being referenced
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Current Transaction Trace Numbers
Use when reporting the trace number assigned by the creator of this 278.
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
M 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEMANTIC: TRN02 provides unique identification for the transaction.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Trace Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Required
3
509
Originating Company Identifier
O 1
AN
10
A unique identifier designating the company initiating the funds transfer instructions, business transaction or assigning tracking reference identification.
SEMANTIC: TRN03 identifies an organization.
INDUSTRY NAME: Trace Assigning Entity Identifier
  1. Use this element to identify the organization that assigned this trace number. TRN03 must be completed to aid the notification sender and clearinghouses in identifying their TRN in the 278 acknowledgment.
  2. The first position must be either a "1" if an EIN is used, a "3" if a DUNS is used, or a "9" if a user assigned identifier is used.
Situational
4
127
Reference Identification
O 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEMANTIC: TRN04 identifies a further subdivision within the organization.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a specific division or group of the company identified in the previous data element (TRN03) is needed by the requester to further identify a specific component of the entity. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Trace Assigning Entity Additional Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.

AAA - PATIENT EVENT REQUEST VALIDATION

X12 Name:
Request Validation
X12 Purpose:
To specify the validity of the request and indicate follow-up action authorized
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
9
Situational Rule:
Required when this is a notification of a health care services review that was rejected due to invalid or missing patient event information. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
Use this AAA segment to identify the reasons why a request could not be processed based on the data at this level of the request. If not required, may be provided at the sender's discretion.
TR3 Example:
AAA✱N✱✱15~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
M 1
ID
1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: AAA01 designates whether the request is valid or invalid. Code "Y" indicates that the code is valid; code "N" indicates that the code is invalid.
INDUSTRY NAME: Valid Request Indicator
CODE
DEFINITION
N
No
Y
Yes
Not Used
2
559
Agency Qualifier Code
O 1
ID
2
Situational
3
901
Reject Reason Code
O 1
ID
2
Code identifying reason for rejection as assigned by issuer
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when AAA01 = "N". If not required, may be provided at the sender's discretion.
CODE
DEFINITION
15
Required application data missing
Use when data is missing in this loop that is not covered by another Reject Reason Code.
33
Input Errors
Use when input errors in this loop are not covered by the other reject reason codes.
45
Invalid/Missing Provider Specialty
52
Service Dates Not Within Provider Plan Enrollment
56
Inappropriate Date
Use when the type of date (Accident, Last Menstrual Period, Estimated Date of Birth, Onset of Current Symptoms or Illness) used on the request is inconsistent with the patient condition or services requested.
57
Invalid/Missing Date(s) of Service
Use when event date is invalid or missing.
60
Date of Birth Follows Date(s) of Service
61
Date of Death Precedes Date(s) of Service
62
Date of Service Not Within Allowable Inquiry Period
AF
Invalid/Missing Diagnosis Code(s)
AH
Invalid/Missing Onset of Current Condition or Illness Date
AI
Invalid/Missing Accident Date
AJ
Invalid/Missing Last Menstrual Period Date
AK
Invalid/Missing Expected Date of Birth
AM
Invalid/Missing Admission Date
AN
Invalid/Missing Discharge Date
T5
Certification Information Missing
Use when reporting missing previous certification number information.
Not Used
4
889
Follow-up Action Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
5
1787
Error Reason Code
O 99
ID
2

UM - HEALTH CARE SERVICES REVIEW INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Health Care Services Review Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify health care services review information
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
Required to identify the type of health care services in this notification.
TR3 Example:
UM✱SC✱I✱3~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1525
Request Category Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code indicating a type of request
CODE
DEFINITION
AR
Admission Review
Use when reporting an admission to a facility.
HS
Health Services Review
Use when reporting services related to an episode of care.
SC
Specialty Care Review
Use when reporting a referral to a specialty provider.
Required
2
1322
Certification Type Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating the type of certification
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Appeal - Immediate
Use when reporting appeals of review decisions when the service required was emergency or urgent.
2
Appeal - Standard
3
Cancel
4
Extension
Use when reporting additional service units and/or the duration of time for a prior approved service.
5
Notification
I
Initial
N
Reconsideration
R
Renewal
Use when various services, such as physical therapy, spinal manipulation, and allergy treatment, have both a delivery pattern and a time span of authorization. Many UMOs place time limits - as in will not authorize anything for more than 30 days at a time. For example, blanket authorization for allergy treatments as required for 30 days. At the end of the 30 days, the provider must request to renew the certification - not extend it - because the UMO authorizes for 30 day intervals, one interval at a time.
S
Revised
Use when changing the specifics of a previously submitted request for which services have not been rendered.
Situational
3
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
SEMANTIC: UM03 is the Service Type (Code Source 958).
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when Loop 2000F is not valued. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Type Code
Subset 278 of the current version of the Health Care Services Type Codes List represents the codes that are available for use in this element.
Situational
4
C023
Health Care Service Location Information
O 1
To provide information that identifies the place of service or the type of bill related to the location at which a health care service was rendered
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C023-01 does not contain the last position of the Uniform Bill Type Code (the Claim Frequency Code).
  2. C023-02 qualifies C023-01.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when UM04 is not valued at 2000F. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
4-1
1331
Facility Code Value
M 1
AN
1/3
Code identifying where services were, or may be, performed; the National Uniform Billing Committee (NUBC) Facility Type Code for Institutional Services or the Place of Service Codes for Professional or Dental Services.
INDUSTRY NAME: Facility Type Code
Use to indicate a facility code value from the code source referenced in UM04-02.
Required
4-2
1332
Facility Code Qualifier
M 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the type of facility referenced
CODE
DEFINITION
A
Uniform Billing Claim Form Bill Type
CODE SOURCE: 236: Uniform Billing Claim Form Bill Type
B
Place of Service Codes for Professional or Dental Services
CODE SOURCE: 237: Place of Service Codes for Professional Claims
Not Used
4-3
1325
Claim Frequency Type Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
5
C024
Related Causes Information
O 1
Situational
6
1338
Level of Service Code
O 1
ID
1/3
Code specifying the level of service rendered
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when UM02=1 or if the patient event requires a level of service for care other than routine, or if a Medicare Expedited request is needed. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
03
Emergency
E
Elective
ME
Medicare Expedited
U
Urgent
Not Used
7
1213
Current Health Condition Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
8
923
Prognosis Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
9
1363
Release of Information Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
10
1514
Delay Reason Code
O 1
ID
1/2

HCR - HEALTH CARE SERVICES REVIEW

X12 Name:
Health Care Services Review
X12 Purpose:
To specify the outcome of a health care services review
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when health care services review information applies to the event level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
The HCR segment at the 2000E event level contains information relevant to the original decision holder for the event. Certification Action, Review Identification and Review Decision Reason Code data from the original decision maker is made available in the HCR segment to the notification receiver.
TR3 Example:
HCR✱A1✱20020713~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
306
Action Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code indicating type of action
CODE
DEFINITION
A1
Certified in total
A2
Certified - partial
Use when reporting the event is only partially certified. Consult HCR01, Loop 2000F for approved, denied or pended services.
A3
Not Certified
A4
Pended
A6
Modified
C
Cancelled
CT
Contact Payer
NA
No Action Required
Use when certification is not required.
Situational
2
127
Reference Identification
O 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEMANTIC: HCR02 is the number assigned by the information source to this review outcome.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when HCR01 = A1, A2 or A6. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Review Identification Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Situational
3
1271
Industry Code
O 5
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
SEMANTIC: HCR03 is the code assigned by the information source to identify the reason for the health care service review outcome indicated in HCR01.See Code Source 886
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when HCR01 = A3 or A4. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Review Decision Reason Code
The HCR03 data element is a repeating data element and can be repeated up to the maximum allowed by the standard in this implementation guide.
Not Used
4
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
O 1
ID
1

REF*BB - PREVIOUS REVIEW AUTHORIZATION NUMBER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the certification number assigned by the UMO to the original event review outcome was used by the UMO to determine the outcome of this service review. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
This is the authorization number assigned by the UMO to the original review outcome associated with this event. This is not the trace number assigned by the requester.
TR3 Example:
REF✱BB✱A123~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
BB
Authorization Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Previous Review Authorization Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*NT - ADMINISTRATIVE REFERENCE NUMBER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when this notification is related to an acknowledgment received from the notification receiver in a prior acknowledgment transaction. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
This is the administrative number assigned by the notification receiver in an acknowledgment from a prior notification. This is not the trace number assigned by the Information receiver.
TR3 Example:
REF✱NT✱123Z~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
NT
Administrator's Reference Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Administrative Reference Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

DTP*439 - ACCIDENT DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the patient's condition is accident related and the date of the accident is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
The total number of DTP segments in the 2000E loop cannot exceed 9.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱439✱D8✱20221030~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
439
Accident
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Accident Date

DTP*484 - LAST MENSTRUAL PERIOD DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the notification is pregnancy related. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
The total number of DTP segments in the 2000E loop cannot exceed 9.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱484✱D8✱20220930~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
484
Last Menstrual Period
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Last Menstrual Period Date

DTP*ABC - ESTIMATED BIRTH DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the notification is related to the estimated date of delivery. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
The total number of DTP segments in the 2000E loop cannot exceed 9.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱ABC✱D8✱20220930~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
ABC
Estimated Date of Birth
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Estimated Birth Date

DTP*431 - ONSET OF CURRENT SYMPTOMS OR ILLNESS DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the date of onset of the patient's condition is different from the diagnosis date, and not accident or pregnancy related. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
The total number of DTP segments in the 2000E loop cannot exceed 9.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱431✱D8✱20220108~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
431
Onset of Current Symptoms or Illness
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Onset Date

DTP*AAH - EVENT DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the proposed or actual date or range of dates of this patient event are known and UM01 does not equal AR. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. If UM01 = AR use Admit Date.
  2. The total number of DTP segments in the 2000E loop cannot exceed 9.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱AAH✱D8✱20220930~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
AAH
Event
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
DT
Date and Time Expressed in Format CCYYMMDDHHMM
DTS
Range of Date and Time Expressed in Format CCYYMMDDHHMMSS-CCYYMMDDHHMMSS
RD8
Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Proposed or Actual Event Date

DTP*435 - ADMISSION DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when identifying an admission review (UM01 = "AR") to identify the proposed or actual date of admission. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
The total number of DTP segments in the 2000E loop cannot exceed 9.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱435✱D8✱20220930~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
435
Admission
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
DT
Date and Time Expressed in Format CCYYMMDDHHMM
DTS
Range of Date and Time Expressed in Format CCYYMMDDHHMMSS-CCYYMMDDHHMMSS
RD8
Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
Use when needed to report a range of dates when admission can occur.
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Proposed or Actual Admission Date

DTP*096 - DISCHARGE DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when identifying an admission review (UM01 = "AR") and the proposed or actual date of discharge from a facility is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
The total number of DTP segments in the 2000E loop cannot exceed 9.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱096✱D8✱20220930~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
096
Discharge
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
DT
Date and Time Expressed in Format CCYYMMDDHHMM
DTS
Range of Date and Time Expressed in Format CCYYMMDDHHMMSS-CCYYMMDDHHMMSS
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Proposed or Actual Discharge Date

DTP*102 - CERTIFICATION ISSUE DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when certification issue date is different than the certification effective date. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
The total number of DTP segments in the 2000E loop cannot exceed 9.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱102✱D8✱20221002~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
102
Issue
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Certification Issue Date

DTP*036 - CERTIFICATION EXPIRATION DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the certification has an expiration date that indicates the date on which the certification will expire. If not required by the implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
The total number of DTP segments in the 2000E loop cannot exceed 9.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱036✱D8✱20221002~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
036
Expiration
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Certification Expiration Date

DTP*007 - CERTIFICATION EFFECTIVE DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the certification is limited by effective dates to indicate the date or date range when the certification is effective. If not required by the implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
The total number of DTP segments in the 2000E loop cannot exceed 9.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱007✱RD8✱20221002-20220402~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
007
Effective
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
RD8
Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Certification Effective Date

HI - PATIENT SYMPTOMS, DIAGNOSIS, COMPLAINTS

X12 Name:
Health Care Information Codes
X12 Purpose:
To supply information related to the delivery of health care
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
2
Situational Rule:
Required when the patient's symptoms, complaints and /or diagnosis has a codified value in a code set with values supported by the HI segment.
TR3 Notes:
  1. Do not transmit the decimal points in the diagnosis codes. The decimal point is assumed.
  2. Do not use the MSG segment to relay information if it can be codified using a code set in the HI segment.
  3. There are 2 repetitions of the HI segment to allow for 24 possible occurrences of ICD Diagnosis code information. The first iteration would contain diagnosis code 1-12. When used, the second iteration would contain diagnosis codes 13-24.
TR3 Example:
HI✱ABF:H16013~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
C022
Health Care Code Information
M 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
Required
1-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Type Code
CODE
DEFINITION
ABF
International Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Diagnosis
CODE SOURCE: 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
ABJ
International Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Admitting Diagnosis
CODE SOURCE: 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
ABK
International Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Principal Diagnosis
CODE SOURCE: 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
APR
International Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Patient's Reason for Visit
CODE SOURCE: 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
DR
Diagnosis Related Group (DRG)
Required
1-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Code
Situational
1-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the date diagnosed is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Situational
1-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the date diagnosed is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Date
Not Used
1-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Not Used
1-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
1-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
1-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
1-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
1-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
2
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when there are additional diagnoses to communicate. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
2-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Type Code
CODE
DEFINITION
ABF
International Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Diagnosis
CODE SOURCE: 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
ABJ
International Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Admitting Diagnosis
CODE SOURCE: 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
APR
International Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Patient's Reason for Visit
CODE SOURCE: 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
DR
Diagnosis Related Group (DRG)
Required
2-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Code
Situational
2-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the date diagnosed is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Situational
2-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the date diagnosed is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Date
Not Used
2-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Not Used
2-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
2-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
2-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
2-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
2-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
3
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when there are additional diagnoses to communicate. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
3-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Type Code
CODE
DEFINITION
ABF
International Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Diagnosis
CODE SOURCE: 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
APR
International Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Patient's Reason for Visit
CODE SOURCE: 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
DR
Diagnosis Related Group (DRG)
Required
3-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Code
Situational
3-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the date diagnosed is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Situational
3-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the date diagnosed is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Date
Not Used
3-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Not Used
3-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
3-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
3-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
3-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
3-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
4
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when there are additional diagnoses to communicate. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
4-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Type Code
CODE
DEFINITION
ABF
International Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Diagnosis
CODE SOURCE: 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
APR
International Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Patient's Reason for Visit
CODE SOURCE: 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
DR
Diagnosis Related Group (DRG)
Required
4-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Code
Situational
4-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the date diagnosed is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Situational
4-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the date diagnosed is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Date
Not Used
4-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Not Used
4-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
4-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
4-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
4-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
4-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
5
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when there are additional diagnoses to communicate. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
5-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Type Code
CODE
DEFINITION
ABF
International Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Diagnosis
CODE SOURCE: 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
APR
International Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Patient's Reason for Visit
CODE SOURCE: 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
DR
Diagnosis Related Group (DRG)
Required
5-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Code
Situational
5-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the date diagnosed is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Situational
5-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the date diagnosed is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Date
Not Used
5-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Not Used
5-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
5-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
5-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
5-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
5-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
6
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when there are additional diagnoses to communicate. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
6-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Type Code
CODE
DEFINITION
ABF
International Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Diagnosis
CODE SOURCE: 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
APR
International Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Patient's Reason for Visit
CODE SOURCE: 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
DR
Diagnosis Related Group (DRG)
Required
6-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Code
Situational
6-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the date diagnosed is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Situational
6-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the date diagnosed is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Date
Not Used
6-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Not Used
6-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
6-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
6-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
6-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
6-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
7
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when there are additional diagnoses to communicate. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
7-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Type Code
CODE
DEFINITION
ABF
International Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Diagnosis
CODE SOURCE: 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
APR
International Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Patient's Reason for Visit
CODE SOURCE: 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
DR
Diagnosis Related Group (DRG)
Required
7-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Code
Situational
7-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the date diagnosed is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Situational
7-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the date diagnosed is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Date
Not Used
7-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Not Used
7-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
7-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
7-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
7-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
7-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
8
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when there are additional diagnoses to communicate. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
8-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Type Code
CODE
DEFINITION
ABF
International Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Diagnosis
CODE SOURCE: 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
APR
International Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Patient's Reason for Visit
CODE SOURCE: 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
DR
Diagnosis Related Group (DRG)
Required
8-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Code
Situational
8-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the date diagnosed is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Situational
8-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the date diagnosed is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Date
Not Used
8-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Not Used
8-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
8-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
8-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
8-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
8-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
9
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when there are additional diagnoses to communicate. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
9-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Type Code
CODE
DEFINITION
ABF
International Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Diagnosis
CODE SOURCE: 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
APR
International Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Patient's Reason for Visit
CODE SOURCE: 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
DR
Diagnosis Related Group (DRG)
Required
9-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Code
Situational
9-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the date diagnosed is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Situational
9-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the date diagnosed is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Date
Not Used
9-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Not Used
9-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
9-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
9-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
9-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
9-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
10
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when there are additional diagnoses to communicate. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
10-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Type Code
CODE
DEFINITION
ABF
International Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Diagnosis
CODE SOURCE: 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
APR
International Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Patient's Reason for Visit
CODE SOURCE: 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
DR
Diagnosis Related Group (DRG)
Required
10-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Code
Situational
10-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the date diagnosed is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Situational
10-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the date diagnosed is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Date
Not Used
10-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Not Used
10-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
10-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
10-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
10-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
10-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
11
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when there are additional diagnoses to communicate. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
11-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Type Code
CODE
DEFINITION
ABF
International Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Diagnosis
CODE SOURCE: 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
APR
International Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Patient's Reason for Visit
CODE SOURCE: 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
DR
Diagnosis Related Group (DRG)
Required
11-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Code
Situational
11-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the date diagnosed is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Situational
11-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the date diagnosed is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Date
Not Used
11-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Not Used
11-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
11-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
11-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
11-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
11-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
12
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when there are additional diagnoses to communicate. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
12-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Type Code
CODE
DEFINITION
ABF
International Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Diagnosis
CODE SOURCE: 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
APR
International Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Patient's Reason for Visit
CODE SOURCE: 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
DR
Diagnosis Related Group (DRG)
Required
12-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Code
Situational
12-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the date diagnosed is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Situational
12-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the date diagnosed is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Date
Not Used
12-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Not Used
12-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
12-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
12-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
12-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
12-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30

HSD - HEALTH CARE SERVICES DELIVERY

X12 Name:
Health Care Services Delivery
X12 Purpose:
To specify the delivery pattern of health care services
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0102
    If either HSD01 or HSD02 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C0605
    If HSD06 is present, then HSD05 is required.
  3. C0905
    If HSD09 is present, then HSD05 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when identifying services that have a specific pattern of delivery or usage. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. Report authorized delivery patterns for specific services in the Service Level (Loop 2000F).
  2. An explanation of the uses of this segment follows.

    HSD01 qualifies HSD02: If the value in HSD02=1 and the value in HSD01=VS (Visits), this means "one visit".
    Between HSD02 and HSD03 verbally insert a "per every".
    HSD03 qualifies HSD04: If the value in HSD04=3 and the value in HSD03=DA (Day), this means "three days". Between HSD04 and HSD05 verbally insert a "for". HSD05 qualifies HSD06: If the value in HSD06=21 and the value in HSD05=7 (Days), this means "21 days".
    The total message reads:
    HSD*VS*1*DA*3*7*21~ = "One visit per every three days for 21 days".

    Another similar data string of HSD*VS*2*DA*4*7*20~ = "Two visits per every four days for 20 days".

    An alternate way to use HSD is to employ HSD07 and/or HSD08. A data string of HSD*VS*1*****SX*D~ means "1 visit on Wednesday and Thursday morning".
TR3 Example:
  1. HSD✱VS✱1✱DA✱1✱7✱10~ (This indicates "1 visit every (per) 1 day (daily) for 10 days".)
  2. HSD✱VS✱1✱DA✱✱✱✱W~ (This indicates "1 visit per day whenever necessary".)
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Situational
1
673
Quantity Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying the type of quantity
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when HSD02 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
DY
Days
FL
Units
HS
Hours
MN
Month
VS
Visits
Situational
2
380
Quantity
X 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the pattern of delivery has quantity of services authorized. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Unit Count
Situational
3
355
Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
O 1
ID
2
Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the services rendered have a time frame which services will be rendered. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
DA
Days
MO
Months
WK
Week
Situational
4
1167
Sample Selection Modulus
O 1
R
1/6
To specify the sampling frequency in terms of a modulus of the Unit of Measure, e.g., every fifth bag, every 1.5 minutes
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when HSD03 is valued to qualify the timeframe of when services will be rendered. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
5
615
Time Period Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying periods
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0605, C0905
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the service must be rendered within a specific timeframe, or occurrence. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
6
Hour
7
Day
21
Years
26
Episode
27
Visit
34
Month
35
Week
Situational
6
616
Number of Periods
O 1
N
1/3
Total number of periods
SEMANTIC: HSD06 identifies the number of periods, or the minimum in a range of periods when HSD09 is present.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0605
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the service must be rendered within a specific timeframe, or occurrence. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Period Count
Situational
7
678
Ship/Delivery or Calendar Pattern Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the routine shipments, deliveries, or calendar pattern
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the service must be rendered within a specific calendar delivery pattern. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Delivery Frequency Code
CODE
DEFINITION
1
1st Week of the Month
2
2nd Week of the Month
3
3rd Week of the Month
4
4th Week of the Month
5
5th Week of the Month
6
1st & 3rd Weeks of the Month
7
2nd & 4th Weeks of the Month
8
1st Working Day of Period
9
Last Working Day of Period
A
Monday through Friday
B
Monday through Saturday
C
Monday through Sunday
D
Monday
E
Tuesday
F
Wednesday
G
Thursday
H
Friday
J
Saturday
K
Sunday
L
Monday through Thursday
M
Immediately
N
As Directed
O
Daily Mon. through Fri.
P
1/2 Mon. & 1/2 Thurs.
Q
1/2 Tues. & 1/2 Thurs.
R
1/2 Wed. & 1/2 Fri.
S
Once Anytime Mon. through Fri.
SA
Sunday, Monday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday
SB
Tuesday through Saturday
SC
Sunday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday
SD
Monday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday
SG
Tuesday through Friday
SL
Monday, Tuesday and Thursday
SP
Monday, Tuesday and Friday
SX
Wednesday and Thursday
SY
Monday, Wednesday and Thursday
SZ
Tuesday, Thursday and Friday
T
1/2 Tue. & 1/2 Fri.
U
1/2 Mon. & 1/2 Wed.
V
1/3 Mon., 1/3 Wed., 1/3 Fri.
W
Whenever Necessary
WE
Weekend
X
1/2 By Wed., Bal. By Fri.
Y
None (Also Used to Cancel or Override a Previous Pattern)
Situational
8
679
Ship/Delivery Pattern Time Code
O 1
ID
1
Code specifying the time for routine shipments or deliveries
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a specific time delivery pattern for the services must be identified. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Delivery Pattern Time Code
CODE
DEFINITION
A
1st Shift (Normal Working Hours)
B
2nd Shift
C
3rd Shift
D
A.M.
E
P.M.
F
As Directed
G
Any Shift
Y
None (Also Used to Cancel or Override a Previous Pattern)
Not Used
9
616
Number of Periods
O 1
N
1/3
Not Used
10
352
Description
O 1
AN
1/80

CL1 - NURSING HOME RESIDENTIAL STATUS

X12 Name:
Claim Codes
X12 Purpose:
To supply information specific to hospital claims
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when certification involves non-institutional services for a nursing home resident and SV2 is not used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
CL1✱3✱✱01~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Not Used
1
1315
Priority (Type) of Admission or Visit
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
2
1314
Point of Origin for Admission or Visit
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
3
1352
Patient Discharge Status
O 1
ID
1/2
Required
4
1345
Nursing Home Residential Status Code
O 1
ID
1
Code specifying the status of a nursing home resident at the time of service
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Transferred to Intermediate Care Facility - Mentally Retarded (ICF-MR)
2
Newly Admitted
3
Newly Eligible
4
No Longer Eligible
5
Still a Resident
6
Temporary Absence - Hospital
7
Temporary Absence - Other
8
Transferred to Intermediate Care Facility - Level II (ICF II)
9
Other

CR1 - AMBULANCE TRANSPORT INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Ambulance Certification
X12 Purpose:
To supply information related to the ambulance service rendered to a patient
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0102
    If either CR101 or CR102 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P0506
    If either CR105 or CR106 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when health care services review is for non-emergency transportation services. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
When the CR1 segment is used, then Loop 2010EB is required.
TR3 Example:
CR1✱✱✱T✱✱DH✱28~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Not Used
1
355
Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
2
81
Weight
X 1
R
1/10
Required
3
1316
Ambulance Transport Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating the type of ambulance transport
CODE
DEFINITION
I
Initial Trip
R
Return Trip
T
Transfer Trip
X
Round Trip
Not Used
4
1317
Ambulance Transport Reason Code
O 1
ID
1
Situational
5
355
Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when distance of transportation is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
DH
Miles
DK
Kilometers
Situational
6
380
Quantity
X 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SEMANTIC: CR106 is the distance traveled during transport.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when distance of transportation is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transport Distance
Not Used
7
166
Address Information
O 1
AN
1/55
Not Used
8
166
Address Information
O 1
AN
1/55
Situational
9
352
Description
O 1
AN
1/80
A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
SEMANTIC: CR109 is the purpose for the round trip ambulance service.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when CR103 (Ambulance Transport Code) = "X Round Trip". If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Not Used
10
352
Description
O 1
AN
1/80

CR2 - SPINAL MANIPULATION SERVICE INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Chiropractic Certification
X12 Purpose:
To supply information related to the chiropractic service rendered to a patient
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0102
    If either CR201 or CR202 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C0403
    If CR204 is present, then CR203 is required.
  3. P0506
    If either CR205 or CR206 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when identifying certification for spinal manipulation services when the patient's condition or treatment involves subluxation. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
CR2✱1✱5~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Situational
1
609
Count
X 1
N
1/9
Occurrence counter
SEMANTIC: CR201 is the number this treatment is in the series.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when identifying certification for a specific treatment number in a series of treatments. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Treatment Series Number
Situational
2
380
Quantity
X 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SEMANTIC: CR202 is the total number of treatments in the series.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when identifying certification for a specific treatment number in a series of treatments. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Treatment Count
Situational
3
1367
Subluxation Level Code
X 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the specific level of subluxation
COMMENT: When both CR203 and CR204 are present, CR203 is the beginning level of subluxation and CR204 is the ending level of subluxation.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0403
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the patient's condition or treatment involves subluxation. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
C1
Cervical 1
C2
Cervical 2
C3
Cervical 3
C4
Cervical 4
C5
Cervical 5
C6
Cervical 6
C7
Cervical 7
CO
Coccyx
IL
Ilium
L1
Lumbar 1
L2
Lumbar 2
L3
Lumbar 3
L4
Lumbar 4
L5
Lumbar 5
OC
Occiput
SA
Sacrum
T1
Thoracic 1
T10
Thoracic 10
T11
Thoracic 11
T12
Thoracic 12
T2
Thoracic 2
T3
Thoracic 3
T4
Thoracic 4
T5
Thoracic 5
T6
Thoracic 6
T7
Thoracic 7
T8
Thoracic 8
T9
Thoracic 9
Situational
4
1367
Subluxation Level Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the specific level of subluxation
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0403
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the patient's condition or treatment involves subluxation to express the ending level of subluxation. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
C1
Cervical 1
C2
Cervical 2
C3
Cervical 3
C4
Cervical 4
C5
Cervical 5
C6
Cervical 6
C7
Cervical 7
CO
Coccyx
IL
Ilium
L1
Lumbar 1
L2
Lumbar 2
L3
Lumbar 3
L4
Lumbar 4
L5
Lumbar 5
OC
Occiput
SA
Sacrum
T1
Thoracic 1
T10
Thoracic 10
T11
Thoracic 11
T12
Thoracic 12
T2
Thoracic 2
T3
Thoracic 3
T4
Thoracic 4
T5
Thoracic 5
T6
Thoracic 6
T7
Thoracic 7
T8
Thoracic 8
T9
Thoracic 9
Not Used
5
355
Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
6
380
Quantity
X 1
R
1/15
Not Used
7
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
8
1342
Nature of Condition Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
9
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
10
352
Description
O 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
11
352
Description
O 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
12
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
O 1
ID
1

CR5 - HOME OXYGEN THERAPY INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Oxygen Therapy Certification
X12 Purpose:
To supply information regarding certification of medical necessity for home oxygen therapy
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when identifying initial, extended, or revised certification of home oxygen therapy. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. Use the UM segment data element UM02 instead of CR501 to specify the Certification Type Code.
  2. Use the HSD segment instead of CR502 to specify the treatment period.
TR3 Example:
CR5✱✱✱D✱✱✱1✱✱✱✱✱✱✱✱✱✱2✱A~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Not Used
1
1322
Certification Type Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
2
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Required
3
1348
Oxygen Equipment Type Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating the specific type of equipment being prescribed for the delivery of oxygen
CODE
DEFINITION
A
Concentrator
B
Liquid Stationary
C
Gaseous Stationary
D
Liquid Portable
E
Gaseous Portable
O
Other
Situational
4
1348
Oxygen Equipment Type Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating the specific type of equipment being prescribed for the delivery of oxygen
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when CR503 is present and more than one type of equipment was identified to administer the oxygen therapy. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
A
Concentrator
B
Liquid Stationary
C
Gaseous Stationary
D
Liquid Portable
E
Gaseous Portable
O
Other
Not Used
5
352
Description
O 1
AN
1/80
Required
6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SEMANTIC: CR506 is the oxygen flow rate in liters per minute.
INDUSTRY NAME: Oxygen Flow Rate
Situational
7
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SEMANTIC: CR507 is the number of times per day the patient must use oxygen.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when daily oxygen use count is relevant to the type of home oxygen therapy identified. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Daily Oxygen Use Count
Situational
8
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SEMANTIC: CR508 is the number of hours per period of oxygen use.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when daily oxygen use count is relevant to the type of home oxygen therapy identified. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Oxygen Use Period Hour Count
Situational
9
352
Description
O 1
AN
1/80
A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
SEMANTIC: CR509 is the special orders for the respiratory therapist.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when necessary to convey special orders for the respiratory therapist. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Respiratory Therapist Order Text
Not Used
10
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
11
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
12
1349
Oxygen Test Condition Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
13
1350
Oxygen Test Findings Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
14
1350
Oxygen Test Findings Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
15
1350
Oxygen Test Findings Code
O 1
ID
1
Situational
16
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SEMANTIC: CR516 is the oxygen flow rate for a portable oxygen system in liters per minute.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when either CR503, CR504 or CR518 = "D" (Liquid Portable) or "E" (Gaseous Portable). If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Portable Oxygen System Flow Rate
Required
17
1382
Oxygen Delivery System Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating if a particular form of delivery was prescribed
CODE
DEFINITION
A
Nasal Cannula
B
Oxygen Conserving Device
C
Oxygen Conserving Device with Oxygen Pulse System
D
Oxygen Conserving Device with Reservoir System
E
Transtracheal Catheter
Situational
18
1348
Oxygen Equipment Type Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating the specific type of equipment being prescribed for the delivery of oxygen
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when CR503 and CR504 are present and more than two types of equipment are required to administer the oxygen therapy. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
A
Concentrator
B
Liquid Stationary
C
Gaseous Stationary
D
Liquid Portable
E
Gaseous Portable
O
Other

CR6 - HOME HEALTH CARE INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Home Health Care Certification
X12 Purpose:
To supply information related to the certification of a home health care patient
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0304
    If either CR603 or CR604 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P091011
    If either CR609, CR610 or CR611 are present, then the others are required.
  3. P151617
    If either CR615, CR616 or CR617 are present, then the others are required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when identifying certification of home health care, private duty nursing, or services by a nurses' agency. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
CR6✱1✱20130502✱RD8✱20220502-20220801✱✱✱W✱I~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
923
Prognosis Code
M 1
ID
1
Code indicating physician's prognosis for the patient
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Poor
2
Guarded
3
Fair
4
Good
5
Very Good
6
Excellent
7
Less than 6 Months to Live
8
Terminal
Required
2
373
Date
M 1
DT
8
Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
SEMANTIC: CR602 is the date covered home health services began.
INDUSTRY NAME: Home Health Start Date
Situational
3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the event date has not been identified in DTP, Event Date in this loop and the duration of this plan of treatment is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
RD8
Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
Situational
4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
SEMANTIC: CR604 is the certification period covered by this plan of treatment.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the event date has not been identified in DTP, Event Date in this loop and the duration of this plan of treatment is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Home Health Certification Period
Not Used
5
373
Date
O 1
DT
8
Not Used
6
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
O 1
ID
1
Required
7
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: CR607 indicates if the patient is covered by Medicare. A "Y" value indicates the patient is covered by Medicare; an "N" value indicates patient is not covered by Medicare.
INDUSTRY NAME: Medicare Coverage Indicator
CODE
DEFINITION
W
Not Applicable
Required
8
1322
Certification Type Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating the type of certification
This element must have the same value as UM02.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Appeal - Immediate
2
Appeal - Standard
3
Cancel
4
Extension
5
Notification
I
Initial
N
Reconsideration
R
Renewal
S
Revised
Not Used
9
373
Date
X 1
DT
8
Not Used
10
235
Product/Service ID Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
11
1137
Medical Code Value
X 1
AN
1/15
Not Used
12
373
Date
O 1
DT
8
Not Used
13
373
Date
O 1
DT
8
Not Used
14
373
Date
O 1
DT
8
Not Used
15
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
16
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Not Used
17
1384
Patient Location Code
X 1
ID
1
Not Used
18
373
Date
O 1
DT
8
Not Used
19
373
Date
O 1
DT
8
Not Used
20
373
Date
O 1
DT
8
Not Used
21
373
Date
O 1
DT
8

PWK - ADDITIONAL PATIENT INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Paperwork
X12 Purpose:
To identify the type or transmission or both of paperwork or supporting information
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0506
    If either PWK05 or PWK06 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P1011
    If either PWK10 or PWK11 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
10
Situational Rule:
Required when reporting specific documentation requirements, formats, or forms. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
This PWK segment is utilized to identify the type of additional information being sent, how that information is being sent, and includes a unique identifier (Attachment Control Number) to associate the information with the notification.

Refer to Section 1.11.6.1 for more information on using this PWK segment.
TR3 Example:
PWK✱OB✱BM✱✱✱AC✱DMN0012~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
755
Report Type Code
M 1
ID
2
Code indicating the title or contents of a document, report or supporting item
INDUSTRY NAME: Attachment Report Type Code
CODE
DEFINITION
03
Report Justifying Treatment Beyond Utilization Guidelines
04
Drugs Administered
05
Treatment Diagnosis
06
Initial Assessment
07
Functional Goals
Use when reporting expected outcomes of rehabilitative services.
08
Plan of Treatment
09
Progress Report
10
Continued Treatment
11
Chemical Analysis
13
Certified Test Report
15
Justification for Admission
21
Recovery Plan
48
Social Security Benefit Letter
55
Rental Agreement
Use when reporting a medical or dental equipment rental.
59
Benefit Letter
77
Support Data for Verification
A3
Allergies/Sensitivities Document
A4
Autopsy Report
AM
Ambulance Certification
Use when there is a certificate of medical necessity for an ambulance trip.
AS
Admission Summary
Use when an admission summary exists; listing the patient's complaints and the reasons for admitting the patient to the hospital.
AT
Purchase Order Attachment
Use when medical or dental equipment was purchased.
B2
Prescription
B3
Physician Order
BR
Benchmark Testing Results
BS
Baseline
BT
Blanket Test Results
CB
Chiropractic Justification
Use when reporting the reasons chiropractic is a just and appropriate treatment.
CK
Consent Form(s)
D2
Drug Profile Document
DA
Dental Models
DB
Durable Medical Equipment Prescription
DG
Diagnostic Report
DJ
Discharge Monitoring Report
DS
Discharge Summary
FM
Family Medical History Document
HC
Health Certificate
HP
History and Physical
HR
Health Clinic Records
I5
Immunization Record
IR
State School Immunization Records
LA
Laboratory Results
M1
Medical Record Attachment
NN
Nursing Notes
OB
Operative Note
OC
Oxygen Content Averaging Report
OD
Orders and Treatments Document
OE
Objective Physical Examination (including vital signs) Document
OX
Oxygen Therapy Certification
P4
Pathology Report
P5
Patient Medical History Document
P6
Periodontal Charts
P7
Periodontal Reports
PE
Parenteral or Enteral Certification
PN
Physical Therapy Notes
PO
Prosthetics or Orthotic Certification
PQ
Paramedical Results
PY
Physician's Report
PZ
Physical Therapy Certification
QC
Cause and Corrective Action Report
RB
Radiology Films
RR
Radiology Reports
RT
Report of Tests and Analysis Report
RX
Renewable Oxygen Content Averaging Report
SG
Symptoms Document
T7
Therapy Notes
UL
Other Type of Report
V5
Death Notification
XP
Photographs
Required
2
756
Report Transmission Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Code specifing timing, transmission method or format by which reports are to be sent
CODE
DEFINITION
AA
Available on Request at Provider Site
BM
By Mail
EL
Electronically Only
Use when reporting the attachment is being transmitted in a separate X12 functional group.
EM
E-Mail
FT
File Transfer
FX
By Fax
OL
On-Line
VO
Voice
Use when communication is by voice mail or phone.
Not Used
3
757
Report Copies Needed
O 1
N
1/2
Not Used
4
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Situational
5
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
COMMENT: PWK05 and PWK06 may be used to identify the addressee by a code number.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when PWK06 is valued. If not required by this implementation guide do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
AC
Attachment Control Number
Situational
6
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when PWK02 equals BM, EL, EM, FT, FX or OL. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Attachment Control Number
Situational
7
352
Description
O 1
AN
1/80
A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
COMMENT: PWK07 may be used to indicate special information to be shown on the specified report.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when needed to add any additional information about the attachment described in this segment. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Attachment Description
Not Used
8
C002
Actions Indicated
O 1
Not Used
9
1525
Request Category Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
10
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Not Used
11
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30

MSG - MESSAGE TEXT

X12 Name:
Message Text
X12 Purpose:
To provide a free-form format that allows the transmission of text information
X12 Syntax:
C0302
If MSG03 is present, then MSG02 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when it is necessary to send additional information about the patient event that could not otherwise be codified within the 2000E Loop. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. Free form text or description fields are not recommended because they require human interpretation.
  2. Do not use the MSG segment to relay information that you can send using codified information in existing data elements. If you need to use the MSG segment, you should approach X12N with data maintenance to solve the business need without the use of the MSG segment.
TR3 Example:
MSG✱This is a free-form text message~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
933
Free-form Message Text
M 1
AN
1/264
Free-form message text
INDUSTRY NAME: Free Form Message Text
Not Used
2
934
Printer Carriage Control Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
3
1470
Number
O 1
N
1/9

NM1 - PATIENT EVENT PROVIDER NAME

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when loop 2000E UM01 = AR (Admission Review) or when loop 2000F is not valued or when loop 2000F is valued and at least one occurrence of loop 2000F does not contain a 2010F loop. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. If Loop 2000F is not valued, this segment conveys the name and identification number of the service provider (person, group, or facility) specialist, or specialty entity to provide services to the patient for this patient event.
  2. If Loop 2000F is valued, the providers identified in this Loop 2010EA apply to all the services identified in Loop 2000F unless Loop 2010F is valued. Providers identified in Loop 2010F override the providers identified in Loop 2010EA for that service only.
TR3 Example:
NM1✱SJ✱1✱WATSON✱SUSAN✱✱✱✱XX✱1234567890~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
71
Attending Physician
72
Operating Physician
73
Other Physician
77
Service Location
D0
Admitting Physician
DD
Assistant Surgeon
DK
Ordering Physician
DN
Referring Provider
FA
Facility
G3
Clinic
P3
Primary Care Provider
QB
Purchase Service Provider
QV
Group Practice
SJ
Service Provider
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Person
2
Non-Person Entity
Situational
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when identifying a specific person, facility, group practice, or clinic and NM108/NM109 are not present. Not used if identifying a specialty entity utilizing the PRV segment. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Provider Last or Organization Name
Situational
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the service provider is a specific person (NM102 = 1) and NM103 is present. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Provider First Name
Situational
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM104 is present and the middle name/initial of the person is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Provider Middle Name
Not Used
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Situational
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Suffix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM104 is valued and the suffix of the individual's name is known; e.g. Sr., Jr., or III. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Provider Name Suffix
Situational
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM109 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
24
Employer's Identification Number
34
Social Security Number
46
Electronic Transmitter Identification Number (ETIN)
XX
Standard Unique Health Identifier for Health Care Providers (NPI)
Use when the provider is in the United States or its territories and is eligible to receive a National Provider Identifier (NPI).
OR
Use when the provider is not in the United States or its territories and has received an NPI.
CODE SOURCE: 537: National Provider Identifier (NPI)
Situational
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when identifying the services of a specific person, facility, group practice, or clinic and the provider ID is known by the notification sender. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Provider Identifier
Not Used
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

REF - PATIENT EVENT PROVIDER SUPPLEMENTAL IDENTIFICATION

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
8
Situational Rule:
Required when NM109 of this loop is not used and an identifier is necessary for the receiver to identify the provider. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
Use the NM108 and NM109 in the corresponding NM1 segment for the NPI identifier and number.
TR3 Example:
REF✱ZH✱A12345~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
0B
State License Number
1J
Facility ID Number
EI
Employer's Identification Number
Use when NM108 does not equal 24 (Employer's Identification Number)
G5
Provider Site Number
N5
Provider Plan Network Identification Number
N7
Facility Network Identification Number
SY
Social Security Number
Use when reporting a Social Security Number.

The Social Security Number must be a string of exactly nine numbers with no separators.

For example, sending "111002222" would be valid, while sending "111-00-2222" would be invalid.
ZH
Carrier Assigned Reference Number
Use when the Patient Event Provider has not been assigned an NPI or the Notification Receiver in loop 2010B has assigned its own identifier for this provider.
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Provider Supplemental Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Situational
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when REF01 = 0B to report the two character state ID of the state assigning the State License Number. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: License Number State Code
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

N3 - PATIENT EVENT PROVIDER ADDRESS

X12 Name:
Party Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the location of the named party
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when identifying a specific location for a patient event provider that has multiple locations. If not required, may be provided at the sender's discretion.
TR3 Example:
N3✱123 MAIN STREET~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
166
Address Information
M 1
AN
1/55
Address information
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Provider Address Line
Use this element for the first line of the patient event provider's address.
Situational
2
166
Address Information
O 1
AN
1/55
Address information
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a second address line is needed. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Provider Address Line

N4 - PATIENT EVENT PROVIDER CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE

X12 Name:
Geographic Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the geographic place of the named party
X12 Syntax:
  1. E0207
    Only one of N402 or N407 may be present.
  2. E0308
    Only one of N403 or N408 may be present.
  3. C0605
    If N406 is present, then N405 is required.
  4. C0704
    If N407 is present, then N404 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when identifying a specific location for a patient event provider that has multiple locations. If not required, may be provided at the sender's discretion.
TR3 Example:
N4✱KANSAS CITY✱MO✱64108~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
19
City Name
O 1
AN
2/30
Free-form text for city name
COMMENT: A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to specify a location.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Provider City Name
Situational
2
156
State or Province Code
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying the Standard State/Province as defined by appropriate government agency
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Provider State or Province Code
CODE SOURCE 22: States and Provinces
Situational
3
116
Postal Code
X 1
ID
3/15
Code specifying international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks (zip code for United States)
COMMENT: N403 contains the postal code in an unstructured format. N408 contains the postal code in a structured format. When a postal code data field is used, the parties shall agree as to which data element (N403 or N408) shall be used in the transaction set.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0308
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, or when a postal code exists for the country in N404. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Provider Postal Zone or ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 51: ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 932: Universal Postal Codes
Situational
4
26
Country Code
X 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the country
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is outside the United States of America. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Provider Country Code
Use the alpha-2 country codes from Part 1 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
5
309
Location Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
6
310
Location Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
7
1715
Country Subdivision Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying the country subdivision
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207, C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is not in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, and the country in N404 has administrative subdivisions such as but not limited to states, provinces, cantons, etc. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Provider Country Subdivision Code
Use the country subdivision codes from Part 2 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
8
1702
Postal Code-Formatted
X 1
AN
3/20

PER*IC - PATIENT EVENT PROVIDER CONTACT INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Administrative Communications Contact
X12 Purpose:
To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0304
    If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P0506
    If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.
  3. P0708
    If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
2
Situational Rule:
Required when needed to identify a contact name and/or communication number for the provider. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion, but cannot be required by the receiver.
TR3 Notes:
When the communication number represents a telephone number in the United States and other countries using the North American Dialing Plan (for voice, data, fax, etc.), the communication number must always include the area code and phone number using the format AAABBBCCCC where AAA is the area code, BBB is the telephone number prefix, and CCCC is the telephone number. Therefore, the following telephone number (555) 555-1234 would be represented as 5555551234. Do not submit long distance access numbers, such as 1, in the telephone number. Telephone extensions, when applicable, must be submitted in the next element immediately following the telephone number. When submitting telephone extensions, only submit the numeric extension, do not include data that indicates an extension, such as "ext" or "x-".
TR3 Example:
PER✱IC✱JOHN SMITH✱TE✱5555551234✱EX✱123~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
366
Contact Function Code
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named
CODE
DEFINITION
IC
Information Contact
Situational
2
93
Name
O 1
AN
1/60
Free-form name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the acknowledgment must be directed to a particular contact. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Provider Contact Name
Situational
3
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when PER02 is not valued or when the notification sender needs to transmit a contact communication number. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EM
Electronic Mail
FX
Facsimile
TE
Telephone
UR
Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
Situational
4
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when PER02 is not valued or when the notification sender needs to transmit a contact communication number. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Provider Contact Communication Number
Situational
5
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when PER06 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EM
Electronic Mail
EX
Telephone Extension
Use when reporting a telephone extension for the preceding telephone number.
FX
Facsimile
TE
Telephone
UR
Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
Situational
6
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a telephone extension or multiple communication types are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Provider Contact Communication Number
Situational
7
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a telephone extension or multiple communication types are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EM
Electronic Mail
EX
Telephone Extension
Use when reporting a telephone extension for the preceding telephone number.
FX
Facsimile
TE
Telephone
UR
Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
Situational
8
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a telephone extension or multiple communication types are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Provider Contact Communication Number
Not Used
9
443
Contact Inquiry Reference
O 1
AN
1/20

AAA - PATIENT EVENT PROVIDER REQUEST VALIDATION

X12 Name:
Request Validation
X12 Purpose:
To specify the validity of the request and indicate follow-up action authorized
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
9
Situational Rule:
Required when this is a notification of a health care services review that was rejected due to invalid or missing service provider information. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
AAA✱N✱✱43~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
M 1
ID
1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: AAA01 designates whether the request is valid or invalid. Code "Y" indicates that the code is valid; code "N" indicates that the code is invalid.
INDUSTRY NAME: Valid Request Indicator
CODE
DEFINITION
N
No
Y
Yes
Not Used
2
559
Agency Qualifier Code
O 1
ID
2
Required
3
901
Reject Reason Code
O 1
ID
2
Code identifying reason for rejection as assigned by issuer
CODE
DEFINITION
15
Required application data missing
Use when data is missing that is not covered by another reject reason code. Use to indicate when there is not enough information to identify the provider.
33
Input Errors
Use when input errors in this loop are not covered by the other reject reason codes.
35
Out of Network
41
Authorization/Access Restrictions
43
Invalid/Missing Provider Identification
44
Invalid/Missing Provider Name
45
Invalid/Missing Provider Specialty
46
Invalid/Missing Provider Phone Number
47
Invalid/Missing Provider State
49
Provider is Not Primary Care Physician
51
Provider Not on File
52
Service Dates Not Within Provider Plan Enrollment
79
Invalid Participant Identification
Use when reporting invalid/missing service provider supplemental identifier.
97
Invalid or Missing Provider Address
IP
Inappropriate Provider Role
Not Used
4
889
Follow-up Action Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
5
1787
Error Reason Code
O 99
ID
2

PRV - PATIENT EVENT PROVIDER INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Provider Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify the identifying characteristics of a provider
X12 Syntax:
P0203
If either PRV02 or PRV03 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when needed to indicate the provider's specialty. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
PRV✱PE✱PXC✱1223G0001X~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1221
Provider Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying the type of provider
CODE
DEFINITION
AD
Admitting
AS
Assistant Surgeon
AT
Attending
H
Hospital
OP
Operating
OR
Ordering
OT
Other Physician
PC
Primary Care Physician
PE
Performing
RF
Referring
Required
2
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0203
CODE
DEFINITION
PXC
Health Care Provider Taxonomy Code
CODE SOURCE: 682: Health Care Provider Taxonomy
Required
3
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider Taxonomy Code
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
4
156
State or Province Code
O 1
ID
2
Not Used
5
C035
Provider Specialty Information
O 1
Not Used
6
1223
Provider Organization Code
O 1
ID
3

NM1*L5 - ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT NAME

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when additional information is sent by an information contact that is different from the notification sender identified in loop 2010AA. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
NM1✱L5✱2✱ACME THIRD PARTY ADMINISTRATOR~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
L5
Contact
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Person
Use when the destination is an individual, such as an individual primary care physician.
2
Non-Person Entity
Situational
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender needs to identify the destination by name. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Response Contact Last or Organization Name
Situational
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM103 is valued and the destination is an individual (NM102 = 1). If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Response Contact First Name
Situational
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM104 is valued and the middle name/initial of the individual is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Response Contact Middle Name
Not Used
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Situational
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Suffix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM104 is valued and the suffix of the individual's name is known; e.g. Sr., Jr., or III. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Response Contact Name Suffix
Situational
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM109 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
24
Employer's Identification Number
34
Social Security Number
46
Electronic Transmitter Identification Number (ETIN)
PI
Payor Identification
Use when UMO is a payer and XV is not used.
XV
Standard Unique Health Plan Identifier (HPID)
Use when the destination is a payer.
CODE SOURCE: 540: Health Plan Identifier (HPID)
XX
Standard Unique Health Identifier for Health Care Providers (NPI)
Use when the destination is a provider.
CODE SOURCE: 537: National Provider Identifier (NPI)
Situational
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender needs to identify the destination. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Response Contact Identifier
Not Used
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

N3 - ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT ADDRESS

X12 Name:
Party Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the location of the named party
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the request for additional patient information must be routed to a specific office location. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
Sometimes there is not a true address in an area where there is no street address, enter a description of the location (for example, "crossroad of State Road 34 and 45" or "Exit near Mile marker 265 on Interstate 80".
TR3 Example:
N3✱123 MAIN STREET~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
166
Address Information
M 1
AN
1/55
Address information
INDUSTRY NAME: Response Contact Address Line
Use this element for the first line of the requester's address.
Situational
2
166
Address Information
O 1
AN
1/55
Address information
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a second address line is needed. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Response Contact Address Line

N4 - ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE

X12 Name:
Geographic Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the geographic place of the named party
X12 Syntax:
  1. E0207
    Only one of N402 or N407 may be present.
  2. E0308
    Only one of N403 or N408 may be present.
  3. C0605
    If N406 is present, then N405 is required.
  4. C0704
    If N407 is present, then N404 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the request for additional patient information must be routed to a specific office location. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
N4✱KANSAS CITY✱MO✱64108~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
19
City Name
O 1
AN
2/30
Free-form text for city name
COMMENT: A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to specify a location.
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Patient Information Contact City Name
Situational
2
156
State or Province Code
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying the Standard State/Province as defined by appropriate government agency
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Patient Information Contact State Code
CODE SOURCE 22: States and Provinces
Situational
3
116
Postal Code
X 1
ID
3/15
Code specifying international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks (zip code for United States)
COMMENT: N403 contains the postal code in an unstructured format. N408 contains the postal code in a structured format. When a postal code data field is used, the parties shall agree as to which data element (N403 or N408) shall be used in the transaction set.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0308
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, or when a postal code exists for the country in N404. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Patient Information Contact Postal Zone or ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 51: ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 932: Universal Postal Codes
Situational
4
26
Country Code
X 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the country
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is outside the United States of America. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Patient Information Country Code
Use the alpha-2 country codes from Part 1 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
5
309
Location Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
6
310
Location Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
7
1715
Country Subdivision Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying the country subdivision
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207, C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is not in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, and the country in N404 has administrative subdivisions such as but not limited to states, provinces, cantons, etc. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Patient Information Country Subdivision Code
Use the country subdivision codes from Part 2 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
8
1702
Postal Code-Formatted
X 1
AN
3/20

PER*IC - ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Administrative Communications Contact
X12 Purpose:
To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0304
    If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P0506
    If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.
  3. P0708
    If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
2
Situational Rule:
Required when the request for additional patient information must be routed to a specific contact, electronic mail, facsimile, or phone number. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. When the communication number represents a telephone number in the United States and other countries using the North American Dialing Plan (for voice, data, fax, etc.), the communication number must always include the area code and phone number using the format AAABBBCCCC where AAA is the area code, BBB is the telephone number prefix, and CCCC is the telephone number. Therefore, the following telephone number (555) 555-1234 would be represented as 5555551234. Do not submit long distance access numbers, such as 1, in the telephone number. Telephone extensions, when applicable, must be submitted in the next element immediately following the telephone number. When submitting telephone extensions, only submit the numeric extension, do not include data that indicates an extension, such as "ext" or "x-".
  2. By definition of the standard, if PER03 is used, PER04 is required.
TR3 Example:
PER✱IC✱MARY✱FX✱3135551212~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
366
Contact Function Code
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named
CODE
DEFINITION
IC
Information Contact
Situational
2
93
Name
O 1
AN
1/60
Free-form name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the acknowledgment must be directed to a particular contact. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Response Contact Name
Situational
3
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when PER02 is not valued or when the notification sender needs to transmit a contact communication number. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EM
Electronic Mail
FX
Facsimile
TE
Telephone
UR
Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
Use when reporting a URL. The URL must not contain any characters used as delimiters in this transaction.
Situational
4
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when PER02 is not valued, or to transmit a contact communication number. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Response Contact Communication Number
Situational
5
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when PER06 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EM
Electronic Mail
EX
Telephone Extension
FX
Facsimile
TE
Telephone
Situational
6
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a telephone extension or multiple communication types are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Response Contact Communication Number
Situational
7
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a telephone extension or multiple communication types are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EM
Electronic Mail
EX
Telephone Extension
FX
Facsimile
TE
Telephone
Situational
8
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a telephone extension or multiple communication types are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Response Contact Communication Number
Not Used
9
443
Contact Inquiry Reference
O 1
AN
1/20

NM1 - PATIENT EVENT TRANSPORT INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when requesting transport of the patient. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. At least two iterations of this loop are necessary to indicate the pick up address, NM101 = PW, and the final scheduled destination, NM101 = FS.
  2. When the transport includes more than one destination, the following NM101 values are used to determine the sequence of stops:
    a. ND is used to indicate the first stop
    b. R3 is used to indicate the second stop
    c. 45 is used to indicate the third stop
TR3 Example:
  1. NM1✱PW✱2✱PATIENT DIALYSIS CENT~
  2. NM1✱FS✱2~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
45
Drop-off Location
FS
Final Scheduled Destination
ND
Next Destination
PW
Pickup Address
R3
Next Scheduled Destination
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
2
Non-Person Entity
Situational
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the name of the location for which the patient is being transported is known. If not required by this implementation, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Provider Transport Location Name
Not Used
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Not Used
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Not Used
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Not Used
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Not Used
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Not Used
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Situational
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1110
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the location category is needed by the UMO to render a medical decision. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Location Category Code
CODE
DEFINITION
1G
Oncology Center
1O
Acute Care Hospital
1Q
Military Facility
1S
Outpatient Surgicenter
1U
Long Term Care Facility
1V
Extended Care Facility
1W
Psychiatric Health Facility
1X
Laboratory
1Y
Retail Pharmacy
2A
Federal, State, County or City Facility
2D
Miscellaneous Health Care Facility
2E
Non-Health Care Miscellaneous Facility
2I
Church Operated Facility
2P
Public Health Service Facility
2Q
Veterans Administration Facility
2S
Public Health Service Indian Service Facility
2T
Department of Justice Facility
2Y
General Medical and Surgical Facility
2Z
Hospital Unit of an Institution (prison hospital, college infirmary, etc.)
3A
Hospital Unit Within an Institution for the Mentally Retarded
3B
Psychiatric Facility
3C
Tuberculosis and Other Respiratory Diseases Facility
3D
Obstetrics and Gynecology Facility
3E
Eye, Ear, Nose and Throat Facility
3F
Rehabilitation Facility
3G
Orthopedic Facility
3H
Chronic Disease Facility
3I
Other Specialty Facility
3J
Children's General Facility
3K
Children's Hospital Unit of an Institution
3L
Children's Psychiatric Facility
3M
Children's Tuberculosis and Other Respiratory Diseases Facility
3N
Children's Eye, Ear, Nose and Throat Facility
3O
Children's Rehabilitation Facility
3P
Children's Orthopedic Facility
3Q
Children's Chronic Disease Facility
3R
Children's Other Specialty Facility
3S
Institution for Mental Retardation
3T
Alcoholism and Other Chemical Dependency Facility
3U
General Inpatient Care for AIDS/ARC Facility
3Z
Arthritis Treatment Center
4C
Cardiac Catherization Laboratory
4D
Open-Heart Surgery Facility
4F
Angioplasty Facility
4G
Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease Service Facility
4I
Trauma Center (Certified)
4K
Fitness Center
4L
Genetic Counseling/Screening Services
4M
Adult Day Care Program Facility
4O
Comprehensive Geriatric Assessment Facility
4R
Geriatric Clinics
4S
Respite Care Facility
4V
Community Health Promotion Facility
4W
Worksite Health Promotion Facility
4X
Hemodialysis Facility
5B
Hisopathology Laboratory
5S
Therapeutic Radioisotope Facility
5V
Diagnostic Radioisotope Facility
5W
Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) Facility
6M
Orthopedic Surgery Facility
6U
Cardiac Rehabilitation Program Facility
7O
Federally Chartered Facility
80
Hospital
8B
Primary Residence
HF
Healthcare Professional Shortage Area (HPSA) Facility
HH
Home Health Agency
M5
Migrant Health Clinic
OX
Oxygen Therapy Facility
P0
Patient Facility
QM
Dialysis Centers
RW
Rural Health Clinic
S4
Skilled Nursing Facility
UH
Nursing Home
X5
Durable Medical Equipment Supplier
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

N3 - PATIENT EVENT TRANSPORT LOCATION ADDRESS

X12 Name:
Party Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the location of the named party
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
N3✱123 MAIN STREET~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
166
Address Information
M 1
AN
1/55
Address information
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Provider Transport Location Address Line
Use this element for the first line of the transport location address.
Situational
2
166
Address Information
O 1
AN
1/55
Address information
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a second address line is needed. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Provider Transport Location Address Line

N4 - PATIENT EVENT TRANSPORT LOCATION CITY/STATE/ZIP CODE

X12 Name:
Geographic Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the geographic place of the named party
X12 Syntax:
  1. E0207
    Only one of N402 or N407 may be present.
  2. E0308
    Only one of N403 or N408 may be present.
  3. C0605
    If N406 is present, then N405 is required.
  4. C0704
    If N407 is present, then N404 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
N4✱KANSAS CITY✱MO✱64108~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Situational
1
19
City Name
O 1
AN
2/30
Free-form text for city name
COMMENT: A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to specify a location.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when N403 is not valued. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Transport Location City Name
Situational
2
156
State or Province Code
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying the Standard State/Province as defined by appropriate government agency
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when N403 is not valued. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Transport Location State or Province Code
CODE SOURCE 22: States and Provinces
Situational
3
116
Postal Code
X 1
ID
3/15
Code specifying international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks (zip code for United States)
COMMENT: N403 contains the postal code in an unstructured format. N408 contains the postal code in a structured format. When a postal code data field is used, the parties shall agree as to which data element (N403 or N408) shall be used in the transaction set.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0308
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when N401 and N402 are not valued. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Transport Location Postal Zone or ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 51: ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 932: Universal Postal Codes
Situational
4
26
Country Code
X 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the country
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is outside the United States of America. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Transport Country Code
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
5
309
Location Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
6
310
Location Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
7
1715
Country Subdivision Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Not Used
8
1702
Postal Code-Formatted
X 1
AN
3/20

AAA - PATIENT EVENT TRANSPORT INFORMATION REQUEST VALIDATION

X12 Name:
Request Validation
X12 Purpose:
To specify the validity of the request and indicate follow-up action authorized
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
4
Situational Rule:
Required when this is a notification of a health care services review that was rejected due to invalid or missing service provider information. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
AAA✱N✱✱47✱C~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
M 1
ID
1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: AAA01 designates whether the request is valid or invalid. Code "Y" indicates that the code is valid; code "N" indicates that the code is invalid.
INDUSTRY NAME: Valid Request Indicator
CODE
DEFINITION
N
No
Y
Yes
Not Used
2
559
Agency Qualifier Code
O 1
ID
2
Situational
3
901
Reject Reason Code
O 1
ID
2
Code identifying reason for rejection as assigned by issuer
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when AAA01 = "N". If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
15
Required application data missing
Use when data is missing that is not covered by another reject reason code. Use to indicate when there is not enough information to identify the transport information.
33
Input Errors
Use when input errors in this loop are not covered by the other reject reason codes.
47
Invalid/Missing Provider State
Use when the transport location state is invalid or missing.
97
Invalid or Missing Provider Address
Use when the transport location address is invalid or missing.
Required
4
889
Follow-up Action Code
O 1
ID
1
Code identifying follow-up actions allowed
CODE
DEFINITION
C
Please Correct and Resubmit
N
Resubmission Not Allowed
Not Used
5
1787
Error Reason Code
O 99
ID
2

NM1 - PATIENT EVENT OTHER UMO NAME

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when Health Care Services Review has been denied by another UMO. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
NM1✱CA✱2~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
00
Alternate Insurer
Use when reporting the other UMO is commercial insurance.
CA
Carrier
Use when reporting the other UMO is Medicare Part B.
GG
Intermediary
Use when reporting the other UMO is Medicare Part A.
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
2
Non-Person Entity
Situational
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM101 is equal to "00" to indicate the name of the other UMO. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Other UMO Name
Not Used
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Not Used
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Not Used
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Not Used
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Not Used
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Not Used
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

REF*ZZ - OTHER UMO DENIAL REASON

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
REF✱ZZ✱0M~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Use when reporting a Health Care Service Review Decision Reason Code from Code Source 886.
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Other UMO Denial Reason
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Situational
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1
To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as specified by the Reference Qualifier
SEMANTIC: REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02.
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P0506
    If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the Health Care Services Review was denied by other UMO for more than one reason. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
4-1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Use when reporting a Health Care Service Review Decision Reason Code from Code Source 886.
Required
4-2
127
Reference Identification
M 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
INDUSTRY NAME: Other UMO Denial Reason
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Situational
4-3
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the other UMO denied the request for more than two reasons. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Use when reporting a Health Care Service Review Decision Reason Code from Code Source 886.
Situational
4-4
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the other UMO denied the request for more than two reasons. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Other UMO Denial Reason
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Situational
4-5
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the other UMO denied the request for more than three reasons. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Use when reporting a Health Care Service Review Decision Reason Code from Code Source 886.
Situational
4-6
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the other UMO denied the request for more than three reasons. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.

DTP*598 - OTHER UMO DENIAL DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
DTP✱598✱D8✱20220930~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
598
Rejected
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Other UMO Denial Date

HL - SERVICE LEVEL

X12 Name:
Hierarchical Level
X12 Purpose:
To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data segments
X12 Comments:
  1. The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
  2. The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when identifying specific services associated with this patient event. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
This segment identifies the service(s) and conveys the review outcome related to that service(s).
TR3 Example:
HL✱6✱5✱SS✱0~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
628
Hierarchical ID Number
M 1
AN
1/12
A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
The first HL01 within each ST-SE envelope must begin with "1", and be incremented by one each time an HL is used in the transaction. Only numeric values are allowed in HL01.
Required
2
734
Hierarchical Parent ID Number
O 1
AN
1/12
Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data segment being described is subordinate to
COMMENT: HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID number of the HL segment to which the current HL segment is subordinate.
Required
3
735
Hierarchical Level Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
CODE
DEFINITION
SS
Services
Required
4
736
Hierarchical Child Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the level being described
COMMENT: HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL segment.
CODE
DEFINITION
0
No Subordinate HL Segment in This Hierarchical Structure.

TRN - SERVICE TRACE NUMBER

X12 Name:
Trace
X12 Purpose:
To uniquely identify a transaction to an application
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
3
Situational Rule:
Required when the requester needs to assign a unique trace number to the service line request. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion, but cannot be required by the receiver.
TR3 Notes:
  1. If the transaction is routed through a clearinghouse, the clearinghouse may add their own TRN segment. If the transaction passes through multiple clearinghouses, and the second clearinghouse needs to assign their own TRN segment, they must replace the TRN from the first clearinghouse and retain it to be returned in the 278 response. If the second clearinghouse does not need to assign a TRN segment, they should pass all received TRN segments.
  2. This enables the requester to
    • uniquely identify this service line request
    • trace the request
    • match the response to the request
    • reference this request in any associated attachments containing additional service information related to this service line request.
  3. If the request contains more than one occurrence of Loop 2000F and the requester needs to uniquely identify each service level request this TRN segment is required in each Service loop.
  4. Each trace number provided in the TRN segment at this level on the request must be returned by the UMO in the TRN segment at the corresponding level of the response.
TR3 Example:
TRN✱1✱111099✱9012345678✱RADIOLOGY~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
481
Trace Type Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying which transaction is being referenced
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Current Transaction Trace Numbers
Use when reporting the trace number assigned by the creator of this 278.
2
Referenced Transaction Trace Numbers
Use when reporting the trace number from the original 278 transaction.
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
M 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEMANTIC: TRN02 provides unique identification for the transaction.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Trace Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Required
3
509
Originating Company Identifier
O 1
AN
10
A unique identifier designating the company initiating the funds transfer instructions, business transaction or assigning tracking reference identification.
SEMANTIC: TRN03 identifies an organization.
INDUSTRY NAME: Trace Assigning Entity Identifier
  1. Use this element to identify the organization that assigned this trace number. If TRN01 is "2", this is the value received in the original 278 notification transaction. If TRN01 is "1", use this information to identify the UMO organization that assigned this trace number.
  2. The first position must be either a "1" if an EIN is used, a "3" if a DUNS is used, or a "9" if a user assigned identifier is used.
Situational
4
127
Reference Identification
O 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEMANTIC: TRN04 identifies a further subdivision within the organization.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when necessary to further identify a specific component, such as a specific division or group, of the company identified in the previous data element (TRN03). If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Trace Assigning Entity Additional Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.

AAA - SERVICE REQUEST VALIDATION

X12 Name:
Request Validation
X12 Purpose:
To specify the validity of the request and indicate follow-up action authorized
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
9
Situational Rule:
Required when this is a notification of a health care services review that was rejected due to invalid or missing service information. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
If the non-certification is related to a medical necessity/benefits decision, use the HCR segment.
TR3 Example:
AAA✱N✱✱52~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
M 1
ID
1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: AAA01 designates whether the request is valid or invalid. Code "Y" indicates that the code is valid; code "N" indicates that the code is invalid.
INDUSTRY NAME: Valid Request Indicator
CODE
DEFINITION
N
No
Y
Yes
Not Used
2
559
Agency Qualifier Code
O 1
ID
2
Situational
3
901
Reject Reason Code
O 1
ID
2
Code identifying reason for rejection as assigned by issuer
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when AAA01 = "N". If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
15
Required application data missing
Use when data is missing in this loop that is not covered by another Reject Reason Code.
33
Input Errors
Use for input errors in the service data not covered by the other reject reason codes listed. For example, use for invalid place of service codes and invalid procedure codes and procedure dates.
52
Service Dates Not Within Provider Plan Enrollment
57
Invalid/Missing Date(s) of Service
Use when service dates are invalid or missing.
60
Date of Birth Follows Date(s) of Service
61
Date of Death Precedes Date(s) of Service
62
Date of Service Not Within Allowable Inquiry Period
AG
Invalid/Missing Procedure Code(s)
T5
Certification Information Missing
Use when reporting missing previous certification number information.
Not Used
4
889
Follow-up Action Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
5
1787
Error Reason Code
O 99
ID
2

UM - HEALTH CARE SERVICES REVIEW INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Health Care Services Review Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify health care services review information
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the health care services review information for this service differs from the health care services review information specified in the UM segment at the Patient Event level (Loop 2000E). If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
UM✱SC✱I✱3~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1525
Request Category Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code indicating a type of request
CODE
DEFINITION
HS
Health Services Review
Use when reporting services related to an episode of care.
SC
Specialty Care Review
Use when reporting a referral to a specialty provider.
Situational
2
1322
Certification Type Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating the type of certification
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when different from the UM02 value at the Patient Event level (Loop 2000E). If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Appeal - Immediate
Use when reporting appeals of review decisions when the service required was emergency or urgent.
2
Appeal - Standard
Use when reporting appeals of review decisions when the service required was not emergency or urgent.
3
Cancel
4
Extension
Use when requesting additional service units and/or the duration of time for a prior approved service.
5
Notification
I
Initial
N
Reconsideration
R
Renewal
Use when various services, such as physical therapy, spinal manipulation, and allergy treatment, have both a delivery pattern and a time span of authorization. Many UMOs place time limits - as in will not authorize anything for more than 30 days at a time. For example, blanket authorization for allergy treatments as required for 30 days. At the end of the 30 days, the provider must request to renew the certification - not extend it - because the UMO authorizes for 30 day intervals, one interval at a time.
S
Revised
Use when changing the specifics of a previously submitted request for which services have not been rendered.
Situational
3
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
SEMANTIC: UM03 is the Service Type (Code Source 958).
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when different from the UM03 value at the Patient Event level (Loop 2000E) or when the SV1, or SV2, or SV3 is not valued in this Service loop. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.Values at the Service Level override the values entered at the Patient Event Level for this service.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Type Code
Subset 278 of the current version of the Health Care Services Type Codes List represents the codes that are available for use in this element.
Situational
4
C023
Health Care Service Location Information
O 1
To provide information that identifies the place of service or the type of bill related to the location at which a health care service was rendered
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C023-01 does not contain the last position of the Uniform Bill Type Code (the Claim Frequency Code).
  2. C023-02 qualifies C023-01.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when different from the UM04 value at the Patient Event level (Loop 2000E). If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
For this service, values at the Service Level override values at the Patient Event Level.
Required
4-1
1331
Facility Code Value
M 1
AN
1/3
Code identifying where services were, or may be, performed; the National Uniform Billing Committee (NUBC) Facility Type Code for Institutional Services or the Place of Service Codes for Professional or Dental Services.
INDUSTRY NAME: Facility Type Code
Use to indicate a facility code value from the code source referenced in UM04-02.
Required
4-2
1332
Facility Code Qualifier
M 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the type of facility referenced
CODE
DEFINITION
A
Uniform Billing Claim Form Bill Type
CODE SOURCE: 236: Uniform Billing Claim Form Bill Type
B
Place of Service Codes for Professional or Dental Services
CODE SOURCE: 237: Place of Service Codes for Professional Claims
Not Used
4-3
1325
Claim Frequency Type Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
5
C024
Related Causes Information
O 1
Not Used
6
1338
Level of Service Code
O 1
ID
1/3
Not Used
7
1213
Current Health Condition Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
8
923
Prognosis Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
9
1363
Release of Information Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
10
1514
Delay Reason Code
O 1
ID
1/2

HCR - HEALTH CARE SERVICES REVIEW

X12 Name:
Health Care Services Review
X12 Purpose:
To specify the outcome of a health care services review
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the HCR segment is not used in 2000E, or if HCR01 in 2000E is A2. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
If the HCR segment is sent in this 2000F Service level loop, it will override an HCR segment sent in the Patient Event loop (2000E) for this service only.
TR3 Example:
HCR✱A1✱20020713~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
306
Action Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code indicating type of action
CODE
DEFINITION
A1
Certified in total
A3
Not Certified
A4
Pended
A6
Modified
C
Cancelled
CT
Contact Payer
NA
No Action Required
Use when certification is not required.
Situational
2
127
Reference Identification
O 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEMANTIC: HCR02 is the number assigned by the information source to this review outcome.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when HCR01 = A1 or A6. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Review Identification Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Situational
3
1271
Industry Code
O 5
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
SEMANTIC: HCR03 is the code assigned by the information source to identify the reason for the health care service review outcome indicated in HCR01.See Code Source 886
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when HCR01 = A3 or A4. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Review Decision Reason Code
The HCR03 data element is a repeating data element and can be repeated up to the maximum allowed by the standard in this implementation guide.
Not Used
4
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
O 1
ID
1

REF*BB - PREVIOUS REVIEW AUTHORIZATION NUMBER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when different from the Previous Review Authorization Number specified at the Patient Event Level (Loop 2000E). If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
This is the authorization number assigned by the UMO to the original review outcome associated with this service. This is not the trace number assigned by the requester.
TR3 Example:
REF✱BB✱A123~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
BB
Authorization Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Previous Review Authorization Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*NT - ADMINISTRATIVE REFERENCE NUMBER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when different from the Previous Review Administrative Reference Number specified at the Patient Event Level (Loop 2000E). If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
This is the administrative number assigned by the notification receiver for the original acknowledgment of the notification associated with this service review. This is not the trace number assigned by the requester.
TR3 Example:
REF✱NT✱123Z~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
NT
Administrator's Reference Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Administrative Reference Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

DTP*472 - SERVICE DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when proposed or actual date or range of dates of service is different from the Patient Event Date in Loop 2000E. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
Use this segment for the valid date(s) during which the service can be performed.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱472✱D8✱20221030~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
472
Service
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
RD8
Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Proposed or Actual Service Date

DTP*102 - CERTIFICATION ISSUE DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when Certification Issue Date is different from the Patient Event Certification Issue Date in Loop 2000E. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
Use this segment for the date when the certification was issued.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱102✱D8✱20221002~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
102
Issue
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Certification Issue Date

DTP*036 - CERTIFICATION EXPIRATION DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when Certification Expiration Date is different from the Patient Event Certification Expiration Date in Loop 2000E. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱036✱D8✱20221002~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
036
Expiration
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Certification Expiration Date

DTP*007 - CERTIFICATION EFFECTIVE DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when different from the Certification Effective Date in Loop 2000E. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱007✱RD8✱20221002-20220402~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
007
Effective
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
RD8
Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Certification Effective Date

HI - ADDITIONAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION

X12 Name:
Health Care Information Codes
X12 Purpose:
To supply information related to the delivery of health care
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when an additional service description is needed to clarify the services identified in the 2000F UM03, SV1, SV2, SV3, or DRA segments. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
HI✱AAA:422011000124105~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
C022
Health Care Code Information
M 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
Required
1-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Type Code
CODE
DEFINITION
AAA
SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
CODE SOURCE: 662: SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
Required
1-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Code
Not Used
1-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
1-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Not Used
1-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Not Used
1-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
1-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
1-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
1-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
1-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
2
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional service description and the preceding HI data elements have been used to report other service descriptions. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
2-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Type Code
CODE
DEFINITION
AAA
SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
CODE SOURCE: 662: SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
Required
2-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Code
Not Used
2-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
2-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Not Used
2-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Not Used
2-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
2-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
2-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
2-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
2-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
3
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional service description and the preceding HI data elements have been used to report other service descriptions. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
3-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Type Code
CODE
DEFINITION
AAA
SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
CODE SOURCE: 662: SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
Required
3-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Code
Not Used
3-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
3-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Not Used
3-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Not Used
3-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
3-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
3-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
3-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
3-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
4
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional service description and the preceding HI data elements have been used to report other service descriptions. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
4-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Type Code
CODE
DEFINITION
AAA
SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
CODE SOURCE: 662: SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
Required
4-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Code
Not Used
4-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
4-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Not Used
4-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Not Used
4-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
4-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
4-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
4-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
4-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
5
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional service description and the preceding HI data elements have been used to report other service descriptions. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
5-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Type Code
CODE
DEFINITION
AAA
SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
CODE SOURCE: 662: SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
Required
5-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Code
Not Used
5-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
5-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Not Used
5-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Not Used
5-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
5-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
5-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
5-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
5-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
6
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional service description and the preceding HI data elements have been used to report other service descriptions. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
6-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Type Code
CODE
DEFINITION
AAA
SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
CODE SOURCE: 662: SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
Required
6-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Code
Not Used
6-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
6-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Not Used
6-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Not Used
6-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
6-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
6-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
6-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
6-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
7
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional service description and the preceding HI data elements have been used to report other service descriptions. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
7-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Type Code
CODE
DEFINITION
AAA
SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
CODE SOURCE: 662: SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
Required
7-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Code
Not Used
7-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
7-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Not Used
7-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Not Used
7-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
7-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
7-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
7-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
7-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
8
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional service description and the preceding HI data elements have been used to report other service descriptions. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
8-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Type Code
CODE
DEFINITION
AAA
SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
CODE SOURCE: 662: SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
Required
8-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Code
Not Used
8-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
8-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Not Used
8-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Not Used
8-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
8-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
8-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
8-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
8-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
9
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional service description and the preceding HI data elements have been used to report other service descriptions. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
9-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Type Code
CODE
DEFINITION
AAA
SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
CODE SOURCE: 662: SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
Required
9-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Code
Not Used
9-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
9-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Not Used
9-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Not Used
9-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
9-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
9-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
9-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
9-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
10
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional service description and the preceding HI data elements have been used to report other service descriptions. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
10-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Type Code
CODE
DEFINITION
AAA
SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
CODE SOURCE: 662: SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
Required
10-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Code
Not Used
10-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
10-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Not Used
10-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Not Used
10-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
10-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
10-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
10-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
10-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
11
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional service description and the preceding HI data elements have been used to report other service descriptions. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
11-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Type Code
CODE
DEFINITION
AAA
SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
CODE SOURCE: 662: SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
Required
11-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Code
Not Used
11-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
11-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Not Used
11-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Not Used
11-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
11-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
11-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
11-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
11-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
12
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
X12 COMPOSITE SYNTAX NOTES:
  1. P0304
    If either C02203 or C02204 is present, then the other is required.
  2. E0809
    Only one of C02208 or C02209 may be present.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C022-01 qualifies C022-02, C022-04, C022-05, C022-06, C022-08 and C022-10.
  2. If C022-08 is used, then C022-02 represents the beginning value in a range of codes.
  3. C022-03 is the date format that will appear in C022-04.
  4. C022-07 qualifies C022-01.
  5. C022-08 represents the ending value in a range of codes.
  6. C022-09 is a value from Code Source 959 for the Present on Admission Indicator.
  7. C022-10 is the attribute of the code in C022-02 from the same code list.
X12 COMPOSITE COMMENTS: C022-09 would only need to be reported when C022-02 is a Diagnosis Code and range of diagnosis codes were NOT given in C022-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional service description and the preceding HI data elements have been used to report other service descriptions. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
12-1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Type Code
CODE
DEFINITION
AAA
SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
CODE SOURCE: 662: SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
Required
12-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Code
Not Used
12-3
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12-4
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Not Used
12-5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Not Used
12-6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
12-7
799
Version Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
12-8
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
12-9
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
12-10
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30

SV1 - PROFESSIONAL SERVICE

X12 Name:
Professional Service
X12 Purpose:
To specify the service line item detail for a health care professional
X12 Syntax:
P0304
If either SV103 or SV104 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when identifying a specific Professional Service. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
In cases where a drug is reported, the DRA segment of Service Level Loop ID-2000F can be utilized in place of this segment to further specify drug reporting.
TR3 Example:
SV1✱HC:99211:25✱12.25✱UN✱1✱✱✱1:2:3✱✱✱✱N~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
C003
Composite Medical Procedure Identifier
M 1
To identify a medical procedure by its standardized codes and applicable modifiers
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C003-01 qualifies C003-02 and C003-08.
  2. If C003-08 is used, then C003-02 represents the beginning value in the range in which the code occurs.
  3. C003-03 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  4. C003-04 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  5. C003-05 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  6. C003-06 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  7. C003-07 is the description of the procedure identified in C003-02.
  8. C003-08 represents the ending value in the range in which the code occurs.
  9. C003-09 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  10. C003-10 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  11. C003-11 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  12. C003-12 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
Required
1-1
235
Product/Service ID Qualifier
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234)
INDUSTRY NAME: Product or Service ID Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
HC
Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System (HCPCS) Codes
Use when reporting HCPCS or CPT codes. AMA's CPT codes are level 1 HCPCS codes.
CODE SOURCE: 130: Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System
N4
National Drug Code in 5-4-2 Format
CODE SOURCE: 240: National Drug Code by Format
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Use when reporting the Device Identifier of Unique Device Identifier.

Prior to the mandated implementation date for the Unique Device Identifier, willing trading partners may agree to follow an early implementation approach.

Code Source: FDA Global Unique Device Identifier Database (GUDID) http://accessgudid.nlm.nih.gov/
Available from:
National Library of Medicine
8600 Rockville Pike
Bethesda, MD 20894
Required
1-2
234
Product/Service ID
M 1
AN
1/80
Identifying number for a product or service
INDUSTRY NAME: Procedure Code
Situational
1-3
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender needs to convey additional clarification to miscellaneous, unspecified, or non descriptive procedures or modifiers. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use this data element for the first procedure code modifier.
Situational
1-4
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender needs to convey additional clarification to miscellaneous, unspecified, or non descriptive procedures or modifiers. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use this data element for the second procedure code modifier.
Situational
1-5
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender needs to convey additional clarification to miscellaneous, unspecified, or non descriptive procedures or modifiers. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use this data element for the third procedure code modifier.
Situational
1-6
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender needs to convey additional clarification to miscellaneous, unspecified, or non descriptive procedures or modifiers. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use this data element for the fourth procedure code modifier.
Situational
1-7
352
Description
O 1
AN
1/80
A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender needs to convey additional clarification to miscellaneous, unspecified, or non descriptive procedures or modifiers. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Procedure Code Description
Situational
1-8
234
Product/Service ID
O 1
AN
1/80
Identifying number for a product or service
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the information source has not determined the intensity or complexity of the services and therefore identifies a range of procedures. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Product or Service ID
Use SV101-02 to represent the beginning value in a procedure range and this data element to represent the ending value in a range of codes.
Situational
1-9
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender needs to convey additional clarification to miscellaneous, unspecified, or non descriptive procedures or modifiers. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
1-10
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender needs to convey additional clarification to miscellaneous, unspecified, or non descriptive procedures or modifiers. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
1-11
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender needs to convey additional clarification to miscellaneous, unspecified, or non descriptive procedures or modifiers. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
1-12
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender needs to convey additional clarification to miscellaneous, unspecified, or non descriptive procedures or modifiers. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
2
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Monetary amount
SEMANTIC: SV102 is the submitted service line item amount.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the Notification or Information Copy had monetary limitations for the service. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Line Amount
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
Situational
3
355
Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when service units were not provided in the HSD segment and a specific number of services are being identified for this procedure. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
F2
International Unit
Use when reporting dosage amount. Dosage amount is only used for drug claims when the dosage of the drug is variable within a single NDC number (e.g., blood factors).
MJ
Minutes
UN
Unit
Situational
4
380
Quantity
X 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when service units were not provided in the HSD segment and a specific number of services are being identified for this procedure. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Unit Count
Not Used
5
1331
Facility Code Value
O 1
AN
1/3
Not Used
6
1271
Industry Code
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
7
1328
Diagnosis Code Pointer
O 12
N
1/2
A pointer to the diagnosis code in the order of importance to this service
SEMANTIC: The first pointer designates the primary diagnosis and remaining diagnosis pointers indicate declining level of importance.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender wants to indicate that a specific procedure only relates to a specific diagnosis reported in HI Loop 2000E. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Not Used
8
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Not Used
9
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
10
1340
Multiple Procedure Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Situational
11
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: SV111 is early and periodic screen for diagnosis and treatment of children (EPSDT) involvement; a "Y" value indicates EPSDT involvement; an "N" value indicates no EPSDT involvement.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the review decision is based on EPSDT. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: EPSDT Indicator
CODE
DEFINITION
N
No
Y
Yes
Not Used
12
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
13
1364
Review Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
14
1341
National or Local Assigned Review Value
O 1
AN
1/2
Not Used
15
1327
Copay Status Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
16
1334
Health Care Professional Shortage Area Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
17
127
Reference Identification
O 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
18
116
Postal Code
O 1
ID
3/15
Not Used
19
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Situational
20
1337
Level of Care Code
O 1
ID
1
Code specifying the level of care provided by a nursing home facility
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when needed to further clarify the level of care in which a patient resides. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Nursing Home Level of Care
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Skilled Nursing Facility (SNF)
2
Intermediate Care Facility (ICF)
3
Intermediate Care Facility - Mentally Retarded (ICF-MR)
4
Chronic Disease Hospital (CD)
5
Intermediate Care Facility (ICF) Level II
6
Special Skilled Nursing Facility (SNF)
7
Nursing Facility (NF)
8
Hospice
Not Used
21
1360
Provider Agreement Code
O 1
ID
1

SV2 - INSTITUTIONAL SERVICE

X12 Name:
Institutional Service
X12 Purpose:
To specify the service line item detail for a health care institution
X12 Syntax:
  1. R0102
    At least one of SV201 or SV202 is required.
  2. P0405
    If either SV204 or SV205 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when identifying a specific Institutional Service, or a specific Revenue Code for the Institutional Service. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
In cases where a drug is reported, the DRA segment of Service Level Loop ID-2000F can be utilized in place of this segment to further specify drug reporting.
TR3 Example:
  1. SV2✱120✱✱1500✱DA✱5✱300~
  2. SV2✱300✱HC:80019✱73.42✱UN✱1~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Situational
1
234
Product/Service ID
X 1
AN
1/80
Identifying number for a product or service
SEMANTIC: SV201 is the revenue code.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0102
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the service review decision was determined using a revenue code. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Line Revenue Code
See Code Source 132: National Uniform Billing Committee (NUBC) Codes.
Situational
2
C003
Composite Medical Procedure Identifier
X 1
To identify a medical procedure by its standardized codes and applicable modifiers
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C003-01 qualifies C003-02 and C003-08.
  2. If C003-08 is used, then C003-02 represents the beginning value in the range in which the code occurs.
  3. C003-03 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  4. C003-04 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  5. C003-05 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  6. C003-06 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  7. C003-07 is the description of the procedure identified in C003-02.
  8. C003-08 represents the ending value in the range in which the code occurs.
  9. C003-09 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  10. C003-10 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  11. C003-11 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  12. C003-12 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when identifying a specific procedure code. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
2-1
235
Product/Service ID Qualifier
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234)
INDUSTRY NAME: Product or Service ID Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
HC
Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System (HCPCS) Codes
Use when reporting HCPCS or CPT codes. AMA's CPT codes are level 1 HCPCS codes.
CODE SOURCE: 130: Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System
IP
International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Procedure Coding System (ICD-10-PCS)
CODE SOURCE: 896: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Procedure Coding System (ICD-10-PCS)
N4
National Drug Code in 5-4-2 Format
CODE SOURCE: 240: National Drug Code by Format
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Use when reporting the Device Identifier of Unique Device Identifier.

Prior to the mandated implementation date for the Unique Device Identifier, willing trading partners may agree to follow an early implementation approach.

Code Source: FDA Global Unique Device Identifier Database (GUDID) http://accessgudid.nlm.nih.gov/
Available from:
National Library of Medicine
8600 Rockville Pike
Bethesda, MD 20894
Required
2-2
234
Product/Service ID
M 1
AN
1/80
Identifying number for a product or service
INDUSTRY NAME: Procedure Code
Situational
2-3
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender needs to convey additional clarification to miscellaneous, unspecified, or non descriptive procedures or modifiers. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use this data element for the first procedure code modifier.
Situational
2-4
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender needs to convey additional clarification to miscellaneous, unspecified, or non descriptive procedures or modifiers. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use this data element for the second procedure code modifier.
Situational
2-5
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender needs to convey additional clarification to miscellaneous, unspecified, or non descriptive procedures or modifiers. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use this data element for the third procedure code modifier.
Situational
2-6
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender needs to convey additional clarification to miscellaneous, unspecified, or non descriptive procedures or modifiers. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use this data element for the fourth procedure code modifier.
Situational
2-7
352
Description
O 1
AN
1/80
A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender needs to convey additional clarification to miscellaneous, unspecified, or non descriptive procedures or modifiers. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Procedure Code Description
Situational
2-8
234
Product/Service ID
O 1
AN
1/80
Identifying number for a product or service
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender has not determined the intensity or complexity of the service to be performed and therefore identifies a range of procedures. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Product or Service ID
Use SV202-02 to represent the beginning value in the procedure range and this data element to represent the ending value in a range of codes.
Situational
2-9
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender needs to convey additional clarification to miscellaneous, unspecified, or non descriptive procedures or modifiers. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
2-10
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender needs to convey additional clarification to miscellaneous, unspecified, or non descriptive procedures or modifiers. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
2-11
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender needs to convey additional clarification to miscellaneous, unspecified, or non descriptive procedures or modifiers. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
2-12
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender needs to convey additional clarification to miscellaneous, unspecified, or non descriptive procedures or modifiers. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
3
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Monetary amount
SEMANTIC: SV203 is the submitted service line item amount.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the Notification or Information Copy had monetary limitations for the service. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Line Amount
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
Situational
4
355
Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0405
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when service units were not provided in the HSD segment and a specific number of services are being identified for this procedure. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
DA
Days
F2
International Unit
Use when reporting dosage amount. Dosage amount is only used for drug claims when the dosage of the drug is variable within a single NDC number (e.g., blood factors).
UN
Unit
Situational
5
380
Quantity
X 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0405
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when service units were not provided in the HSD segment and a specific number of services are being identified for this procedure. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Unit Count
Situational
6
1371
Unit Rate
O 1
R
1/10
The rate per unit of associate revenue for hospital accommodation
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when SV201 is used and the Notification or Information Copy had monetary limitations on the accommodation rate. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Line Rate
Not Used
7
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Not Used
8
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
O 1
ID
1
Situational
9
1345
Nursing Home Residential Status Code
O 1
ID
1
Code specifying the status of a nursing home resident at the time of service
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when identifying services for Long Term Care. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Transferred to Intermediate Care Facility - Mentally Retarded (ICF-MR)
2
Newly Admitted
3
Newly Eligible
4
No Longer Eligible
5
Still a Resident
6
Temporary Absence - Hospital
7
Temporary Absence - Other
8
Transferred to Intermediate Care Facility - Level II (ICF II)
9
Other
Situational
10
1337
Level of Care Code
O 1
ID
1
Code specifying the level of care provided by a nursing home facility
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when needed to further clarify the level of care being identified for admissions to a nursing facility, or for identification for a non-nursing facility and the level of care in which the patient resides is needed. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Nursing Home Level of Care
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Skilled Nursing Facility (SNF)
2
Intermediate Care Facility (ICF)
3
Intermediate Care Facility - Mentally Retarded (ICF-MR)
4
Chronic Disease Hospital (CD)
5
Intermediate Care Facility (ICF) Level II
6
Special Skilled Nursing Facility (SNF)
7
Nursing Facility (NF)
8
Hospice

SV3 - DENTAL SERVICE

X12 Name:
Dental Service
X12 Purpose:
To specify the service line item detail for dental work
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when identifying a specific Dental Service. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
SV3✱AD:D2150✱80~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
C003
Composite Medical Procedure Identifier
M 1
To identify a medical procedure by its standardized codes and applicable modifiers
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C003-01 qualifies C003-02 and C003-08.
  2. If C003-08 is used, then C003-02 represents the beginning value in the range in which the code occurs.
  3. C003-03 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  4. C003-04 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  5. C003-05 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  6. C003-06 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  7. C003-07 is the description of the procedure identified in C003-02.
  8. C003-08 represents the ending value in the range in which the code occurs.
  9. C003-09 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  10. C003-10 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  11. C003-11 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  12. C003-12 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
Required
1-1
235
Product/Service ID Qualifier
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234)
INDUSTRY NAME: Product or Service ID Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
AD
American Dental Association Codes
CODE SOURCE: 135: American Dental Association
Required
1-2
234
Product/Service ID
M 1
AN
1/80
Identifying number for a product or service
INDUSTRY NAME: Procedure Code
Situational
1-3
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender needs to convey additional clarification to miscellaneous, unspecified, or non descriptive procedures or modifiers. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
  1. A modifier must be from code source 135 (American Dental Association) found in the 'Code on Dental Procedures and Nomenclature'.
  2. Use this data element for the first procedure code modifier.
Situational
1-4
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender needs to convey additional clarification to miscellaneous, unspecified, or non descriptive procedures or modifiers. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
  1. A modifier must be from code source 135 (American Dental Association) found in the 'Code on Dental Procedures and Nomenclature'.
  2. Use this data element for the second procedure code modifier.
Situational
1-5
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender needs to convey additional clarification to miscellaneous, unspecified, or non descriptive procedures or modifiers. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
  1. A modifier must be from code source 135 (American Dental Association) found in the 'Code on Dental Procedures and Nomenclature'.
  2. Use this data element for the third procedure code modifier.
Situational
1-6
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender needs to convey additional clarification to miscellaneous, unspecified, or non descriptive procedures or modifiers. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
  1. A modifier must be from code source 135 (American Dental Association) found in the 'Code on Dental Procedures and Nomenclature'.
  2. Use this data element for the fourth procedure code modifier.
Situational
1-7
352
Description
O 1
AN
1/80
A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the service information is for a "Not Otherwise Classified" (NOC) or "By Report" procedure code or to report the following information on this service line: Date of Initial Impression, Date of Initial Preparation Crown, Initial Preparation Crown Tooth Number, or Initial Endodontic Treatment. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Procedure Code Description
Situational
1-8
234
Product/Service ID
O 1
AN
1/80
Identifying number for a product or service
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender has not determined the intensity or complexity of the service to be performed and therefore identifies a range of procedures. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Product or Service ID
Use SV301-02 to represent the beginning value in the procedure range and this data element to represent the ending value in a range of codes.
Situational
1-9
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender needs to convey additional clarification to miscellaneous, unspecified, or non descriptive procedures or modifiers. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
A modifier must be from code source 135 (American Dental Association) found in the 'Code on Dental Procedures and Nomenclature'.
Situational
1-10
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender needs to convey additional clarification to miscellaneous, unspecified, or non descriptive procedures or modifiers. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
A modifier must be from code source 135 (American Dental Association) found in the 'Code on Dental Procedures and Nomenclature'.
Situational
1-11
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender needs to convey additional clarification to miscellaneous, unspecified, or non descriptive procedures or modifiers. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
A modifier must be from code source 135 (American Dental Association) found in the 'Code on Dental Procedures and Nomenclature'.
Situational
1-12
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification sender needs to convey additional clarification to miscellaneous, unspecified, or non descriptive procedures or modifiers. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
A modifier must be from code source 135 (American Dental Association) found in the 'Code on Dental Procedures and Nomenclature'.
Situational
2
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Monetary amount
SEMANTIC: SV302 is the submitted service line item amount.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the Notification or Information Copy had monetary limitations for the service. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Line Amount
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
1331
Facility Code Value
O 1
AN
1/3
Situational
4
C006
Oral Cavity Designation
O 1
To identify one or more areas of the oral cavity
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when necessary to report areas of the mouth that are being treated. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
4-1
1361
Oral Cavity Designation Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code Identifying the area of the oral cavity in which service is rendered
CODE SOURCE 135: American Dental Association
Situational
4-2
1361
Oral Cavity Designation Code
O 1
ID
1/3
Code Identifying the area of the oral cavity in which service is rendered
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when needed to identify additional oral cavity designation codes. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use this code for the additional oral cavity designation codes. The code values in SV304-01 apply to all occurrences of the oral cavity designation code.
CODE SOURCE 135: American Dental Association
Situational
4-3
1361
Oral Cavity Designation Code
O 1
ID
1/3
Code Identifying the area of the oral cavity in which service is rendered
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when needed to identify additional oral cavity designation codes. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use this code for the additional oral cavity designation codes. The code values in SV304-01 apply to all occurrences of the oral cavity designation code.
CODE SOURCE 135: American Dental Association
Situational
4-4
1361
Oral Cavity Designation Code
O 1
ID
1/3
Code Identifying the area of the oral cavity in which service is rendered
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when needed to identify additional oral cavity designation codes. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use this code for the additional oral cavity designation codes. The code values in SV304-01 apply to all occurrences of the oral cavity designation code.
CODE SOURCE 135: American Dental Association
Situational
4-5
1361
Oral Cavity Designation Code
O 1
ID
1/3
Code Identifying the area of the oral cavity in which service is rendered
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when needed to identify additional oral cavity designation codes. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use this code for the additional oral cavity designation codes. The code values in SV304-01 apply to all occurrences of the oral cavity designation code.
CODE SOURCE 135: American Dental Association
Situational
5
1358
Prosthesis, Crown or Inlay Code
O 1
ID
1
Code specifying the placement status for the dental work
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when needed to indicate the placement status of the prosthetic for this service. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Prosthesis, Crown, or Inlay Code
CODE
DEFINITION
I
Initial Placement
R
Replacement
Situational
6
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SEMANTIC: SV306 is the number of procedures.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the procedure reported in SV301-02 was performed more than once and it is not required to identify areas of the oral cavity or individual teeth. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Unit Count
Number of procedures
Situational
7
352
Description
O 1
AN
1/80
A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
SEMANTIC: SV307 is the reason for replacement.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when necessary to describe the reason for replacement. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Not Used
8
1327
Copay Status Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
9
1360
Provider Agreement Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
10
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
O 1
ID
1
Situational
11
1328
Diagnosis Code Pointer
O 12
N
1/2
A pointer to the diagnosis code in the order of importance to this service
SEMANTIC: The first pointer designates the primary diagnosis and remaining diagnosis pointers indicate declining level of importance.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when this service relates to a specific diagnosis and was used to substantiate the medical treatment. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.

TOO*JP - TOOTH INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Tooth Identification
X12 Purpose:
To identify a tooth by number and, if applicable, one or more tooth surfaces
X12 Syntax:
P0102
If either TOO01 or TOO02 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
32
Situational Rule:
Required when SV3 is valued and it is necessary to report tooth number and/or tooth surface. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
TOO✱JP✱12✱L:O~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
CODE
DEFINITION
JP
Universal National Tooth Designation System
CODE SOURCE: 135: American Dental Association
Required
2
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
INDUSTRY NAME: Tooth Code
Situational
3
C005
Tooth Surface
O 1
To identify one or more tooth surface codes
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when reporting tooth surface as defined by the procedure code. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Code source 135: American Dental Association Codes
Required
3-1
1369
Tooth Surface Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the area of the tooth that was treated
CODE
DEFINITION
B
Buccal
D
Distal
F
Facial
I
Incisal
L
Lingual
M
Mesial
O
Occlusal
Situational
3-2
1369
Tooth Surface Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the area of the tooth that was treated
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when necessary to report a second tooth surface. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use code values from TOO03-01.
CODE
DEFINITION
B
Buccal
D
Distal
F
Facial
I
Incisal
L
Lingual
M
Mesial
O
Occlusal
Situational
3-3
1369
Tooth Surface Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the area of the tooth that was treated
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when necessary to report a third tooth surface. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use code values from TOO03-01.
CODE
DEFINITION
B
Buccal
D
Distal
F
Facial
I
Incisal
L
Lingual
M
Mesial
O
Occlusal
Situational
3-4
1369
Tooth Surface Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the area of the tooth that was treated
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when necessary to report a fourth tooth surface. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use code values from TOO03-01.
CODE
DEFINITION
B
Buccal
D
Distal
F
Facial
I
Incisal
L
Lingual
M
Mesial
O
Occlusal
Situational
3-5
1369
Tooth Surface Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the area of the tooth that was treated
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when necessary to report a fifth tooth surface. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use code values from TOO03-01.
CODE
DEFINITION
B
Buccal
D
Distal
F
Facial
I
Incisal
L
Lingual
M
Mesial
O
Occlusal

DN2 - TOOTH STATUS

X12 Name:
Tooth Summary
X12 Purpose:
To specify the status of individual teeth
X12 Syntax:
P0405
If either DN204 or DN205 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
35
Situational Rule:
Required when SV3 is valued and certification of a missing tooth, extracted tooth, tooth to be extracted, or impacted tooth is being identified. If not required by this implementation guide, do no send.
TR3 Example:
DN2✱8✱E✱✱✱✱JP~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
127
Reference Identification
M 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEMANTIC: DN201 is the tooth number.
INDUSTRY NAME: Tooth Number
  1. The Universal National Tooth Designation System must be used to identify tooth numbers for this element. See Code Source 135: American Dental Association.
  2. Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Required
2
1368
Tooth Status Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the status of the tooth
CODE
DEFINITION
E
To Be Extracted
I
Impacted
M
Missing
X
Extracted
Not Used
3
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
4
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
5
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Required
6
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
SEMANTIC: DN206 designates the code set used to identify the tooth in DN201.
CODE
DEFINITION
JP
Universal National Tooth Designation System
CODE SOURCE: 135: American Dental Association

DRA - DRUG AUTHORIZATION

X12 Name:
Drug Authorization
X12 Purpose:
To specify a drug for which authorization is being requested
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0405
    If either DRA04 or DRA05 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P080910
    If either DRA08, DRA09 or DRA10 are present, then the others are required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
>1
Situational Rule:
Required when reporting drug, biologic, medical or surgical supply authorization and more detailed information is necessary in addition to the product identifier reported in SV1 or SV2.
OR
When reporting drug, biologic, medical or surgical supply authorization and the SV1 or SV2 was not used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
If the request is for a compound drug, repeat the segment for each ingredient in the compound.
TR3 Example:
DRA✱INFLIXIMAB 10 MG✱I✱N4:57894003001✱UN✱20✱INFUSE OVER AT LEAST 2 HOURS. BEGIN AT 40 ML/HR FOR 15 MINUTES, THEN INCREASE RATE TO 80 ML/HR FOR 30 MINUTES. IF TOLERATED INCREASE TO 160 ML/HR FOR THE DURATION OF INFUSION✱N✱N✱✱✱✱✱✱43~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
352
Description
M 2
AN
1/80
A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
SEMANTIC: DRA01 is the drug name. Position of data in the repeating data element conveys no significance.
INDUSTRY NAME: Drug Name
Required
2
1322
Certification Type Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating the type of certification
SEMANTIC: DRA02 is the drug therapy type.
INDUSTRY NAME: Drug Therapy Type
CODE
DEFINITION
4
Extension
Use when this is the extension of the first use of this drug or its therapeutic equivalent as a supplemental therapy for treatment of this condition.
I
Initial
Use when this is the first use of this drug or its therapeutic equivalent for treatment of this condition.
R
Renewal
Use when this is for continuation of the use of this drug or its therapeutic equivalent for treatment of this condition.
S
Revised
Use when this is the first use of this drug or its therapeutic equivalent to replace a previous unsuccessful or non-optimal therapy for treatment of this condition.
Situational
3
C003
Composite Medical Procedure Identifier
O 2
To identify a medical procedure by its standardized codes and applicable modifiers
SEMANTIC: DRA03 Position of data in the repeating data element conveys no significance.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C003-01 qualifies C003-02 and C003-08.
  2. If C003-08 is used, then C003-02 represents the beginning value in the range in which the code occurs.
  3. C003-03 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  4. C003-04 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  5. C003-05 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  6. C003-06 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  7. C003-07 is the description of the procedure identified in C003-02.
  8. C003-08 represents the ending value in the range in which the code occurs.
  9. C003-09 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  10. C003-10 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  11. C003-11 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  12. C003-12 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a specific packaging of a drug is being requested or when using a representative NDC. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
3-1
235
Product/Service ID Qualifier
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234)
INDUSTRY NAME: Product or Service ID Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
N4
National Drug Code in 5-4-2 Format
CODE SOURCE: 240: National Drug Code by Format
Required
3-2
234
Product/Service ID
M 1
AN
1/80
Identifying number for a product or service
INDUSTRY NAME: National Drug Code or Device Identifier of the Unique Device Identifier
Not Used
3-3
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
Not Used
3-4
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
Not Used
3-5
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
Not Used
3-6
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
Not Used
3-7
352
Description
O 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
3-8
234
Product/Service ID
O 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
3-9
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
Not Used
3-10
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
Not Used
3-11
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
Not Used
3-12
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
Required
4
355
Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0405
CODE
DEFINITION
F2
International Unit
GR
Gram
ME
Milligram
ML
Milliliter
UN
Unit
Required
5
380
Quantity
X 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SEMANTIC: DRA05 is the quantity being requested.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0405
INDUSTRY NAME: National Drug Unit Count
Required
6
933
Free-form Message Text
O 1
AN
1/264
Free-form message text
SEMANTIC: DRA06 is the Sig (The Sig is a Latin term used in the pharmacy industry that represents theinstructions/directions that are printed on the drug label.)
INDUSTRY NAME: Sig
If the Sig is not known at the the time of the request, send unknown in this data element.
Required
7
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: DRA07 is the self administer indicator. A "Y" value indicates that the drug can be administered by the patient. An "N" value indicates that the drug can not be administered by the patient.
INDUSTRY NAME: Self Administered Drug Indicator
CODE
DEFINITION
N
No
Y
Yes
Required
8
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
X 1
ID
1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: DRA08 is the end stage renal disease (ESRD) indicator. A "Y" value indicates that the patient has ESRD. An "N" value indicates that the patient does not have ESRD.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P080910
INDUSTRY NAME: ESRD Indicator
CODE
DEFINITION
N
No
U
Unknown
Y
Yes
Situational
9
374
Date/Time Qualifier
X 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P080910
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the patient has ESRD certification. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
458
Certification
Situational
10
373
Date
X 1
DT
8
Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
SEMANTIC: DRA10 is the ESRD certification date.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P080910
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when DRA09 is used. If not required by this implementation guide do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: ESRD Certification Date
Situational
11
933
Free-form Message Text
O 999
AN
1/264
Free-form message text
SEMANTIC: DRA11 is for questions that are related to the authorization of the drug. Position of data in the repeating data element conveys no significance.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when UMO policy has defined additional information necessary for the completion of the authorization. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Drug Authorization Question/Answer
Use this data element to convey the UMO question and the answer.
Situational
12
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SEMANTIC: DRA12 is the number of refills requested.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when refills are ordered. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
13
C060
Question and Answer
O 999
Used to supply the answers to pre-defined questions
SEMANTIC: DRA13 Position of data in the repeating data element conveys no significance.
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C060-01 is the question number from a pre-defined questionnaire.
  2. C060-02 is the answer to the pre-defined question. A "Y" value indicates the answer to the question is yes. A "N" value indicates the answer to the question is no.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the UMO has a pre-defined set of a yes/no answer questions that must be answered. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
13-1
350
Assigned Identification
M 1
AN
1/20
Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set
INDUSTRY NAME: Pre-Defined Question Indicator
Required
13-2
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
M 1
ID
1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
INDUSTRY NAME: Pre-Defined Question Response
CODE
DEFINITION
N
No
U
Unknown
W
Not Applicable
Y
Yes
Required
14
1330
Dosage Form Code
O 1
ID
2
Code indicating the form in which the drug is dispensed
CODE SOURCE 985: NCPDP Dosage Form Code
CODE
DEFINITION
10
Tablet
20
Capsule
30
Lozenge or Troche
31
Internal Powder
43
Injectable Lyophilized Powder
60
Elixir
61
Suspension
62
Syrup
63
Solution
64
Emulsion
67
Liquid
69
Rectal Cream or Ointment
70
Rectal Suppository
71
Vaginal Suppository
73
Vaginal Cream
75
Urethral Suppository
76
Enema
78
Vaginal Ointment
80
External Ointment
81
External Cream
86
External Powder
Not Used
15
933
Free-form Message Text
O 999
AN
1/264

HSD - HEALTH CARE SERVICES DELIVERY

X12 Name:
Health Care Services Delivery
X12 Purpose:
To specify the delivery pattern of health care services
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0102
    If either HSD01 or HSD02 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C0605
    If HSD06 is present, then HSD05 is required.
  3. C0905
    If HSD09 is present, then HSD05 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when identifying services that have a specific pattern of delivery and the pattern of delivery or usage for this service is different from the pattern of delivery or usage (HSD) in the Patient Event (Loop 2000E). If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
An explanation of the uses of this segment follows.

HSD01 qualifies HSD02: If the value in HSD02=1 and the value in HSD01=VS (Visits), this means "one visit".
Between HSD02 and HSD03 verbally insert a "per every".
HSD03 qualifies HSD04: If the value in HSD04=3 and the value in HSD03=DA (Day), this means "three days". Between HSD04 and HSD05 verbally insert a "for". HSD05 qualifies HSD06: If the value in HSD06=21 and the value in HSD05=7 (Days), this means "21 days".
The total message reads:
HSD*VS*1*DA*3*7*21~ = "One visit per every three days for 21 days".

Another similar data string of HSD*VS*2*DA*4*7*20~ = "Two visits per every four days for 20 days".

An alternate way to use HSD is to employ HSD07 and/or HSD08. A data string of HSD*VS*1*****SX*D~ means "1 visit on Wednesday and Thursday morning".
TR3 Example:
  1. HSD✱VS✱1✱DA✱1✱7✱10~ (This indicates "1 visit every (per) 1 day (daily) for 10 days".)
  2. HSD✱VS✱1✱DA✱✱✱✱W~ (This indicates "1 visit per day whenever necessary".)
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Situational
1
673
Quantity Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying the type of quantity
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when HSD02 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
DY
Days
FL
Units
HS
Hours
MN
Month
VS
Visits
Situational
2
380
Quantity
X 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the pattern of delivery has quantity of services authorized. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Unit Count
Situational
3
355
Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
O 1
ID
2
Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the services rendered have a time frame which services will be rendered. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
If HSD02 is not valued, do not use.
CODE
DEFINITION
DA
Days
MO
Months
WK
Week
Situational
4
1167
Sample Selection Modulus
O 1
R
1/6
To specify the sampling frequency in terms of a modulus of the Unit of Measure, e.g., every fifth bag, every 1.5 minutes
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when HSD03 is valued to qualify the timeframe of when services will be rendered. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
5
615
Time Period Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying periods
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0605, C0905
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when HSD06 is valued to qualify the time period in which the quantity of services (HSD02) will be continued. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
6
Hour
7
Day
21
Years
26
Episode
27
Visit
34
Month
35
Week
Situational
6
616
Number of Periods
O 1
N
1/3
Total number of periods
SEMANTIC: HSD06 identifies the number of periods, or the minimum in a range of periods when HSD09 is present.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0605
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when needed to indicate the number of time periods in HSD05 that are requested. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Period Count
Situational
7
678
Ship/Delivery or Calendar Pattern Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the routine shipments, deliveries, or calendar pattern
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when needed to indicate the calendar delivery pattern for the services. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Delivery Frequency Code
CODE
DEFINITION
1
1st Week of the Month
2
2nd Week of the Month
3
3rd Week of the Month
4
4th Week of the Month
5
5th Week of the Month
6
1st & 3rd Weeks of the Month
7
2nd & 4th Weeks of the Month
8
1st Working Day of Period
A
Monday through Friday
B
Monday through Saturday
C
Monday through Sunday
D
Monday
E
Tuesday
F
Wednesday
G
Thursday
H
Friday
J
Saturday
K
Sunday
L
Monday through Thursday
M
Immediately
N
As Directed
O
Daily Mon. through Fri.
P
1/2 Mon. & 1/2 Thurs.
Q
1/2 Tues. & 1/2 Thurs.
R
1/2 Wed. & 1/2 Fri.
S
Once Anytime Mon. through Fri.
SA
Sunday, Monday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday
SB
Tuesday through Saturday
SC
Sunday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday
SD
Monday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday
SG
Tuesday through Friday
SL
Monday, Tuesday and Thursday
SP
Monday, Tuesday and Friday
SX
Wednesday and Thursday
SY
Monday, Wednesday and Thursday
SZ
Tuesday, Thursday and Friday
T
1/2 Tue. & 1/2 Fri.
U
1/2 Mon. & 1/2 Wed.
V
1/3 Mon., 1/3 Wed., 1/3 Fri.
W
Whenever Necessary
X
1/2 By Wed., Bal. By Fri.
Y
None (Also Used to Cancel or Override a Previous Pattern)
Situational
8
679
Ship/Delivery Pattern Time Code
O 1
ID
1
Code specifying the time for routine shipments or deliveries
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when needed to indicate the time delivery pattern for the services. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Delivery Pattern Time Code
CODE
DEFINITION
A
1st Shift (Normal Working Hours)
B
2nd Shift
C
3rd Shift
D
A.M.
E
P.M.
F
As Directed
G
Any Shift
Y
None (Also Used to Cancel or Override a Previous Pattern)
Not Used
9
616
Number of Periods
O 1
N
1/3
Not Used
10
352
Description
O 1
AN
1/80

CR8 - IMPLANT CERTIFICATION

X12 Name:
Implant Certification
X12 Purpose:
To supply information related to medical implant registries
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when data related to implant services is known by the sender. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
CR8✱E✱1✱20340401✱20220401✱5693510292✱LT578✱246794839267~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1403
Implant Type Code
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying implant components
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Pulse Generator
2
Atrial Lead
3
Ventricular Lead
4
Implantable Cardioverter Defibrillator (ICDs)
5
Implantable Cardiac Pacemaker (ICPs)
6
Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy Devices (CRTs)
7
Pacing Leads
8
Pacing Battery
9
Coronary Stent
A
Peripheral Stent
B
Heart Valve
C
Ventricular-Assist Device
D
Implantable Heart Monitor
E
Knee
F
Hip
G
Shoulder
H
Elbow
I
Ankle
J
Toe
K
Finger
L
Spinal
M
Orthobiologic
N
Tissue
O
Facial
P
Dental
Q
Ophthalmic
R
Gynecologic
S
Urogynecologic
T
Drug
U
Otolaryngeal
V
Cochlear
W
Cosmetic
X
Gastroenterologic
Y
Urologic
Z
Other
Required
2
1404
Implant Status Code
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the status of implant components
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Implanted
2
Explanted
Situational
3
373
Date
O 1
DT
8
Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
SEMANTIC: CR803 is the warranty expiration date.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the warranty expiration date is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Warranty Expiration Date
Situational
4
373
Date
O 1
DT
8
Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
SEMANTIC: CR804 is the implant date.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the implanted or explanted date is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Implant Date
Situational
5
127
Reference Identification
O 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEMANTIC: CR805 is the manufacturer identification.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the manufacturer identification is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Manufacturer Identification
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Situational
6
127
Reference Identification
O 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEMANTIC: CR806 is the model number.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the model number is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Model Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Situational
7
127
Reference Identification
O 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEMANTIC: CR807 is the serial number.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the serial number is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Serial Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Situational
8
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: CR808 indicates if leads were left in the patient. A "Y" value indicates leads were left in patient; an "N" value indicates leads were not left in patient.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required only if the implant has leads as part of the actual device. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Implant Leads Remain in Patient Indicator
Situational
9
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: CR809 indicates if the pacemaker was returned to the manufacturer. A "Y" value indicates the pacemaker was returned to the manufacturer; an "N" value indicates the pacemaker was not returned to the manufacturer.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required only if the implant device was for a pacemaker. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Pacemaker Returned to Manufacturer Indicator

PWK - ADDITIONAL SERVICE INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Paperwork
X12 Purpose:
To identify the type or transmission or both of paperwork or supporting information
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0506
    If either PWK05 or PWK06 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P1011
    If either PWK10 or PWK11 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
10
Situational Rule:
Required when the requester has additional documentation (electronic, paper, or other medium) associated with this health care services review that cannot otherwise be provided in the notification. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. This PWK segment is utilized to identify the type of additional information being sent, how that information is being sent, and includes a unique identifier (Attachment Control Number) to associate the information with the notification.

    Refer to Section 1.11.6.1 for more information on using this PWK segment.
  2. Additional documentation at the service level should apply to a specific service and/or all the services requested in this service loop.
TR3 Example:
PWK✱OB✱BM✱✱✱AC✱DMN0012~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
755
Report Type Code
M 1
ID
2
Code indicating the title or contents of a document, report or supporting item
INDUSTRY NAME: Attachment Report Type Code
CODE
DEFINITION
03
Report Justifying Treatment Beyond Utilization Guidelines
04
Drugs Administered
05
Treatment Diagnosis
06
Initial Assessment
07
Functional Goals
Use when reporting expected outcomes of rehabilitative services.
08
Plan of Treatment
09
Progress Report
10
Continued Treatment
11
Chemical Analysis
13
Certified Test Report
15
Justification for Admission
21
Recovery Plan
48
Social Security Benefit Letter
55
Rental Agreement
Use when reporting a medical or dental equipment rental.
59
Benefit Letter
77
Support Data for Verification
A3
Allergies/Sensitivities Document
A4
Autopsy Report
AM
Ambulance Certification
Use when there is a certificate of medical necessity for an ambulance trip.
AS
Admission Summary
Use when an admission summary exists; listing the patient's complaints and the reasons for admitting the patient to the hospital.
AT
Purchase Order Attachment
Use when medical or dental equipment was purchased.
B2
Prescription
B3
Physician Order
BR
Benchmark Testing Results
BS
Baseline
BT
Blanket Test Results
CB
Chiropractic Justification
Use when reporting the reasons chiropractic is a just and appropriate treatment.
CK
Consent Form(s)
D2
Drug Profile Document
DA
Dental Models
DB
Durable Medical Equipment Prescription
DG
Diagnostic Report
DJ
Discharge Monitoring Report
DS
Discharge Summary
FM
Family Medical History Document
HC
Health Certificate
HP
History and Physical
HR
Health Clinic Records
I5
Immunization Record
IR
State School Immunization Records
LA
Laboratory Results
M1
Medical Record Attachment
NN
Nursing Notes
OB
Operative Note
OC
Oxygen Content Averaging Report
OD
Orders and Treatments Document
OE
Objective Physical Examination (including vital signs) Document
OX
Oxygen Therapy Certification
P4
Pathology Report
P5
Patient Medical History Document
P6
Periodontal Charts
P7
Periodontal Reports
PE
Parenteral or Enteral Certification
PN
Physical Therapy Notes
PO
Prosthetics or Orthotic Certification
PQ
Paramedical Results
PY
Physician's Report
PZ
Physical Therapy Certification
QC
Cause and Corrective Action Report
QR
Quality Report
RB
Radiology Films
RR
Radiology Reports
RT
Report of Tests and Analysis Report
RX
Renewable Oxygen Content Averaging Report
SG
Symptoms Document
T7
Therapy Notes
UL
Other Type of Report
V5
Death Notification
XP
Photographs
Required
2
756
Report Transmission Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Code specifing timing, transmission method or format by which reports are to be sent
CODE
DEFINITION
AA
Available on Request at Provider Site
Use when the paperwork is not being sent with the request at this time. It will be made available to the UMO (or approving entity) upon request.
BM
By Mail
EL
Electronically Only
Use when reporting the attachment is being transmitted in a separate X12 functional group.
EM
E-Mail
FT
File Transfer
FX
By Fax
OL
On-Line
VO
Voice
Use when communication is by voice mail or phone.
Not Used
3
757
Report Copies Needed
O 1
N
1/2
Not Used
4
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Situational
5
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
COMMENT: PWK05 and PWK06 may be used to identify the addressee by a code number.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when PWK06 is valued. If not required by this implementation guide do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
AC
Attachment Control Number
Situational
6
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when PWK02 equals BM, EL, EM, FT, FX or OL. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Attachment Control Number
The notification sender can use when PWK02 equals "AA" if the notification sender wants to send a document control number for an attachment remaining at the Provider's office.
Situational
7
352
Description
O 1
AN
1/80
A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
COMMENT: PWK07 may be used to indicate special information to be shown on the specified report.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when needed to add any additional information about the attachment described in this segment. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Attachment Description
Not Used
8
C002
Actions Indicated
O 1
Not Used
9
1525
Request Category Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
10
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Not Used
11
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30

MSG - MESSAGE TEXT

X12 Name:
Message Text
X12 Purpose:
To provide a free-form format that allows the transmission of text information
X12 Syntax:
C0302
If MSG03 is present, then MSG02 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when needed to transmit a message to the notification receiver about the service. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. Free form text or description fields are not recommended because they require human interpretation.
  2. Do not use the MSG segment to relay information that you can send using codified information in existing data elements. If you need to use the MSG segment, you should approach X12N with data maintenance to solve the business need without the use of the MSG segment.
TR3 Example:
MSG✱This is a free-form text message~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
933
Free-form Message Text
M 1
AN
1/264
Free-form message text
INDUSTRY NAME: Free Form Message Text
Not Used
2
934
Printer Carriage Control Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
3
1470
Number
O 1
N
1/9

NM1 - SERVICE PROVIDER NAME

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when identifying a service provider, specialist, or specialty entity for this service and is different from the provider, specialist, or specialty entity identified in Loop 2010EA (Patient Event Provider Name). If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
TR3 Notes:
  1. Use this segment to convey the name and identification number of the service provider (person, group, or facility) specialist, or specialty entity to provide services to the patient.
  2. If Loop 2010EA is not valued, Loop 2010F must be valued for each service associated with this patient event.
TR3 Example:
NM1✱SJ✱1✱WATSON✱SUSAN✱✱✱✱XX✱1234567890~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
1T
Physician, Clinic or Group Practice
72
Operating Physician
73
Other Physician
77
Service Location
D0
Admitting Physician
DD
Assistant Surgeon
DK
Ordering Physician
DQ
Supervising Physician
FA
Facility
G3
Clinic
P3
Primary Care Provider
QB
Purchase Service Provider
QV
Group Practice
SJ
Service Provider
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Person
2
Non-Person Entity
Situational
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when identifying a specific person, facility, group practice, or clinic and NM108/NM109 are not present. Not used if identifying a specialty entity utilizing the PRV segment. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Provider Last or Organization Name
Not Used if identifying a specialty entity.
Situational
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the service provider is a specific person (NM102 = 1) and NM103 is present. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Provider First Name
Situational
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM104 is present and the middle name/initial of the person is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Provider Middle Name or Initial
Not Used
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Situational
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Suffix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the suffix is needed to further identify the Service Provider: e.g. Sr., Jr., or III. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Provider Name Suffix
Situational
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM109 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
24
Employer's Identification Number
34
Social Security Number
46
Electronic Transmitter Identification Number (ETIN)
XX
Standard Unique Health Identifier for Health Care Providers (NPI)
Use when the provider is in the United States or its territories and is eligible to receive a National Provider Identifier (NPI).
OR
Use when the provider is not in the United States or its territories and has received an NPI.
CODE SOURCE: 537: National Provider Identifier (NPI)
Situational
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when requesting the services of a specific person, facility, group practice, or clinic and the provider ID is known by the requester. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Provider Identifier
Not Used
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

REF - SERVICE PROVIDER SUPPLEMENTAL IDENTIFICATION

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
8
Situational Rule:
Required when NM109 of this loop is not used and an identifier is necessary for the receiver to identify the provider. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
Use the NM108 and NM109 in the corresponding NM1 segment for the NPI identifier and number.
TR3 Example:
REF✱ZH✱A12345~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
0B
State License Number
1J
Facility ID Number
EI
Employer's Identification Number
Use when NM108 does not equal 24 (Employer's Identification Number)
G5
Provider Site Number
N5
Provider Plan Network Identification Number
N7
Facility Network Identification Number
SY
Social Security Number
Use when reporting a Social Security Number.

The Social Security Number must be a string of exactly nine numbers with no separators.

For example, sending "111002222" would be valid, while sending "111-00-2222" would be invalid.
ZH
Carrier Assigned Reference Number
Use when reporting the provider ID as assigned by the UMO identified in Loop 2000A.
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Provider Supplemental Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Situational
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when REF01 = 0B to report the two character state ID of the state assigning the State License Number. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: License Number State Code
See Code Source 22: State and Outlying Areas of the US.
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

N3 - SERVICE PROVIDER ADDRESS

X12 Name:
Party Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the location of the named party
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when needed to identify a specific location for a provider that has multiple locations. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
N3✱123 MAIN STREET~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
166
Address Information
M 1
AN
1/55
Address information
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Provider Address Line
Use this element for the first line of the service provider's address.
Situational
2
166
Address Information
O 1
AN
1/55
Address information
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a second address line is needed. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Provider Address Line

N4 - SERVICE PROVIDER CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE

X12 Name:
Geographic Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the geographic place of the named party
X12 Syntax:
  1. E0207
    Only one of N402 or N407 may be present.
  2. E0308
    Only one of N403 or N408 may be present.
  3. C0605
    If N406 is present, then N405 is required.
  4. C0704
    If N407 is present, then N404 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when needed to identify a specific location for a provider that has multiple locations. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
N4✱KANSAS CITY✱MO✱64108~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
19
City Name
O 1
AN
2/30
Free-form text for city name
COMMENT: A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to specify a location.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Provider City Name
Situational
2
156
State or Province Code
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying the Standard State/Province as defined by appropriate government agency
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Provider State or Province Code
CODE SOURCE 22: States and Provinces
Situational
3
116
Postal Code
X 1
ID
3/15
Code specifying international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks (zip code for United States)
COMMENT: N403 contains the postal code in an unstructured format. N408 contains the postal code in a structured format. When a postal code data field is used, the parties shall agree as to which data element (N403 or N408) shall be used in the transaction set.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0308
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, or when a postal code exists for the country in N404. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Provider Postal Zone or ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 51: ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 932: Universal Postal Codes
Situational
4
26
Country Code
X 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the country
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is outside the United States of America. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Provider Country Code
Use the alpha-2 country codes from Part 1 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
5
309
Location Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
6
310
Location Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Situational
7
1715
Country Subdivision Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying the country subdivision
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207, C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is not in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, and the country in N404 has administrative subdivisions such as but not limited to states, provinces, cantons, etc. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Provider Country Subdivision Code
Use the country subdivision codes from Part 2 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
8
1702
Postal Code-Formatted
X 1
AN
3/20

PER*IC - SERVICE PROVIDER CONTACT INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Administrative Communications Contact
X12 Purpose:
To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0304
    If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P0506
    If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.
  3. P0708
    If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
2
Situational Rule:
Required when needed to identify a contact name and/or communication number for the provider. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion, but cannot be required by the receiver.
TR3 Notes:
When the communication number represents a telephone number in the United States and other countries using the North American Dialing Plan (for voice, data, fax, etc.), the communication number must always include the area code and phone number using the format AAABBBCCCC where AAA is the area code, BBB is the telephone number prefix, and CCCC is the telephone number. Therefore, the following telephone number (555) 555-1234 would be represented as 5555551234. Do not submit long distance access numbers, such as 1, in the telephone number. Telephone extensions, when applicable, must be submitted in the next element immediately following the telephone number. When submitting telephone extensions, only submit the numeric extension, do not include data that indicates an extension, such as "ext" or "x-".
TR3 Example:
PER✱IC✱JOHN SMITH✱TE✱5555551234✱EX✱123~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
366
Contact Function Code
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named
CODE
DEFINITION
IC
Information Contact
Situational
2
93
Name
O 1
AN
1/60
Free-form name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the acknowledgment must be directed to a particular contact. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Provider Contact Name
Situational
3
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when PER02 is not valued or when the notification sender needs to transmit a contact communication number. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EM
Electronic Mail
FX
Facsimile
TE
Telephone
UR
Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
Situational
4
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when PER02 is not valued or when the notification sender needs to transmit a contact communication number. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Provider Contact Communication Number
Situational
5
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when PER06 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EM
Electronic Mail
EX
Telephone Extension
Use when reporting a telephone extension for the preceding telephone number.
FX
Facsimile
TE
Telephone
UR
Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
Situational
6
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a telephone extension or multiple communication types are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Provider Contact Communication Number
Situational
7
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a telephone extension or multiple communication types are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EM
Electronic Mail
EX
Telephone Extension
Use when reporting a telephone extension for the preceding telephone number.
TE
Telephone
UR
Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
Situational
8
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a telephone extension or multiple communication types are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Provider Contact Communication Number
Not Used
9
443
Contact Inquiry Reference
O 1
AN
1/20

AAA - SERVICE PROVIDER REQUEST VALIDATION

X12 Name:
Request Validation
X12 Purpose:
To specify the validity of the request and indicate follow-up action authorized
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
9
Situational Rule:
Required when this is a notification of a health care services review that was rejected due to invalid or missing service provider information. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
AAA✱N✱✱43~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
M 1
ID
1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: AAA01 designates whether the request is valid or invalid. Code "Y" indicates that the code is valid; code "N" indicates that the code is invalid.
INDUSTRY NAME: Valid Request Indicator
CODE
DEFINITION
N
No
Y
Yes
Not Used
2
559
Agency Qualifier Code
O 1
ID
2
Situational
3
901
Reject Reason Code
O 1
ID
2
Code identifying reason for rejection as assigned by issuer
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when AAA01 = "N". If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
15
Required application data missing
Use when data is missing that is not covered by another reject reason code. Use to indicate when there is not enough information to identify the service provider.
33
Input Errors
Use when input errors in this loop are not covered by the other reject reason codes.
35
Out of Network
41
Authorization/Access Restrictions
43
Invalid/Missing Provider Identification
44
Invalid/Missing Provider Name
45
Invalid/Missing Provider Specialty
46
Invalid/Missing Provider Phone Number
47
Invalid/Missing Provider State
49
Provider is Not Primary Care Physician
51
Provider Not on File
52
Service Dates Not Within Provider Plan Enrollment
79
Invalid Participant Identification
97
Invalid or Missing Provider Address
Not Used
4
889
Follow-up Action Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
5
1787
Error Reason Code
O 99
ID
2

PRV - SERVICE PROVIDER INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Provider Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify the identifying characteristics of a provider
X12 Syntax:
P0203
If either PRV02 or PRV03 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when needed to indicate the provider's specialty. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
PRV✱PE✱PXC✱1223G0001X~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1221
Provider Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying the type of provider
CODE
DEFINITION
AS
Assistant Surgeon
H
Hospital
Use when the provider is a facility (NM101=FA) or clinic (NM101=G3).
OP
Operating
OR
Ordering
OT
Other Physician
PC
Primary Care Physician
PE
Performing
Required
2
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0203
CODE
DEFINITION
PXC
Health Care Provider Taxonomy Code
CODE SOURCE: 682: Health Care Provider Taxonomy
Required
3
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider Taxonomy Code
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
4
156
State or Province Code
O 1
ID
2
Not Used
5
C035
Provider Specialty Information
O 1
Not Used
6
1223
Provider Organization Code
O 1
ID
3

SE - TRANSACTION SET TRAILER

X12 Name:
Transaction Set Trailer
X12 Purpose:
To indicate the end of the transaction set and provide the count of the transmitted segments (including the beginning (ST) and ending (SE) segments)
X12 Comments:
SE is the last segment of each transaction set.
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
SE✱24✱0002~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
96
Number of Included Segments
M 1
N
1/10
Total number of segments included in a transaction set including ST and SE segments
INDUSTRY NAME: Transaction Segment Count
Required
2
329
Transaction Set Control Number
M 1
AN
4/9
Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set
The Transaction Set Control Number in ST02 and SE02 must be identical.

GE - FUNCTIONAL GROUP TRAILER

X12 Name:
Functional Group Trailer
X12 Purpose:
To indicate the end of a functional group and to provide control information
X12 Comments:
The use of identical data interchange control numbers in the associated functional group header and trailer is designed to maximize functional group integrity. The control number is the same as that used in the corresponding header.
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
GE✱1✱1~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
97
Number of Transaction Sets Included
M 1
N
1/6
Total number of transaction sets included in the functional group or interchange (transmission) group terminated by the trailer containing this data element
Required
2
28
Group Control Number
M 1
N
1/9
Assigned number originated and maintained by the sender
SEMANTIC: The data interchange control number GE02 in this trailer must be identical to the same data element in the associated functional group header, GS06.

IEA - INTERCHANGE CONTROL TRAILER

X12 Name:
Interchange Control Trailer
X12 Purpose:
To define the end of an interchange of zero or more functional groups and interchange-related control segments
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
IEA✱1✱000000905~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
I16
Number of Included Functional Groups
M 1
N
1/5
A count of the number of functional groups included in an interchange
Required
2
I12
Interchange Control Number
M 1
N
9
A control number assigned by the interchange sender
The Value in IEA02 must be identical to the value in ISA13.
logo

278 Health Care Services Review Notification and Acknowledgment (008020X328)

JANUARY 2022

Copyright © 2008-22, X12 Incorporated, Format © 2008-22 Washington Publishing Company. Exclusively published by the Washington Publishing Company. No part of this publication may be distributed, posted, reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of the copyright owner.

All rights reserved.

Abstract

The Health Care Services Review - Notification Implementation Guide describes the use of the X12 Health Care Services Review Information (278) transaction set for the following business usage:

  • Notification of interested parties concerning events related to a health care services review such as:
    • Patient arrival notice
    • Patient discharge notice
    • Patient transfer notice
    • Notification of certification to primary care physcian (PCP), utilization management organization (UMO), or other service providers
    • Certification notice change

Preface

X12 standards are developed to identify the broadest data requirements for a transaction set. Type 3 Technical Reports (TR3), also known as implementation guides, define the explicit data requirements for a specific business purpose. Trading partners who implement according to the instructions in this TR3 can exchange data consistently with multiple trading partners.

As X12 does not define transport requirements, trading partners define their specific transport requirements separately.

1.1 Implementation Purpose and Scope

For the health care industry to achieve the potential administrative cost savings with Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), standards have been developed to facilitate consistent implementation by all organizations. To facilitate a smooth transition into the EDI environment, uniform implementation is critical.

The purpose of this implementation guide is to provide standardized data requirements and content for all users who send and receive notifications using the X12, Health Care Services Review Information (278). This implementation guide provides a detailed explanation of the transaction set by defining data content, identifying valid code tables, and specifying values that are applicable for electronic health care service review notification. The intention of the developers of the 278 is represented in this guide.

This implementation guide is designed to assist those who send, receive and/or route notifications associated with health care review services that include the following:

  • Advance Notification of authorizations for planned or scheduled admissions, health services, specialty referrals.
  • Completion Notification of admissions and discharges that have occurred or the completion of the delivery of previously authorized health care services.
  • Information Copy or courtesy copy to notify a receiving entity of a health care services review outcome.
  • Acknowledgment of receipt of a health care services review notification or information copy.

Notifications do not necessarily require a response because the decision outcome has already been established. Similarly, an information copy does not require verification, or approval. A participant who is the recipient of the information may acknowledge they received the data, or reject the data due to specific application layer processing, but may not respond with any review decision outcome.

Health care entities that use this implementation of the 278 include, but are not limited to the following:

  • Utilization Management Organizations (UMOs) (e.g., insurance companies, health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations, health care purchasers, professional review organizations, other providers, and other utilization review entities) that send, or receive notifications regarding Health Care Services review information.
  • Providers (e.g., physicians, medical groups, independent physician associations, facilities) who send notifications regarding Health Care Services review information to UMOs, or to other providers.
  • Providers who receive notifications.

1.2 Version Information

This implementation guide is based on the October 2020 X12 standards, referred to as Version 8, Release 2 (008020).

The unique Version/Release/Industry Identifier Code for transaction sets that are defined by this implementation guide is 008020X328.

The two-character Functional Identifier Code for the transaction set included in this implementation guide:

  • HI   Health Care Services Review Information (278)

The Version/Release/Industry Identifier Code and the applicable Functional Identifier Code must be transmitted in the Functional Group Header (GS segment) that begins a functional group of these transaction sets. For more information, see the descriptions of GS01 and GS08 in Appendix C EDI Control Directory.

1.3.1 Batch and Real-Time Usage

There are multiple methods available for sending and receiving business transactions electronically. Two common modes for EDI transactions are batch and real-time.

Batch - In a batch mode the sender does not remain connected while the receiver processes the transactions. Processing is usually completed according to a set schedule. If there is an associated business response transaction (such as a 271 Response to a 270 Request for Eligibility), the receiver creates the response transaction and stores it for future delivery or transmits the response transaction back to the sender of the original transaction. The sender of the original transmission reconnects at a later time and picks up the response transaction. Note: The sender of the original transmission may not always be the entity that picks up the response transaction at a later time (e.g. Provider submitting through a clearinghouse.)

Real-Time - In real-time mode the sender remains connected while the receiver processes the transactions and returns a response transaction to the sender. This implementation guide does not set specific response time parameters for implementers.

This implementation guide was based on requirements for batch mode. Willing trading partners may use batch or real-time mode.

1.3.2 Other Usage Limitations

Real-Time Delivery of the 278
A 278 real-time notification transaction and its associated acknowledgment response must contain only one patient event. A patient event is represented by a single ST to SE loop containing one subscriber loop as follows:

  • One subscriber loop (Loop 2000C) if the subscriber is the patient
  • One subscriber loop (Loop 2000C) if the dependent is the patient and has a unique member ID
  • One subscriber loop and one dependent loop (Loop 2000D) if the dependent is the patient and the dependent does not have a unique (different from the subscriber) member ID

This subscriber/patient information is followed by one occurrence of the 2000E Loop. One or more 2000F Loops may follow containing associated services.

Batch Delivery of the 278
This implementation guide requires the use of a separate transaction set (ST to SE) for each patient event as defined in Section 1.3.2.

This implementation supports the sending and receiving of multiple patient events in one transmission, where each patient event represents a single 278 transaction with multiple transactions in a single GS to GE loop.

1.4 Business Usage

The 278 has the flexibility to accommodate the exchange of information between providers and review entities. This section introduces the business events and processes associated with the 278.

1.4.1 Health Care Transaction Flow

Each X12 implementation guide explains how to use X12 transaction sets to meet a single defined business purpose. The diagrams found at https://www.x12.org/flow depict the business functions supported by the X12 health care implementation guides.

1.4.2 Business Events Supported in this Guide

This implementation guide supports the following health care service review business events.

1.4.2.1 Notification

The 278 can be used to send unsolicited information among providers, payers, delegated UMO entities and/or other providers. This information can take the form of copies of health service reviews or notification of scheduled, or the beginning and end of treatment. A participant who is the recipient of the information may acknowledge they received the data, or reject the data due to specific application layer processing, but may not respond with any review decision outcome. This implementation guide supports the following categories of notifications.

Advance Notification for:

  • scheduled inpatient admissions
  • scheduled health services events
  • scheduled specialty care services

Completion Notification for:

  • patient arrival at a facility
  • patient discharge from a facility
  • services completion notice for any specific episode of care

Information Copy for any Health Services Review information sent to primary provider(s), service provider(s), or other Health Care entities requiring the information for specific purposes.

Change Notification to report changes to the detail of a previously sent notification or information copy.

1.4.2.2 Acknowledgment

Acknowledgments are sent from a notification receiver to the notification sender to indicate the successful receipt or rejection of a notification or information copy.

This implementation guide does not require that the notification receiver return a 278 acknowledgment response for notifications received. Acknowledgments are required only if the notification sender has indicated that a receipt acknowledgment is required.

The notification process transfers data from one source to another. In most instances, a simple acknowledgment from the receiver to the sender is sufficient to verify that the receiver has received and processed the data content of the notification. The notification receiver has the flexibility to either respond at a high level for successful transaction processing, or at a detail level when the data received produced specific application layer processing errors.

In addition, this implementation guide supports the ability to indicate the acceptance or rejection of the notification based on its application data content. The notification receiver can return one of the following types of 278 acknowledgments, as specified in the BHT02.

Completion: BHT02 = 53 (Completion) indicates the successful receipt of a notification. Its content identifies the acknowledgment receiver, acknowledgment sender and the subscriber/patient. It supports a reference segment (Notification Receipt Number) at the patient level to enable the acknowledgment sender to return a receipt number associated with this patient event notification. The acknowledgment sender can return service provider and service information, along with a service notification receipt number, to indicate successful receipt of the information at the service detail.

Rejection: In many business scenarios, the notification receiver verifies the application data before accepting the notification or information copy from the notification sender. The notification receiver can reject the notification based on invalid or missing data content or discrepancies between the patient's coverage and the service detail reported. BHT02 = 44 (Rejection) indicates that the acknowldegment receiver rejected the notification due to system errors or errors in the application data content. It reports the reasons for rejection at the appropriate hierarchical level.

1.4.3 Business Events Supported in Other 278 Implementation Guides

The 278 transaction set accommodates additional health care services review business events that are covered in separate 278 implementation guides. A brief description of these business events follows.

Request for Review and Response
Health Care Services Review - Request and Response includes the following business events:

  • admission certification review request and associated response
  • referral review request and associated response
  • health care services certification review request and associated response
  • extend certification review request and associated response
  • certification appeal review request and associated response

The exchange of information is between the primary parties, the provider and the UMO.

Review Inquiry and Response
The 278 Health Care Services Review - Inquiry and Response implementation guide handles informational inquiries and their related responses. It enables a participant to inquire about existing certifications and authorizations. The primary participants are providers and UMOs. The entity initiating the inquiry is either the primary provider or the service provider.

Examples of the types of inquiries supported in this implementation include the following:

  • Specialty care referral inquiry
  • Admission certification inquiry
  • Health care service certification inquiry
  • All patient certifications inquiry

1.4.4 Notification Information Flows

Figure 1.1 Information Flows, illustrates various examples of information flow for different business needs requiring the health care services review notification.

Example 1: Advance Notification
A provider notifies the UMO of an inpatient stay to occur in the future. The UMO returns an acknowledgment indicating that the notice has been received.

Figure 1.1 - Advance Notification

Advance Notification

Example 2: Completion Notification
A delegated entity notifies the UMO of all discharges that have occurred for a given date span. The UMO acknowledges receipt by returning a receipt number for each discharge notification. The receipt number indicates that the UMO has stored data to support the claims payment process.

Figure 1.2 - Completion Notification

Completion Notification

Example 3: Information Copy
A delegated entity notifies the payer of all authorized services for multiple patients for a particular time span.

Figure 1.3 - Information Copy

Information Copy

Example 4: Information Copy
UMO notifying a preferred special review organization on specific patient events to support proactive disease management and/or other preventative care programs.

Figure 1.4 - Information Copy

Information Copy

1.5 Business Terminology

To ensure consistent use of terms, definitions, and acronyms across X12 products, X12 maintains the Wordbook, a comprehensive corporate glossary. The included terms are either proprietary to X12, cite definitions published by another authority, or represent common terms and definitions that are relevant to X12's work. The terms and definitions defined in the Wordbook are used in X12 work products when applicable, without modification or revision. The Wordbook can be referenced online at wordbook.x12.org.

1.6 Transaction Acknowledgments

The purpose of transaction acknowledgments is to report to the sender whether the transaction being acknowledged was accepted or rejected.

The X12 Technical Report Type 2, Acknowledgment Reference Model provides guidance on several control structures and transaction set standards intended to augment EDI auditing and control systems.

1.7 Related Transactions

There are no transactions related to the transactions described in this implementation guide.

1.8 Trading Partner Agreements

Trading partner agreements are used to establish and document the relationship between trading partners. A trading partner agreement must not override the specifications in this implementation guide if a transmission is reported in GS08 to be a product of this implementation guide.

1.9 Transaction Compliance

There are three types of compliance that may be relevant to a transmitted transaction.

Compliance with implementation guide requirements

Compliance with state and federal regulation

Compliance with trading partner contractual agreements

1.9.1 Transaction Compliance with Implementation Guide Requirements

A transaction complies with X12 implementation guide requirements if the transaction satisfies all format and content rules and constraints specified in the applicable X12 standards and the implementation guide (also known as a TR3) itself.

Should additional clarification of an X12 implementation guide requirement be desired, two options are available.

X12 does not specify the business rules that the receiving entity must use to decide when to accept or reject a transaction. The receiver will handle transactions that are not TR3-compliant based on its own business process.

A receiver may specify its business rules in a trading partner agreement or companion document. As stated in §1.8, these documents do not override TR3 requirements, nor change how transaction compliance with this TR3 is determined.

1.9.2 Transaction Compliance with State and Federal Regulations

This implementation guide has been developed for use as an insurance industry implementation guide. At the time of publication it has not been adopted as a state or federal standard. Should this implementation guide be adopted as a standard, the adopting authority will establish compliance dates for its use by impacted entities.

X12 is not the authority for determining compliance with regulatory requirements that might further constrain implementation guide requirements. Questions of compliance for regulatory requirements should be directed to the governing authority.

X12 does not specify the business rules that the receiving entity must use to decide when to accept or reject a transaction. The receiver will handle transactions that do not comply with applicable regulatory requirements as specified by the applicable regulation(s) or governing authority.

1.9.3 Transaction Compliance with Contractual Requirements

X12 is not the authority for determining compliance with contractual requirements that might further constrain implementation guide requirements. Questions of compliance for contractual requirements should be directed to the contracting entity.

X12 does not specify the business rules that the receiving entity must use to decide when to accept or reject a transaction. The receiver will handle transactions that do not comply with contractual requirements as specified by the applicable contract or contracting entity.

1.10 Data Overview

The 278 can be exchanged between interested participants in either a uni-directional or bi-directional mode of operation. In the uni-directional mode the notification is sent from the notification sender to the notification receiver and there is no 278 response. In the bi-directional mode, the notification sender sends a notification or information copy and the notification receiver acknowledges receipt of that notification. This implementation guide does not require that the notification receiver acknowledge receipt of a notification unless required by the notification sender.

However, it addresses this bi-directional use to support cases when:

  • the notification receiver returns rejection information to indicate that it was unable to receive the notification or information copy, or
  • the notification sender has indicated that a receipt acknowledgment is required.

This section provides general information on the structure of the transaction set as represented in this implementation guide.

NOTE
See Appendix B, X12 Control and Guidance, to review the transaction set structure, including descriptions of segments, data elements, levels, and loops.

1.10.1 Overall Data Architecture

The 278 is divided into two levels, or tables. See Chapter 2, Transaction Set, for a description of the format presented in the Transaction Set Listing. The Header level, Table 1, contains the purpose code for the transaction set as well as date and time stamps. For the notification portion of this implementation guide, BHT02 is either an Advance Notification (14), Completion Notification (CN) or an Information Copy (22). In addition, a BHT06 value of NO (Notice) indicates that the notification sender expects an acknowledgment of receipt. For the acknowledgment response, BHT02 indicates that this is either an acknowledgment indicating a successful receipt (BHT02 = 53, Completion) or a rejection (BHT02 = 44, Rejection) of the notification.

The Detail level, Table 2, contains all data relating to the notification, including transaction participants, the patient, all providers, and services detail information. Table 2 uses a hierarchical data structure to identify all the information associated with a health care services review for a patient event. Patient event in this guide refers to the service or group of services associated with a single episode of care. See X12 Wordbook for examples of patient events. The 278 supports multiple types of service review requests. Due to the multiplicity of uses of the 278, the implementation guide's developers require that separate transaction sets be used for different patients and events. This can be thought of as a one-to-one style relationship: one transaction set for one patient event.

For the types of business transactions that this implementation guide addresses, the following hierarchical levels (loops) apply:

Loop 2000A contains the Notification Sender/Acknowledgment Receiver

Loop 2000B contains the Notification Receiver/Acknowledgment Sender

Loop 2000C contains the Subscriber

Loop 2000D contains the Dependent

Loop 2000E contains the Patient Event

Loop 2000F contains the Services

Service Review Participants
Loop 2000A in the Notification represents the notification sender and in the Acknowledgment represents the acknowledgment receiver. Loop 2000B in the Notification represents the notification receiver and in the Acknowledgment represents the acknowledgment sender.

Notification Sender: The notification sender, identified in Loop 2000A of the Notification, may be a delegated utilization management entity that determined the outcome of a health care service review who has the knowledge of an event.

Acknowledgment Sender: The acknowledgment sender, identified in Loop 2000B of the Acknowledgment, is the entity that acknowledges receipt of the notification.

Notification Receiver: The notification receiver, identified in Loop 2000B of the Notification, is the partner who needs to know of the decision or result of an event.

Acknowledgment Receiver: The acknowledgment receiver, identified in 2000A of the Acknowledgment, is the entity that receives the acknowledgment.

Patient: Loop 2000C and Loop 2000D represent the subscriber and dependent. If the subscriber is the patient or if the patient has a unique identification number, only Loop 2000C is required.

Patient Event: Loop 2000E identifies information about the patient event and includes specific person, group practice, facility, or specialty entity providing services.

Services
Loop 2000F identifies the category of services and the specific services associated with this patient event. It may also include decision review outcomes and associated reason codes and authorization numbers if applicable.

1.10.2 Sample Table 2 Configurations

The following are sample Table 2 configurations.

The following example represents an advance notification of service, such as ambulance transport, for a dependent of a subscriber.

Notification Sender (Loop 2000A)

Notification Receiver (Loop 2000B)

Subscriber (Loop 2000C)

Dependent (Loop 2000D)

Patient Event (Loop 2000E)

Service (Loop 2000F)

The following example represents an acknowledgment of receipt of a notification of service, such as ambulance transport, for a dependent of a subscriber. The notification receiver acknowledges receipt at the patient level.

Acknowledgment Receiver (Loop 2000A)

Acknowledgment Sender (Loop 2000B)

Subscriber (Loop 2000C)

Dependent (Loop 2000D)

The following example represents an advance notification of authorization for multiple services performed by the same service provider for a subscriber who is the patient.

Notification Sender (Loop 2000A)

Notification Receiver (Loop 2000B)

Subscriber (Loop 2000C)

Patient Event (Loop 2000E)

Service (Loop 2000F)

Service (Loop 2000F)

The following example represents an acknowledgment of receipt of a notification of service for multiple services for a subscriber who is the patient. The notification receiver acknowledges receipt of each service.

Acknowledgment Receiver (Loop 2000A)

Acknowledgment Sender (Loop 2000B)

Subscriber (Loop 2000C)

Patient Event (Loop 2000E)

Service (with Review Outcome Data) (Loop 2000F)

Service (with Review Outcome Data) (Loop 2000F)

1.10.3 Intended Segment Use

Each hierarchical level (loop) in this implementation consists of multiple segments and is based on the same standard hierarchical structure of segments. An implementation specifies the maximum segments you can include, per hierarchical level, to describe the service review participants, Patient Event, and services.

Notification/Information Copy
For a Notification or Information Copy transaction, Table 1.1 - Intended Segment Use for a 278 Notification Transaction, identifies the intended segment use by hierarchical level.

Table 1.1 - Intended Segment Use for a 278 Notification Transaction

 

Segment

Position

 

Segment

ID

Notif

Sender

HL

Notif

Receiver

HL

 

Subscriber

HL

 

Dependent

HL

Patient

Event

HL

 

Service

HL

0100 HL YES YES YES YES YES YES
0200 TRN         YES YES
0300AAA    YESYES
0400UM    YESYES
0500HCR    YESYES
0600REF    YESYES
0700DTP    YESYES
0800HI    YES 
0810SV1     YES
0820SV2     YES
0830SV3     YES
0840TOO     YES
0900HSD    YESYES
1000CRC      
1100CL1    YES 
1200CR1    YES 
1300CR2    YES 
1350CR4      
1400CR5    YES 
1500CR6    YES 
1520CR7      
1530CR8      
1550PWK    YESYES
1600MSG    YESYES
1700NM1YESYESYESYESYESYES
1800REFYES YESYESYESYES
1900N2      
2000N3YES YESYESYESYES
2100N4YES YESYESYESYES
2200PERYES   YESYES
2300AAA    YESYES
2400PRVYES   YESYES
2500DMG  YESYES  
2600INS  YESYES  
2700DTP      

Acknowledgment
For an Acknowledgment transaction, Table 1.2 - Intended Segment Use for a 278 Acknowledgment Transaction, identifies the intended segment use by hierarchical level.

Table 1.2 - Intended Segment Use for a 278 Acknowledgment Transaction

 

Segment

Position

 

Segment

ID

Ack

Receiver

HL

Ack

Sender

HL

 

Subscriber

HL

 

Dependent

HL

Patient

Event

HL

 

Service

HL

0100 HL YES YES YES YES YES YES
0200TRN  YESYESYESYES
0300AAAYES YESYESYESYES
0400UM    YESYES
0500HCR    YESYES
0600REF  YESYESYESYES
0700DTP    YESYES
0800HI    YES 
0810SV1     YES
0820SV2     YES
0830SV3     YES
0840TOO     YES
0900HSD      
1000CRC      
1100CL1      
1200CR1      
1300CR2      
1350CR4      
1400CR5      
1500CR6      
1520CR7      
1530CR8      
1550PWK      
1600MSG    YES 
1700NM1YESYESYESYESYESYES
1800REFYES YESYESYESYES
1900N2      
2000N3      
2100N4      
2200PER YES    
2300AAAYESYESYESYESYESYES
2400PRVYES   YESYES
2500DMG  YESYES  
2600INS  YESYES  
2700DTP      

1.10.4 Matching the Acknowledgment with its Notification

This implementation guide provides several methods to enable sources, receivers, and clearinghouses to trace the transaction or match the 278 acknowledgment, if returned, to the original notification. This section describes the segments and data elements that carry these identifiers.

BHT03 - Submitter Transaction Identifier
BHT03 identifies the transaction at its highest level. This is particularly useful in reconciling 278 rejection transactions that may not contain all of the HL Loops. The receiver of the 278 notification transaction must return this identifier in the 278 acknowledgment BHT03.

TRN Segment
The Patient Event loop (2000E) and the Service loop (Loop 2000F) each contain a TRN segment. This segment enables organizations to uniquely identify the notification. The TRN at the Patient Event level uniquely identifies the patient event request. The Service level TRN uniquely identifies the request at its lowest logical level, the service. Both the notification sender and the clearinghouse can add a TRN segment to the notification. The acknowledgment sender can assign its own trace number to the Patient Event loop and/or Service loop of the acknowledgment if returned.

The notification/acknowledgment sender can use this TRN segment to meet several needs, including the following:

  • uniquely identify this notification within the notification sender's environment
  • uniquely identify each service. A single notification transaction can contain multiple services represented by multiple occurrences of Loop 2000F. The notification receiver might receive some of these services and/or reject others due to data content errors.
  • match the associated acknowledgment to the notification
  • facilitate routing of this acknowledgment in a large health care environment. For example, it might be necessary for the acknowledgment sender to identify the department within the provider environment that originated the transaction.

NOTE
The notification sender cannot use this trace number to report the certification number to the notification receiver.

Clearinghouses can provide their own trace numbers in a separate TRN segment at the Patient Event level and at the Service level on the request to use for transaction tracking and matching purposes.

If the TRN segment is used on the notification, the acknowledgment sender must return the trace information in the 278 acknowledgment transaction.

The acknowledgment sender can add a trace number in their own TRN segment at the Patient Event level (Loop 2000E) and Service level (Loop 2000F) on the acknowledgment.

NOTE
The acknowledgment sender cannot use this trace number to report a receipt number to the notification sender.

If the 278 notification transaction passes through more than one clearinghouse, the second (and subsequent) clearinghouse may choose one of the following options:

  1. If the second or subsequent clearinghouse needs to assign their own TRN segment they may replace the received TRN segment belonging to the sending clearinghouse with their own TRN segment. Upon returning a 278 acknowledgment to the sending clearinghouse, they must remove their TRN segment and replace it with the sending clearinghouse's TRN segment.
  2. If the second or subsequent clearinghouse does not need to assign their own TRN segment, they should merely pass all TRN segments received in the 278 notification back in the 278 acknowledgment transaction. If the 278 notification passes through a clearinghouse that adds their own TRN in addition to a notification sender TRN, the clearinghouse will receive an acknowledgment from the acknowledgment sender containing two TRN segments that contain the value "2" (Referenced Transaction Trace Number) in TRN01. If the UMO has assigned a TRN, the notification receiver TRN will contain the value "1" (Current Transaction Trace Number) in TRN01. If the clearinghouse chooses to pass their own TRN values to the notification sender, the clearinghouse must change the value in their TRN01 to "1" because, from the notification sender perspective, this is not a referenced transaction trace number.

1.11 Data Use By Business Use

The segments referenced in Table 1.1 - Intended Segment Use for a 278 Notification Transaction and Table 1.2 - Intended Segment Use for a 278 Acknowledgment Transaction carry the data content of the health care services review. This section provides examples of the segments and data element values used in the hierarchical levels. The use of notification sender of the Notification, acknowledgment receiver of the Acknowledgment, notification receiver of the Notification, acknowledgment sender of the Acknowledgment, subscriber, dependent, patient event, and service is consistent across types of health care services reviews. However, the use of the patient event and service levels differ across types of health care services reviews. Therefore, the patient event and service level discussions in this section contain multiple examples. In addition, the minimum data necessary for an acknowledgment differs from that required for a notification. The descriptions of each hierarchical level describe these differences.

Minimum Data Requirements - Notifications
Factors such as the type of health care services review, the condition of the patient, and the individual UMO's rules for processing notifications make it difficult to identify a single set of data elements that are required for all types of certifications. To meet these needs, this guide includes many data elements and segments marked "situational".

Minimum Data Requirements - Acknowledgments
The 278 acknowledgment is used to report any invalid or missing data that prevented the transaction from successfully being processed. The minimum data necessary to report a rejection are the loops hierarchically necessary to report the rejection information. For example, if the error is detected in Loop 2000E of the notification, the acknowledgment must contain the minimum information (segments and data elements) necessary to return valid loops 2000A, 2000B, 2000C, 2000D, and the rejection reason in Loop 2000E.

The use of the 278 acknowledgment to report the successful receipt of a notification is optional and must be established by trading partner agreement between the notification sender and the notification receiver. This implementation guide limits the information from the notification that the notification receiver must return on the acknowledgment. If the notification receiver acknowledges successful receipts of notifications, the minimum data necessary on the acknowledgment are loops 2000A, 2000B, and the patient (Loop 2000C/2000D).

NOTE
This section provides examples of types of health care service reviews and the minimum data required. Refer to Chapter 2, Transaction Set of this guide for detailed information on valuing specific data elements within the segments.

1.11.1 Transaction Participants (Loop 2000A, Loop 2000B)

The Loop 2000A and Loop 2000B hierarchical levels are used to convey information about the two primary participants in a health care service review transaction. Figure 1.5 - Notification Sender and Receiver Levels, presents the Loop 2000A and Loop 2000B levels.

NOTE
The entity in Loop 2000A of the Acknowledgment is always the same as the entity that was in Loop 2000A of the Notification. The entity in Loop 2000B of the Acknowledgment is always the same as the entity that was in Loop 2000B of the Notification.

Figure 1.5 - Notification Sender and Receiver Levels

Notification Sender and Receiver Levels

Hierarchy Usage Chart for Transaction Participants
The various utilization management entities may appear in either the Loop 2000A or Loop 2000B hierarchical levels depending on the transaction usage. Table 1.3 - Notification Sources and Notification Receivers, identifies some of the possible entities exchanging a health care services review notification. This matrix is by no means exhaustive.

Table 1.3 - Notification Sources and Notification Receivers

 

 

Transaction Use

HL

Notification

Sender NM1

HL

Notification

Source NM1

HL

Notification

Receiver NM1

 

Physical

Transmitter

 

Physical

Receiver

Notice of Admission to UMO Hospital PCP UMO Hospital UMO
Notification to UMO regarding transfer or discharge Hospital PCP UMO Hospital UMO
Notification of services from a Provider to a Service Provider PCP UMO SCP PCP SCP
Notification of services from a UMO to a Service ProviderUMOPCPSCPUMOSCP
Notification of authorization for services from a Delegated Entity to a PayerDelegated EntityProviderPayerDelegated EntityPayer
Notification of services from a UMO to a Third-party AdministratorUMOProviderTPAUMOTPA

* UMO - Utilization Management Organization

* PCP - Primary Care Provider

* SCP - Specialty Care Provider

1.11.1.1 Notification Sender (Loop 2000A)

The Loop 2000A hierarchical level is used to identify the notification sender. The notification sender is generally the entity empowered to make a decision regarding the outcome of a health services review or the owner of information.

The following example demonstrates a minimum way of identifying a Notification Sender:

HL*1**20*1~
NM1*X3*2******46*123450~

As indicated in Figure 1.5 - Notification Sender and Receiver Levels, 2010AA loop is used to identify the notification sender. 2010AB loop is used by the notification sender to identify an additional entity as the source of this health care services review information. For example, in a notification of a referral from the UMO to the service provider, the UMO (notification sender) may identify itself in the 2010AA loop and the requesting provider (source) in the 2010AB loop. Or, in a notification of authorization to admit the patient sent from the PCP to the hospital, the PCP (notification sender) can use the 2010AA loop to identify itself as the sender and the 2010AB loop to identify the UMO as the source of the authorization.

Loop 2010AA also supports the following additional segments:

REF Segment: Use this segment to provide supplementary identifiers for the notification sender when required.

PER Segment: Use this segment to identify a specific individual within the notification sender who can be contacted concerning the notification.

N3 and N4 Segments: Use the address segments, only when necessary, to further identify the notification sender or to provide notification sender address information to the receiver. These segments are supported on the 278 notification but are not supported on the 278 acknowledgment.

PRV Segment: If the notification sender is a provider, use this segment to identify the provider's role in the care of the patient or the provider's specialty.

Loop 2010AB also supports the following additional segments:

PER Segment: Use this segment to identify a specific individual within the notification sender who can be contacted concerning the notification.

PRV Segment: If the source is a provider, use this segment to identify the provider's role in the care of the patient or the provider's specialty.

1.11.1.2 Notification Receiver (Loop 2000B)

The Loop 2000B hierarchical level identifies the intended receiver of the notification. The following example demonstrates a minimum way of identifying an notification receiver:

HL*2*1*21*1~
NM1*1P*1******XX*1234567890~

NM1 Segment: As with the HL20 hierarchical level, the NM1 segment is usually sufficient to identify the notification receiver when the trading partners are known. The NM1 segment should always be used to carry the primary identifier of the notification receiver (see NM108 and NM109).

The 278 notification supports only the HL and NM1 segments. Loop 2010B of the 278 acknowledgment supports the following additional segments:

PER Segment: The notification receiver should value this segment only if the notification source must direct requests for additional information to a specific contact, electronic mail, facsimile, or phone number.

1.11.2 Patient (Loop 2000C and Loop 2000D)

Subscriber Loop 2000C and Dependent Loop 2000D identify the patient. Loop 2000C is always required. Loop 2000D is used only when necessary to identify a patient who is a dependent. Figure 1.6 - Subscriber and Dependent Levels shows the structure of these loops.

Figure 1.6 - Subscriber and Dependent Levels

Subscriber and Dependent Levels

When the subscriber is the patient or when the patient has a unique identification number (different from the subscriber), only Loop 2000C is used. This situation is common when an insurance company issues a unique insurance identification card to each individual insured. In all other cases, Loop 2000C is used to identify the subscriber. Loop 2000D is used to identify the subscriber's dependent, who is the patient. This structure is more common in traditional group insurance where a patient is uniquely identified within the primary subscriber identifier.

The Subscriber Name Loop 2010C and Dependent Name Loop 2010D contain the segments and data elements that hold this patient identification information. The NM1 and DMG segments contain all the data needed for the notification receiver to identify the patient.

1.11.2.1 Identifying the Subscriber/Patient

In Subscriber Name Loop 2010C, the member ID (NM108/NM109) is required and may be adequate to identify the subscriber to the notification receiver. However, the notification receiver can require additional information. The maximum data elements that the notification receiver can require to identify the subscriber, in addition to the member ID, are as follows:

Subscriber Last Name (NM103)
Subscriber First Name (NM104)
Subscriber Birth Date (DMG01 and DMG02)

The data requirements are the same for a dependent patient who has a unique identification number (different from the subscriber). In those cases where the subscriber is the patient or the patient has a unique identification number (different from the subscriber), only Loop 2000C is used.

The following example demonstrates a sufficient way of identifying a patient who has a unique identification number:

HL*3*2*22*1~
NM1*IL*1*SMITH*JOE****MI*12345678901~

1.11.2.2 Identifying the Dependent

If the dependent has been issued a unique member ID, the Dependent Loop (2000D) is not used.

If the dependent has not been issued a unique member ID, the Dependent Loop (2000D) is required in addition to Loop 2000C. Loop 2000C conveys insurance information and Loop 2000D conveys patient-related information. The maximum data elements that can be required by an notification receiver in loop 2010C and 2010D to identify a patient are as follows:

Loop 2010C
Subscriber's Member ID

Loop 2010D
Dependent Last Name
Dependent First Name
Dependent Birth Date

All UMOs are required to support the above search option if their system does not have unique Member Identifiers assigned to dependents.

The following example demonstrates a sufficient way of identifying a patient who is the dependent of a subscriber. The example also illustrates the use of other segments.

HL*3*2*22*1~
NM1*IL*1*SMITH*JOE****MI*12345678901~
HL*4*3*23*1~
NM1*QC*1*SMITH*SEAN~
DMG*D8*19881229*M~
INS*N*19~

Patient Account Number
The notification sender can supply the patient account number as a supplemental identifier for the patient on the notification. This value is carried in a REF segment where REF01 = "EJ" in Loop 2000C - Subscriber or Loop 2000D - Dependent, whichever is the patient. This information is optional for the notification sender. However, if the notification receiver receives the patient account number, they must return it in the 278 acknowledgment transaction in the event an acknowledgment is returned.

1.11.2.3 Supplying Other Patient Information on the Notification

In addition to the patient identification segments provided in loops 2010C and 2010D, the 278 notification also supports the ability to provide address information, date of birth, gender and relationship in the following segments:

N3 and N4 Segments: Use the address segments, only when necessary, to further identify the subscriber or dependent to the notification receiver.

DMG Segment: Use the DMG segment when birth date is needed to identify the patient or when gender information was used to render a medical decision.oes not have unique Member Identifiers assigned to dependents.

INS Segment: Use the INS segment when patient relationship to insured or birth sequence was used to to further identify the subscriber.

1.11.2.4 Acknowledging Patient Information Received

This implementation guide limits the acknowledgment to return the minimum data necessary to indicate the receipt or rejection of the notification. The notification receiver can return the following acknowledgment information, in addition to the segments that identify the patient.

AAA Segment: The notification receiver must return a 278 acknowledgment response if the notification receiver is unable to process the application data at subscriber or dependent level. The response must contain a AAA segment at the level of the failure that reports the error condition that prohibits the receiver system from processing the notification. Two AAA segments are provided. The first AAA identifies error conditions in the data contained in Loop 2000C/2000D. These pertain to invalid or missing diagnosis codes and dates and patient condition dates. The second AAA in Loop 2010C/2010D identifies invalid or missing subscriber or dependent identification information.

Notification Receipt Number REF: This REF is required if the notification receiver returns a receipt number to indicate receipt of the notification.

1.11.3 Services (Loop 2000F)

The Service level (Loop 2000F) is not required on the 278 notification. This loop should only be valued if the notification includes specific services or procedures. If the 278 request does not include this loop, it must specify all the information pertaining to the category of services requested at the Patient Event level (Loop 2000E). As illustrated in Table 1.1 - Intended Segment Use for a 278 Notification Transaction and Table 1.2 - Intended Segment Use for a 278 Acknowledgment Transaction, many of the segments used in Loop 2000F are the same as those available in Loop 2000E.

Figure 1.7 - Services Level

Services Level

Guidelines for Using the Service Level

  1. Use only if the services or procedures identified are for the same patient event identified in Loop 2000E.
  2. Use only if at least one of the following situations exists.
    • You are indicating a type of service (UM03) in addition to the category or type of service specified in the patient event, or
    • You are identifying a specific service or procedure code or a range of service or procedure codes.
  3. If this loop is valued, one of the following must be valued.
    • UM segment where UM03 is valued
    • SV1 where SV101 is valued
    • SV2 where either SV201 or SV202 is valued
    • SV3 where SV301 is valued
    • DRA where DRA03-02 is valued
  4. Specify only one procedure or procedure code range in an occurrence of Loop 2000F. If you are identifying multiple procedures or procedure code ranges, use a separate occurrence of Loop 2000F for each procedure code or code range.
  5. Data values at the Service level override data values provided at the Patient Event level for the same data element for this service only.
  6. If this patient event includes requests for multiple services (more than one Loop 2000F), the TRN segment may be used in each Loop 2000F of the request to assign a unique trace number to each service. This enables you to trace the transaction or match the acknowledgment to the notification. Use of trace numbers at this level can facilitate matching these different responses to the original request.

The HI segment "Additional Service Description" is used to further define the service/procedure identified in UM03, SV1, SV2, SV3 or DRA. The segment uses SNOMED (and/or other as yet unspecified code set) codes to provide added granularity regarding the planned, requested or approved service. Use is particularly beneficial for services that are broadly defined such as Consultation, Targeted Medication Review, Chronic Care Coordination Services, Transitional Care Management and Medication Therapy Management.

For example:

UM03 = 3 (Consultation)
HI01-01 = AAA
HI01-02 = 422011000124105 (Geriatric syndrome education)
OR
SV101-01 = HC
SV01-02 = 99496 (Transitional Care Management Services)
HI01-01 = AAA
HI01-02 = 1871000124103 (Transition from acute care to home-health care)
HI02-01 = AAA
HI02-02 = 429111000124101 (Documentation of care summary)
HI03-01 = AAA
HI03-02 = 431531000124101 (Health literacy assessment)
HI04-01 = AAA
HI04-02 = 417011000124102 (Gastrointestinal disorder education)
HI05-01 = AAA
HI05-02 = (473230005 Gastrointestinal disorder medication review)

1.11.3.1 Returning Service Details on the Acknowledgment

This implementation does not require the notification receiver to return Loop 2000F when acknowledging the successful receipt of a notification.

BHT02 = 44, Rejection
Loop 2000F is required only when necessary to report invalid or missing application data at this level of the notification that prevented the notification receiver from accepting the notification into their system. To facilitate the identification of the data in error, the acknowledgment can return service detail information reported in the notification.

BHT02 = 53, Completion
If the notification receiver chooses to acknowledge receipt of each service loop on the notification, they must return the segments that carried service level identification information on the notification.

1.11.4 Examples of Service Level Notifications

This section provides some examples of Service level segment values for the different types of notifications and information copies.

1.11.4.1 Advance Notification (BHT02 = 14)

Specialty Referral
Specialty care referral notifications encompass those transactions where a provider requests or grants permission to refer or send a patient to another provider, generally a specialist. These types of transactions generally are shared between a primary care physician and a UMO. However, they may just as easily be shared between any two providers or UMOs. The following example contains a notification of authorization for an initial service consisting of a single office visit for a consultation at the provider's office.

HL*5*4*SS*0~
UM*SC*I*3*11:B~
HCR*A1*0081096G~
HSD*VS*1~

The UM segment is used to identify the type of health care services.

UM01 = SC (Specialty Care Review)
UM02 = I (Initial Request)
UM03 = 3 (Consultation)
UM04 = 11:B (Physician's Office)

The HCR segment provides the results of the review as well as a review identification number. This set of values indicates approval of the request in full. A review identification number of 0081096G is supplied and is critical if the notification sender wishes to initiate further transactions concerning this service.

The HSD segment identifies the number of visits authorized.

Health Services Review
The term "health services review" identifies a notification of authorization for specific treatments or more extended care. Extended care refers to treatment for a condition requiring prolonged rehabilitation therapy. This transaction set supports a notification for authorization of services related to specific treatment or extended care associated with a single patient event. Complex treatment plans represent multiple patient events. Use a separate notification transaction for each patient event.

This is an example of a notification indicating a certified in total decision for chiropractic services of the spine. The UMO is notifying the chiropractor that it has authorized 24 visits to occur twice per week over a (3) month period.

HL*5*4*SS*0~
UM*HS*I*33~
HCR*A1*2011082001~
HSD*VS*2*WK**34*3~

The UM segment is used to identify the type of health care services.

UM01 = HS (Health Services Review)
UM02 = I (Initial Request)
UM03 = 33 (Chiropractic)

The HSD Segment specifies the pattern of delivery for the requested services. The request for spinal manipulation services will include 2 visits per week over a 3 month period.

Admission Review
The term "admission review" identifies a notification of authorization for admission to a facility for treatment (pre-certification). The transaction set enables the notification sender to specify both the admission to the facility and the associated inpatient procedures authorized within the same transaction. In this scenario, the specialist requested authorization to admit the patient for a surgical procedure. The UMO has authorized the request and sends a notification of the authorization to the facility. The notification contains one occurrence of Loop 2000E, one occurrence of Loop 2010EA, one occurrence of Loop 2000F and one occurrence of Loop 2010F:

Loop 2000E (Service Provider - Facility)
Loop 2000F (Admission Review)
Loop 2000E (Service Provider - Operating Surgeon)
Loop 2000F (Health Services Review for surgical procedure)

The following example demonstrates a notification of authorization for the facility portion of an admission review.

HL*4*3*EV*1~
TRN*1*211099*9012345678~
UM*HS*I*33~
HCR*A1*IP2003073101~
DTP*435*RD8*20110820-20110826~
CL1*2~

The UM segment identifies the type of health care services.

UM01 = AR (Admission Review)
UM02 = I (Initial Request)
UM03 = 2 (Surgical)
UM04 = 21:B (Hospital - inpatient)

The DTP segment carries the anticipated date range of the admission and the CL1 value indicates the priority of the admission.

Revisions
To revise a specific procedure code that was previously approved, UM02 in Loop 2000E will equal S (Revised) and the authorization number being revised will appear in the REF Previous Review Authorization Number if the authorization was granted at the Event Level. In the 2000F loop, UM02 will equal 3 (Cancel) in the first iteration of the service loop and the procedure code that is being changed from the original request is reported. If the authorization was granted at the Service Level, the previous review authorization number is reported in the REF Previous Review Authorization Number in Loop 2000F. In a second iteration of the 2000F loop, the new procedure code is reported. UM02 will equal S (Revised) to indicate that this loop will contain the revised procedure.

2000E Loop

UM*SC*S*3~
REF*BB*20111109ABCD~

First iteration of 2000F Loop

UM*SC*3~
SV1*HC:99211~

Second iteration of 2000F Loop

UM*SC*S~
SV1*HC:99212~

The response will acknowledge the cancellation of the old procedure and the action on the new procedure.

1.11.4.2 Completion Notification (BHT02 = 14)

A completion notification advises the notification receiver that an authorized patient event has occurred. For example, the UMO may require the facility to return a notification of admission when it admits the patient. The UMO may also require notification when the facility discharges the patient, notice of discharge. The following example demonstrates the use of the notice of admission to advise the UMO that the patient, whose admission was pre-authorized, has been admitted.

HL*4*3*EV*0~
TRN*1*20110820*123456789~
UM*AR**2*21:B~
REF*BB*IP2003073101~
DTP*435*D8*20110821~
CL1*2~

The REF segment identifies the previous certification identifier (the value of HCR02) assigned to the admission review previously authorized. The DTP segment identifies the actual date of admission (DTP01 = 435).

When the facility discharges the patient, it sends another completion notification to notify the UMO of the discharge. Loop 2000E of the discharge notification is identical to the notice of admission with the exception of the DTP segment. On a discharge notice, DTP01 has the value "096" to indicate a discharge date.

1.11.4.3 Information Copy (BHT02 = 22)

The Service loop of courtesy copies of advance or completion notifications are identical in content to the notifications. The business event that triggers this transfer of information and the entities sending and receiving the information determine if the requirement is to notify the receiver, or provide information copies. The primary use of the information copy is to forward from a delegated entity to the Payer a copy of the contents of service reviews that were certified, or not certified by the notification sender/delegated entity. The following example demonstrates an information copy of a service review that was rejected based on the data content of Loop 2000F of the health care services review request.

HL*5*4*SS*0~
AAA*N**52~
UM*HS*I*6~

The AAA segment indicates that the source rejected the service review request for radiation therapy due to an invalid or missing date of service.

1.11.4.4 Acknowledgment of Receipt (BHT02 = 53)

The notification receiver can return a 278 acknowledgment to indicate the successful receipt of the notification. The acknowledgment sender can assign a receipt number to the acknowledgment at the Patient level and/or at each Service level associated with the notification. The following example demonstrates an acknowledgment of receipt of a notice of admission.

HL*4*3*EV*0~
TRN*2*20110820*123456789~
UM*AR*I*2~
REF*NT*IP2003073101~
DTP*435*D8*20110821~

The acknowledgment echoes back the notification sender trace number and other identifying information associated with the service notification. In addition, the acknowledgment sender has assigned an administrative reference number (REF01 = NT) to acknowledge receipt of the notice of admission.

1.11.4.5 Negative Acknowledgment (BHT02 = 44)

The notification receiver must return a negative acknowledgment if it detects invalid or missing data at the Event, or Service level of the notification. The negative acknowledgment must identify the reasons for rejection in the AAA segment at the appropriate level. The following example demonstrates an acknowledgment indicating that the notification contained errors at the Service level.

HL*4*3*SS*0~
AAA*N**52*Y~
UM*HS*I*79~
HCR*A1*3082001~
DTP*472*RD8*20110901-20111130~

The negative acknowledgment echoes back event or service level identification information from the notification. It indicates that the service dates on the notification are not within the provider plan enrollment for the service provider assigned in Loop 2000E. It returns the date in question and the certification number provided in the HCR02 field of the notification.

1.11.5 Additional Service Review Information

Under some circumstances, it may be necessary to augment the information contained in the notification transaction. This additional information concerns patient condition and service detail data not supported in the 278.

1.11.5.1 Referencing Additional Information on the 278 Notification

The 278 notification contains PWK segments that the notification sender may use to reference additional information associated with the Notification.

PWK Segments
The 278 notification supports 10 occurrences of the PWK segment at the Patient level and at each Service level (Loop 2000F). This enables the notification sender to attach up to 10 items pertaining to the patient's condition and/or up to 10 items pertaining to each occurrence of Loop 2000F of the notification.

Guidelines for Using the PWK Segment on the Notification

  1. The PWK segment is required if the notification sender has additional documentation (electronic, paper, or other medium) associated with this notification that applies to the patient and/or the services and the 278 notification transaction (ST to SE) does not support this information.
  2. Use the PWK segment at the Patient level if the attachment pertains to this patient event and/or all the services.
  3. Use the PWK segment at the Service level if the information pertains to a specific service identified in Loop 2000F.
  4. PWK06 is required to identify the additional documentation and should be included as part of the submission.

2. Transaction Set

NOTE
See X12 documents X12.5, X12.6, and X12.59 to review transaction set structure, including descriptions of segments, levels, and loops.

2.1 Presentation Examples

The X12 standards are generic. For example, multiple trading communities use the same PER segment to specify administrative communication contacts. Each community decides which elements to use and which code values in those elements are applicable.

This implementation guide uses a format that depicts both the generalized standard and the insurance industry-specific implementation. In this implementation guide, IMPLEMENTATION specifies the requirements for this implementation. X12 STANDARD is included as a reference only.

The transaction set presentation is comprised of two main sections with subsections within the main sections:

Transaction Set Listing

There are two sub-sections under this general title. The first sub-section concerns this implementation of a generic X12 transaction set. The second sub-section concerns the generic X12 standard itself.

This section lists the levels, loops, and segments contained in this implementation. It also serves as an index to the segment detail.

This section is included as a reference.

Segment Detail

There are three sub-sections under this general title. This section repeats once for each segment used in this implementation providing segment specific detail and X12 standard detail.

This section is included as a reference.

This section is included as a reference. It provides a pictorial view of the standard and shows which elements are used in this implementation.

This section specifies the implementation details of each data element.

These illustrations (Figures 2.1 through 2.5) are examples and are not extracted from the Section 2 detail in this implementation guide. Annotated illustrations, presented below in the same order they appear in this implementation guide, describe the format of the transaction set that follows.

Figure 2.1 - Transaction Set Key - Implementation

Transaction Set Key - Implementation

Figure 2.2 - Transaction Set Key - Standard

Transaction Set Key - Standard

Figure 2.3 - Segment Key - Implementation

Segment Key - Implementation

Figure 2.4 - Segment Key - Diagram

Segment Key - Diagram

Figure 2.5 - Segment Key - Element Summary

Segment Key - Element Summary

2.2.1 Industry Usage

Industry Usage describes when loops, segments, and elements are to be sent when complying with this implementation guide. The three choices for Usage are required, not used, and situational. To avoid confusion, these are named differently than the X12 standard Condition Designators (mandatory, optional, and relational).

Required  

This loop/segment/element must always be sent.

Required segments in Situational loops only occur when the loop is used.

Required elements in Situational segments only occur when the segment is used.

Required component elements in Situational composite elements only occur when the composite element is used.

Not Used  

This element must never be sent.

Situational  

Use of this loop/segment/element varies, depending on data content and business context as described in the defining rule. The defining rule is documented in a Situational Rule attached to the item.

There are two forms of Situational Rules.

"Required when <explicit condition statement>. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion, but cannot be required by the receiver."

The data qualified by such a situational rule cannot be required, requested or rejected by the receiver when the condition is not applicable. Transmission of this data is solely at the sender's discretion when the stated condition does not apply.

"Required when <explicit condition statement>. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send."

The data qualified by such a situational rule must not be sent except as described in the explicit condition statement.

2.2.1.1 Determining Transaction Compliance with Industry Usage Requirements

A transmitted transaction complies with the governing implementation guide when it satisfies the requirements as defined within the implementation guide. Specifically, the presence or absence of an item (loop, segment, or element) complies with the industry usage specified by this implementation guide according to the following table.

Industry Usage

Business
Condition
is

Item
is

Transaction
Complies with
Implementation
Guide?

Required

N/A

Sent

Yes

Not Sent

No

Not Used

N/A

Sent

No

Not Sent

Yes

Situational (Required when <explicit condition statement>. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion, but cannot be required by the receiver.)

True

Sent

Yes

Not Sent

No

Not True

Sent

Yes

Not Sent

Yes

Situational (Required when <explicit condition statement>. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.)

True

Sent

Yes

Not Sent

No

Not True

Sent

No

Not Sent

Yes

2.2.2 Loops

Loop requirements depend on the context or location of the loop within the transaction. See Appendix B for more information on loops.

  • A nested loop can be used only when the associated higher level loop is used.
  • The usage of a loop is the same as the usage of its beginning segment.
    • If a loop's beginning segment is Required, the loop is Required and must occur at least once unless it is nested in a loop that is not being used.
    • If a loop's beginning segment is Situational, the loop is Situational.
  • Subsequent segments within a loop can be sent only when the beginning segment is used.
  • Required segments in Situational loops occur only when the loop is used.

2.6 278 Acknowledgment Detail

This section specifies the segments, data elements, and codes for this implementation. Refer to Section 2.1 Presentation Examples for detailed information on the components of the Segment Detail section.

SEGMENT DETAIL 
 ST - TRANSACTION SET HEADER
X12 Name:Transaction Set Header
X12 Purpose:To indicate the start of a transaction set and to assign a control number
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
REQUIRED
TR3 Notes:
1.This segment indicates the start of a health care services review notification acknowledgment response transaction set with all the supporting information. This transaction set is the electronic equivalent of a phone, fax, or paper-based receipt acknowledgment.
TR3 Example:
ST✱278✱0002✱008020X328~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
ST
 
✱
ST01143
TS ID
Code
M 1ID3/3
✱
ST02329
TS Control
Number
M 1AN4/9
✱
ST031705
Imple Conv
Reference
O 1AN1/35
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
ST01
143
Transaction Set Identifier Code
M 1ID3/3
Code identifying a Transaction Set
SEMANTIC: The transaction set identifier (ST01) is used by the translation routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate transaction set definition (e.g., 810 selects the Invoice Transaction Set).
CODE      DEFINITION
278Health Care Services Review Information
REQUIRED        
ST02
329
Transaction Set Control Number
M 1AN4/9
Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set
The Transaction Set Control Numbers in ST02 and SE02 must be identical and must be a numeric value. The number (i.e. numeric value) is assigned by the originator and must be unique within a functional group (GS-GE). For example, start with the numeric value 0001 and increment from there. The Transaction Set Control Number also aids in error resolution research.
REQUIRED        
ST03
1705
Implementation Convention Reference
O 1AN1/35
Reference assigned to identify Implementation Convention
SEMANTIC: The implementation convention reference (ST03) is used by the translation routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate implementation convention to match the transaction set definition. When used, this implementation convention reference takes precedence over the implementation reference specified in the GS08.
INDUSTRY NAME: Implementation Guide Version Name
This element must be populated with the guide identifier named in Section 1.2.
This field contains the same value as GS08. Some translator products strip off the ISA and GS segments prior to application (ST-SE) processing. Providing the information from the GS08 at this level will ensure that the appropriate application mapping is utilized at translation time.
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 BHT - BEGINNING OF HIERARCHICAL TRANSACTION
X12 Name:Beginning of Hierarchical Transaction
X12 Purpose:To define the business hierarchical structure of the transaction set and identify the business application purpose and reference data, i.e., number, date, and time
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
REQUIRED
TR3 Example:
BHT✱0007✱53✱199800114000001✱20220101✱1400~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
BHT
 
✱
BHT011005
Hierarch
Struct Code
M 1ID4/4
✱
BHT02353
TS Purpose
Code
M 1ID2/2
✱
BHT03127
Reference
Ident
O 1AN1/80
✱
BHT04373
Date
 
O 1DT8/8
✱
BHT05337
Time
 
O 1TM4/8
✱
BHT06640
Transaction
Type Code
O 1ID2/2
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
BHT01
1005
Hierarchical Structure Code
M 1ID4/4
Code indicating the hierarchical application structure of a transaction set that utilizes the HL segment to define the structure of the transaction set
Used to specify the sequential order of HL segments. The HL loops in the data stream must comply with this sequential order. An HL parent loop must be followed by any subordinate child loops prior to commencing a new HL parent loop at the same hierarchical level.
CODE      DEFINITION
0007Information Source, Information Receiver, Subscriber, Dependent, Event, Services
REQUIRED        
BHT02
353
Transaction Set Purpose Code
M 1ID2/2
Code identifying purpose of transaction set
CODE      DEFINITION
44Rejection
 
Use when the transaction acknowledges a notification that was rejected due to data errors at this level or non-availability of the receiving system.
53Completion
 
Use when the acknowledgment was a successful receipt of a notification.
REQUIRED        
BHT03
127
Reference Identification
O 1AN1/80
1/50
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEMANTIC: BHT03 is the number assigned by the originator to identify the transaction within the originator's business application system.
INDUSTRY NAME: Submitter Transaction Identifier
Return the transaction identifier entered in BHT03 on the 278 notification.
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
REQUIRED        
BHT04
373
Date
O 1DT8/8
Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
SEMANTIC: BHT04 is the date the transaction was created within the business application system.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transaction Set Creation Date
REQUIRED        
BHT05
337
Time
O 1TM4/8
Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
SEMANTIC: BHT05 is the time the transaction was created within the business application system.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transaction Set Creation Time
NOT USED
BHT06
640
Transaction Type Code
O 1ID2/2
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 HL - ACKNOWLEDGMENT RECEIVER LEVEL
X12 Name:Hierarchical Level
X12 Purpose:To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data segments
X12 Comments:
1.The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
2.The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure.
Loop:
2000A — ACKNOWLEDGMENT RECEIVER LEVEL
Loop Repeat: 1
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
REQUIRED
TR3 Notes:
1.This segment indicates the acknowledgment receiver hierarchical level. The acknowledgment receiver corresponds to the source of the notification or information copy.
TR3 Example:
HL✱1✱✱20✱1~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
HL
 
✱
HL01628
Hierarch
ID Number
M 1AN1/12
✱
HL02734
Hierarch
Parent ID
O 1AN1/12
✱
HL03735
Hierarch
Level Code
M 1ID1/2
✱
HL04736
Hierarch
Child Code
O 1ID1/1
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
HL01
628
Hierarchical ID Number
M 1AN1/12
A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
The first HL01 within each ST-SE envelope must begin with "1", and be incremented by one each time an HL is used in the transaction. Only numeric values are allowed in HL01.
NOT USED
HL02
734
Hierarchical Parent ID Number
O 1AN1/12
REQUIRED        
HL03
735
Hierarchical Level Code
M 1ID1/2
Code specifying the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
CODE      DEFINITION
20Information Source
 
Use when reporting the Acknowledgement Receiver.
REQUIRED        
HL04
736
Hierarchical Child Code
O 1ID1/1
Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the level being described
COMMENT: HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL segment.
CODE      DEFINITION
0No Subordinate HL Segment in This Hierarchical Structure.
1Additional Subordinate HL Data Segment in This Hierarchical Structure.
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 AAA - NOTIFICATION VALIDATION
X12 Name:Request Validation
X12 Purpose:To specify the validity of the request and indicate follow-up action authorized
Loop:
2000A — ACKNOWLEDGMENT RECEIVER LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
4
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when the notification cannot be processed at a system or application level based on the trading partner information contained in the Functional Group Header (GS). If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
AAA✱N✱✱42✱Y~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
AAA
 
✱
AAA011073
Yes/No Cond
Resp Code
M 1ID1/1
✱
AAA02559
Agency
Qual Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
AAA03901
Reject
Reason Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
AAA04889
Follow-up
Act Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
AAA051787
Error
Reason Code
O 99ID2/2
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
AAA01
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
M 1ID1/1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: AAA01 designates whether the request is valid or invalid. Code "Y" indicates that the code is valid; code "N" indicates that the code is invalid.
INDUSTRY NAME: Valid Request Indicator
CODE      DEFINITION
NNo
 
Use when the notification transaction has been rejected as identified by the code in AAA03.
NOT USED
AAA02
559
Agency Qualifier Code
O 1ID2/2
REQUIRED        
AAA03
901
Reject Reason Code
O 1ID2/2
Code identifying reason for rejection as assigned by issuer
CODE      DEFINITION
04Authorized Quantity Exceeded
 
Use when the functional group exceeds the maximum number of transactions as specified by agreement between the application sender GS02 and application receiver GS03.
41Authorization/Access Restrictions
 
Use when the application sender (GS02) and application receiver (GS03) do not have a trading partner agreement for the transaction sets identified in GS01 or transaction sets with the purpose identified in BHT02. The 278 transaction set has three different implementations. The transaction set purpose, as identified in BHT02, specifies the implementation.
42Unable to Respond at Current Time
 
Use when the entity responsible for forwarding the request to the notification receiver (Loop 2010B) is unable to process the transaction at the current time. This indicates a problem in the system forwarding the notification transaction and not in the notification receiver's system.
79Invalid Participant Identification
 
Use when the identifier used in GS02 or GS03 is invalid or unknown.
REQUIRED        
AAA04
889
Follow-up Action Code
O 1ID1/1
Code identifying follow-up actions allowed
CODE      DEFINITION
CPlease Correct and Resubmit
NResubmission Not Allowed
PPlease Resubmit Original Transaction
YDo Not Resubmit; We Will Hold Your Request and Respond Again Shortly
NOT USED
AAA05
1787
Error Reason Code
O 99ID2/2
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 NM1 - ACKNOWLEDGMENT RECEIVER NAME
X12 Name:Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
1.P0809
If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
2.C1110
If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
3.C1203
If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
2010AA — ACKNOWLEDGMENT RECEIVER NAME
Loop Repeat: 1
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
REQUIRED
TR3 Notes:
1.This loop is required when the 2010AB loop is being utilized on the notification. It should be returned on the acknowledgment as it was sent on the notification. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
NM1✱1P✱1✱WHITE✱CHRIS✱✱✱✱XX✱1234567890~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
NM1
 
✱
NM10198
Entity ID
Code
M 1ID2/3
✱
NM1021065
Entity Type
Qualifier
M 1ID1/1
✱
NM1031035
Name Last/
Org Name
X 1AN1/80
✱
NM1041036
Name
First
O 1AN1/35
✱
NM1051037
Name
Middle
O 1AN1/25
✱
NM1061038
Name
Prefix
O 1AN1/10
✱
NM1071039
Name
Suffix
O 1AN1/10
✱
NM10866
ID Code
Qualifier
X 1ID1/2
✱
NM10967
ID
Code
X 1AN2/80
✱
NM110706
Entity
Relat Code
X 1ID2/2
✱
NM11198
Entity ID
Code
O 1ID2/3
✱
NM1121035
Name Last/
Org Name
O 1AN1/80
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
NM101
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1ID2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE      DEFINITION
1PProvider
2BThird-Party Administrator
FAFacility
PRPayer
X3Utilization Management Organization
REQUIRED        
NM102
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1ID1/1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE      DEFINITION
1Person
2Non-Person Entity
SITUATIONAL
NM103
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1AN1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the responder needs to identify the acknowledgment receiver by name. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Last or Organization Name
SITUATIONAL
NM104
1036
Name First
O 1AN1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM103 is valued and the reviewing entity is an individual (NM102 = 1), such as a primary care provider. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source First Name
SITUATIONAL
NM105
1037
Name Middle
O 1AN1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM104 is present and the middle name/initial of the person is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Middle Name
NOT USED
NM106
1038
Name Prefix
O 1AN1/10
SITUATIONAL
NM107
1039
Name Suffix
O 1AN1/10
Suffix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM104 is valued and the suffix of the individual's name is known; e.g. Sr., Jr., or III. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Name Suffix
REQUIRED        
NM108
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1ID1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
CODE      DEFINITION
24Employer's Identification Number
34Social Security Number
46Electronic Transmitter Identification Number (ETIN)
PIPayor Identification
 
Use when UMO is a payer and XV is not used.
XVStandard Unique Health Plan Identifier (HPID)
CODE SOURCE 540: Health Plan Identifier (HPID)
XXStandard Unique Health Identifier for Health Care Providers (NPI)
CODE SOURCE 537: National Provider Identifier (NPI)
REQUIRED        
NM109
67
Identification Code
X 1AN2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Identifier
NOT USED
NM110
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1ID2/2
NOT USED
NM111
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1ID2/3
NOT USED
NM112
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1AN1/80
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 REF - ACKNOWLEDGMENT RECEIVER SUPPLEMENTAL IDENTIFICATION
X12 Name:Reference Information
X12 Purpose:To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
1.R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
2010AA — ACKNOWLEDGMENT RECEIVER NAME
Segment Repeat:
8
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when valued on the notification and used by the receiver to identify the notification sender or notification source. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱ZH✱A12345~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
REF
 
✱
REF01128
Reference
Ident Qual
M 1ID2/3
✱
REF02127
Reference
Ident
X 1AN1/80
✱
REF03352
Description
 
X 1AN1/80
✱
REF04C040
Reference
Identifier
O 1
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
REF01
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1ID2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE      DEFINITION
0BState License Number
1JFacility ID Number
EIEmployer's Identification Number
 
Use when NM108 does not equal 24 (Employer's Identification Number)
G5Provider Site Number
N5Provider Plan Network Identification Number
N7Facility Network Identification Number
SYSocial Security Number
 
Use when reporting a Social Security Number.

The Social Security Number must be a string of exactly nine numbers with no separators.

For example, sending "111002222" would be valid, while sending "111-00-2222" would be invalid.
ZHCarrier Assigned Reference Number
REQUIRED        
REF02
127
Reference Identification
X 1AN1/80
1/50
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Supplemental Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
NOT USED
REF03
352
Description
X 1AN1/80
NOT USED
REF04
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 AAA - ACKNOWLEDGMENT RECEIVER VALIDATION
X12 Name:Request Validation
X12 Purpose:To specify the validity of the request and indicate follow-up action authorized
Loop:
2010AA — ACKNOWLEDGMENT RECEIVER NAME
Segment Repeat:
9
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.Use this segment to convey rejection information regarding the entity that initiated a notification or information copy transaction.
TR3 Example:
AAA✱N✱✱46✱C~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
AAA
 
✱
AAA011073
Yes/No Cond
Resp Code
M 1ID1/1
✱
AAA02559
Agency
Qual Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
AAA03901
Reject
Reason Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
AAA04889
Follow-up
Act Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
AAA051787
Error
Reason Code
O 99ID2/2
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
AAA01
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
M 1ID1/1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: AAA01 designates whether the request is valid or invalid. Code "Y" indicates that the code is valid; code "N" indicates that the code is invalid.
INDUSTRY NAME: Valid Request Indicator
CODE      DEFINITION
NNo
NOT USED
AAA02
559
Agency Qualifier Code
O 1ID2/2
REQUIRED        
AAA03
901
Reject Reason Code
O 1ID2/2
Code identifying reason for rejection as assigned by issuer
CODE      DEFINITION
35Out of Network
41Authorization/Access Restrictions
43Invalid/Missing Provider Identification
44Invalid/Missing Provider Name
45Invalid/Missing Provider Specialty
46Invalid/Missing Provider Phone Number
47Invalid/Missing Provider State
49Provider is Not Primary Care Physician
50Provider Ineligible for Inquiries
 
Use when the provider is not authorized for notifications.
51Provider Not on File
79Invalid Participant Identification
 
Use when there is an invalid/missing notification sender or notification source supplemental identifier.
97Invalid or Missing Provider Address
REQUIRED        
AAA04
889
Follow-up Action Code
O 1ID1/1
Code identifying follow-up actions allowed
CODE      DEFINITION
CPlease Correct and Resubmit
NResubmission Not Allowed
RResubmission Allowed
NOT USED
AAA05
1787
Error Reason Code
O 99ID2/2
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 PRV - ACKNOWLEDGMENT RECEIVER PROVIDER INFORMATION
X12 Name:Provider Information
X12 Purpose:To specify the identifying characteristics of a provider
X12 Syntax:
1.P0203
If either PRV02 or PRV03 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
2010AA — ACKNOWLEDGMENT RECEIVER NAME
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when needed to indicate the provider's specialty. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
PRV✱PC✱PXC✱203BS0133X~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
PRV
 
✱
PRV011221
Provider
Code
M 1ID1/3
✱
PRV02128
Reference
Ident Qual
X 1ID2/3
✱
PRV03127
Reference
Ident
X 1AN1/80
✱
PRV04156
State or
Prov Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
PRV05C035
Provider
Spec. Inf.
O 1
✱
PRV061223
Provider
Org Code
O 1ID3/3
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
PRV01
1221
Provider Code
M 1ID1/3
Code identifying the type of provider
CODE      DEFINITION
ADAdmitting
ASAssistant Surgeon
ATAttending
COConsulting
CVCovering
HHospital
 
Use when the provider is a facility (NM101=FA) or clinic (NM101=G3).
OPOperating
OROrdering
OTOther Physician
PCPrimary Care Physician
PEPerforming
RFReferring
REQUIRED        
PRV02
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
X 1ID2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0203
CODE      DEFINITION
PXCHealth Care Provider Taxonomy Code
CODE SOURCE 682: Health Care Provider Taxonomy
REQUIRED        
PRV03
127
Reference Identification
X 1AN1/80
1/50
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider Taxonomy Code
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
NOT USED
PRV04
156
State or Province Code
O 1ID2/2
NOT USED
PRV05
C035
Provider Specialty Information
O 1
NOT USED
PRV06
1223
Provider Organization Code
O 1ID3/3
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 NM1 - ACKNOWLEDGMENT SOURCE NAME
X12 Name:Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
1.P0809
If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
2.C1110
If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
3.C1203
If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
2010AB — ACKNOWLEDGMENT SOURCE NAME
Loop Repeat: 1
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when the notification source name was submitted with the notification and was different than the notification sender. If not required by this implementation guide do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.This loop is required when the 2010AB loop is being utilized on the notification. It should be returned on the acknowledgment as it was sent on the notification. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
NM1✱1P✱1✱WHITE✱CHRIS✱✱✱✱XX✱1234567890~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
NM1
 
✱
NM10198
Entity ID
Code
M 1ID2/3
✱
NM1021065
Entity Type
Qualifier
M 1ID1/1
✱
NM1031035
Name Last/
Org Name
X 1AN1/80
✱
NM1041036
Name
First
O 1AN1/35
✱
NM1051037
Name
Middle
O 1AN1/25
✱
NM1061038
Name
Prefix
O 1AN1/10
✱
NM1071039
Name
Suffix
O 1AN1/10
✱
NM10866
ID Code
Qualifier
X 1ID1/2
✱
NM10967
ID
Code
X 1AN2/80
✱
NM110706
Entity
Relat Code
X 1ID2/2
✱
NM11198
Entity ID
Code
O 1ID2/3
✱
NM1121035
Name Last/
Org Name
O 1AN1/80
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
NM101
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1ID2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE      DEFINITION
1PProvider
2BThird-Party Administrator
FAFacility
PRPayer
X3Utilization Management Organization
REQUIRED        
NM102
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1ID1/1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE      DEFINITION
1Person
2Non-Person Entity
SITUATIONAL
NM103
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1AN1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the responder needs to identify the acknowledgment source by name. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Last or Organization Name
SITUATIONAL
NM104
1036
Name First
O 1AN1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM103 is valued and the reviewing entity is an individual (NM102 = 1), such as a primary care provider. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source First Name
SITUATIONAL
NM105
1037
Name Middle
O 1AN1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM104 is present and the middle name/initial of the person is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Middle Name
NOT USED
NM106
1038
Name Prefix
O 1AN1/10
SITUATIONAL
NM107
1039
Name Suffix
O 1AN1/10
Suffix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM104 is valued and the suffix of the individual's name is known; e.g. Sr., Jr., or III. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Name Suffix
REQUIRED        
NM108
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1ID1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
CODE      DEFINITION
24Employer's Identification Number
34Social Security Number
46Electronic Transmitter Identification Number (ETIN)
PIPayor Identification
 
Use when UMO is a payer and XV is not used.
XVStandard Unique Health Plan Identifier (HPID)
CODE SOURCE 540: Health Plan Identifier (HPID)
XXStandard Unique Health Identifier for Health Care Providers (NPI)
CODE SOURCE 537: National Provider Identifier (NPI)
REQUIRED        
NM109
67
Identification Code
X 1AN2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Identifier
NOT USED
NM110
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1ID2/2
NOT USED
NM111
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1ID2/3
NOT USED
NM112
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1AN1/80
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 REF - ACKNOWLEDGMENT SOURCE SUPPLEMENTAL IDENTIFICATION
X12 Name:Reference Information
X12 Purpose:To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
1.R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
2010AB — ACKNOWLEDGMENT SOURCE NAME
Segment Repeat:
8
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when valued on the notification and used by the receiver to identify the notification sender or notification source. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱ZH✱A12345~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
REF
 
✱
REF01128
Reference
Ident Qual
M 1ID2/3
✱
REF02127
Reference
Ident
X 1AN1/80
✱
REF03352
Description
 
X 1AN1/80
✱
REF04C040
Reference
Identifier
O 1
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
REF01
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1ID2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE      DEFINITION
0BState License Number
1JFacility ID Number
EIEmployer's Identification Number
 
Use when NM108 does not equal 24 (Employer's Identification Number)
G5Provider Site Number
N5Provider Plan Network Identification Number
N7Facility Network Identification Number
SYSocial Security Number
 
Use when reporting a Social Security Number.

The Social Security Number must be a string of exactly nine numbers with no separators.

For example, sending "111002222" would be valid, while sending "111-00-2222" would be invalid.
ZHCarrier Assigned Reference Number
REQUIRED        
REF02
127
Reference Identification
X 1AN1/80
1/50
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Supplemental Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
NOT USED
REF03
352
Description
X 1AN1/80
NOT USED
REF04
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 AAA - ACKNOWLEDGMENT SOURCE VALIDATION
X12 Name:Request Validation
X12 Purpose:To specify the validity of the request and indicate follow-up action authorized
Loop:
2010AB — ACKNOWLEDGMENT SOURCE NAME
Segment Repeat:
9
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.Use this segment to convey rejection information regarding the entity that initiated a notification or information copy transaction.
TR3 Example:
AAA✱N✱✱46✱C~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
AAA
 
✱
AAA011073
Yes/No Cond
Resp Code
M 1ID1/1
✱
AAA02559
Agency
Qual Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
AAA03901
Reject
Reason Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
AAA04889
Follow-up
Act Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
AAA051787
Error
Reason Code
O 99ID2/2
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
AAA01
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
M 1ID1/1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: AAA01 designates whether the request is valid or invalid. Code "Y" indicates that the code is valid; code "N" indicates that the code is invalid.
INDUSTRY NAME: Valid Request Indicator
CODE      DEFINITION
NNo
NOT USED
AAA02
559
Agency Qualifier Code
O 1ID2/2
REQUIRED        
AAA03
901
Reject Reason Code
O 1ID2/2
Code identifying reason for rejection as assigned by issuer
CODE      DEFINITION
35Out of Network
41Authorization/Access Restrictions
43Invalid/Missing Provider Identification
44Invalid/Missing Provider Name
45Invalid/Missing Provider Specialty
46Invalid/Missing Provider Phone Number
47Invalid/Missing Provider State
49Provider is Not Primary Care Physician
50Provider Ineligible for Inquiries
 
Use when the provider is not authorized for notifications.
51Provider Not on File
79Invalid Participant Identification
 
Use when there is an invalid/missing notification sender or notification source supplemental identifier.
97Invalid or Missing Provider Address
REQUIRED        
AAA04
889
Follow-up Action Code
O 1ID1/1
Code identifying follow-up actions allowed
CODE      DEFINITION
CPlease Correct and Resubmit
NResubmission Not Allowed
RResubmission Allowed
NOT USED
AAA05
1787
Error Reason Code
O 99ID2/2
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 PRV - ACKNOWLEDGMENT SOURCE PROVIDER INFORMATION
X12 Name:Provider Information
X12 Purpose:To specify the identifying characteristics of a provider
X12 Syntax:
1.P0203
If either PRV02 or PRV03 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
2010AB — ACKNOWLEDGMENT SOURCE NAME
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when needed to indicate the provider's specialty. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
PRV✱PC✱PXC✱203BS0133X~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
PRV
 
✱
PRV011221
Provider
Code
M 1ID1/3
✱
PRV02128
Reference
Ident Qual
X 1ID2/3
✱
PRV03127
Reference
Ident
X 1AN1/80
✱
PRV04156
State or
Prov Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
PRV05C035
Provider
Spec. Inf.
O 1
✱
PRV061223
Provider
Org Code
O 1ID3/3
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
PRV01
1221
Provider Code
M 1ID1/3
Code identifying the type of provider
CODE      DEFINITION
ADAdmitting
ASAssistant Surgeon
ATAttending
COConsulting
CVCovering
HHospital
 
Use when the provider is a facility (NM101=FA) or clinic (NM101=G3).
OPOperating
OROrdering
OTOther Physician
PCPrimary Care Physician
PEPerforming
RFReferring
REQUIRED        
PRV02
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
X 1ID2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0203
CODE      DEFINITION
PXCHealth Care Provider Taxonomy Code
CODE SOURCE 682: Health Care Provider Taxonomy
REQUIRED        
PRV03
127
Reference Identification
X 1AN1/80
1/50
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider Taxonomy Code
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
NOT USED
PRV04
156
State or Province Code
O 1ID2/2
NOT USED
PRV05
C035
Provider Specialty Information
O 1
NOT USED
PRV06
1223
Provider Organization Code
O 1ID3/3
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 HL - ACKNOWLEDGMENT SENDER LEVEL
X12 Name:Hierarchical Level
X12 Purpose:To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data segments
X12 Comments:
1.The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
2.The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure.
Loop:
2000B — ACKNOWLEDGMENT SENDER LEVEL
Loop Repeat: 1
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when the notification receiver's system processed any of the information contained in Loop 2000B of the notification. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.This segment indicates the acknowledgment sender. The acknowledgment sender is the entity that sent the acknowledgment.
TR3 Example:
HL✱2✱1✱21✱1~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
HL
 
✱
HL01628
Hierarch
ID Number
M 1AN1/12
✱
HL02734
Hierarch
Parent ID
O 1AN1/12
✱
HL03735
Hierarch
Level Code
M 1ID1/2
✱
HL04736
Hierarch
Child Code
O 1ID1/1
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
HL01
628
Hierarchical ID Number
M 1AN1/12
A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
The first HL01 within each ST-SE envelope must begin with "1", and be incremented by one each time an HL is used in the transaction. Only numeric values are allowed in HL01.
REQUIRED        
HL02
734
Hierarchical Parent ID Number
O 1AN1/12
Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data segment being described is subordinate to
COMMENT: HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID number of the HL segment to which the current HL segment is subordinate.
REQUIRED        
HL03
735
Hierarchical Level Code
M 1ID1/2
Code specifying the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
CODE      DEFINITION
21Information Receiver
 
Use when reporting the Acknowledgment Sender.
REQUIRED        
HL04
736
Hierarchical Child Code
O 1ID1/1
Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the level being described
COMMENT: HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL segment.
CODE      DEFINITION
0No Subordinate HL Segment in This Hierarchical Structure.
1Additional Subordinate HL Data Segment in This Hierarchical Structure.
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 NM1 - ACKNOWLEDGMENT SENDER NAME
X12 Name:Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
1.P0809
If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
2.C1110
If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
3.C1203
If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
2010B — ACKNOWLEDGMENT SENDER NAME
Loop Repeat: 1
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
REQUIRED
TR3 Notes:
1.This NM1 loop identifies the acknowledgment sender.
TR3 Example:
NM1✱X3✱2✱ABC PAYER✱✱✱✱✱46✱123450000~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
NM1
 
✱
NM10198
Entity ID
Code
M 1ID2/3
✱
NM1021065
Entity Type
Qualifier
M 1ID1/1
✱
NM1031035
Name Last/
Org Name
X 1AN1/80
✱
NM1041036
Name
First
O 1AN1/35
✱
NM1051037
Name
Middle
O 1AN1/25
✱
NM1061038
Name
Prefix
O 1AN1/10
✱
NM1071039
Name
Suffix
O 1AN1/10
✱
NM10866
ID Code
Qualifier
X 1ID1/2
✱
NM10967
ID
Code
X 1AN2/80
✱
NM110706
Entity
Relat Code
X 1ID2/2
✱
NM11198
Entity ID
Code
O 1ID2/3
✱
NM1121035
Name Last/
Org Name
O 1AN1/80
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
NM101
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1ID2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE      DEFINITION
1PProvider
2BThird-Party Administrator
FAFacility
PRPayer
X3Utilization Management Organization
REQUIRED        
NM102
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1ID1/1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE      DEFINITION
1Person
2Non-Person Entity
SITUATIONAL
NM103
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1AN1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the acknowledgment sender needs to identify itself to the acknowledgment receiver by name. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Receiver Last or Organization Name
SITUATIONAL
NM104
1036
Name First
O 1AN1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM103 is valued and the acknowledgment sender is an individual (NM102 = 1). If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Receiver First Name
SITUATIONAL
NM105
1037
Name Middle
O 1AN1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM104 is present and the middle name/initial of the person is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Receiver Middle Name
NOT USED
NM106
1038
Name Prefix
O 1AN1/10
SITUATIONAL
NM107
1039
Name Suffix
O 1AN1/10
Suffix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM104 is valued and the suffix of the individual's name is known; e.g. Sr., Jr., or III. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Receiver Name Suffix
REQUIRED        
NM108
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1ID1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
CODE      DEFINITION
24Employer's Identification Number
46Electronic Transmitter Identification Number (ETIN)
PIPayor Identification
 
Use when UMO is a payer and XV is not used.
XVStandard Unique Health Plan Identifier (HPID)
CODE SOURCE 540: Health Plan Identifier (HPID)
XXStandard Unique Health Identifier for Health Care Providers (NPI)
CODE SOURCE 537: National Provider Identifier (NPI)
REQUIRED        
NM109
67
Identification Code
X 1AN2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Receiver Identifier
NOT USED
NM110
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1ID2/2
NOT USED
NM111
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1ID2/3
NOT USED
NM112
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1AN1/80
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 PER - ACKNOWLEDGMENT SENDER CONTACT INFORMATION
X12 Name:Administrative Communications Contact
X12 Purpose:To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed
X12 Syntax:
1.P0304
If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required.
2.P0506
If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.
3.P0708
If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
2010B — ACKNOWLEDGMENT SENDER NAME
Segment Repeat:
2
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when the acknowledment receiver must direct requests for follow-up to a specific contact, electronic mail, facsimile, or phone number. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.When the communication number represents a telephone number in the United States and other countries using the North American Dialing Plan (for voice, data, fax, etc.), the communication number must always include the area code and phone number using the format AAABBBCCCC where AAA is the area code, BBB is the telephone number prefix, and CCCC is the telephone number. Therefore, the following telephone number (555) 555-1234 would be represented as 5555551234. Do not submit long distance access numbers, such as 1, in the telephone number. Telephone extensions, when applicable, must be submitted in the next element immediately following the telephone number. When submitting telephone extensions, only submit the numeric extension, do not include data that indicates an extension, such as "ext" or "x-".
TR3 Example:
PER✱IC✱JOHN SMITH✱TE✱5555551234✱EX✱123~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
PER
 
✱
PER01366
Contact
Funct Code
M 1ID2/2
✱
PER0293
Name
 
O 1AN1/60
✱
PER03365
Comm
Number Qual
X 1ID2/2
✱
PER04364
Comm
Number
X 1AN1/2048
✱
PER05365
Comm
Number Qual
X 1ID2/2
✱
PER06364
Comm
Number
X 1AN1/2048
✱
PER07365
Comm
Number Qual
X 1ID2/2
✱
PER08364
Comm
Number
X 1AN1/2048
✱
PER09443
Contact Inq
Reference
O 1AN1/20
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
PER01
366
Contact Function Code
M 1ID2/2
Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named
CODE      DEFINITION
ICInformation Contact
SITUATIONAL
PER02
93
Name
O 1AN1/60
Free-form name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the acknowledgment must be directed to a particular contact. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Receiver Contact Name
SITUATIONAL
PER03
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1ID2/2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when PER04 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE      DEFINITION
EMElectronic Mail
FXFacsimile
TETelephone
URUniform Resource Locator (URL)
 
Use when reporting a URL. The URL must not contain any characters used as delimiters in this transaction.
SITUATIONAL
PER04
364
Communication Number
X 1AN1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when PER03 is valued. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Receiver Contact Communication Number
SITUATIONAL
PER05
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1ID2/2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when PER06 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE      DEFINITION
EMElectronic Mail
EXTelephone Extension
 
Use when reporting a telephone extension for the preceding telephone number.
FXFacsimile
TETelephone
SITUATIONAL
PER06
364
Communication Number
X 1AN1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a telephone extension or multiple communication types are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Receiver Contact Communication Number
SITUATIONAL
PER07
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1ID2/2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a telephone extension or multiple communication types are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE      DEFINITION
EMElectronic Mail
EXTelephone Extension
 
Use when reporting a telephone extension for the preceding telephone number.
FXFacsimile
TETelephone
SITUATIONAL
PER08
364
Communication Number
X 1AN1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a telephone extension or multiple communication types are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Receiver Contact Communication Number
NOT USED
PER09
443
Contact Inquiry Reference
O 1AN1/20
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 AAA - ACKNOWLEDGMENT SENDER NOTIFICATION VALIDATION
X12 Name:Request Validation
X12 Purpose:To specify the validity of the request and indicate follow-up action authorized
Loop:
2010B — ACKNOWLEDGMENT SENDER NAME
Segment Repeat:
6
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.Use this AAA segment to report the reasons why the notification receiver cannot receive the notification at a system or application level based on the notification sender or notification source identified in Loop 2010AA or 2010AB.
TR3 Example:
AAA✱N✱✱42✱Y~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
AAA
 
✱
AAA011073
Yes/No Cond
Resp Code
M 1ID1/1
✱
AAA02559
Agency
Qual Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
AAA03901
Reject
Reason Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
AAA04889
Follow-up
Act Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
AAA051787
Error
Reason Code
O 99ID2/2
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
AAA01
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
M 1ID1/1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: AAA01 designates whether the request is valid or invalid. Code "Y" indicates that the code is valid; code "N" indicates that the code is invalid.
INDUSTRY NAME: Valid Request Indicator
CODE      DEFINITION
NNo
NOT USED
AAA02
559
Agency Qualifier Code
O 1ID2/2
REQUIRED        
AAA03
901
Reject Reason Code
O 1ID2/2
Code identifying reason for rejection as assigned by issuer
CODE      DEFINITION
04Authorized Quantity Exceeded
 
Use when the transaction exceeds a single patient event.
41Authorization/Access Restrictions
 
Use when the sender, as identified in ISA06 or GS02 is not authorized to send the transaction sets identified in GS01 or transaction sets with the purpose identified in BHT02 to the notification receiver identified in Loop 2010B. The 278 transaction set has three different implementations. The transaction set purpose as identified in BHT02 specifies the implementation.
42Unable to Respond at Current Time
 
Use when the notification receiver identified in Loop 2010B is unable to process the transaction at the current time. This indicates that there is a problem within the receiver's system.
79Invalid Participant Identification
 
Use when the notification receiver identifier in Loop 2010B NM109 is invalid.
80No Response received - Transaction Terminated
 
Use when the trading partner/application system responsible for sending the notification to the notification receiver has not received a response in the expected timeframe and therefore has terminated the notification.
T4Payer Name or Identifier Missing
 
Use when either the name or identifier for the notification receiver identified in Loop 2010B is missing.
REQUIRED        
AAA04
889
Follow-up Action Code
O 1ID1/1
Code identifying follow-up actions allowed
CODE      DEFINITION
NResubmission Not Allowed
PPlease Resubmit Original Transaction
YDo Not Resubmit; We Will Hold Your Request and Respond Again Shortly
NOT USED
AAA05
1787
Error Reason Code
O 99ID2/2
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 HL - SUBSCRIBER LEVEL
X12 Name:Hierarchical Level
X12 Purpose:To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data segments
X12 Comments:
1.The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
2.The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure.
Loop:
2000C — SUBSCRIBER LEVEL
Loop Repeat: 1
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when the notification receiver has detected no errors at the parent level (Loop 2000B) of the notification. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.This segment indicates the subscriber hierarchical level. The subscriber could also be the patient. If the subscriber is the patient, then the dependent hierarchical level (Loop 2000D) is not used.
TR3 Example:
HL✱3✱2✱22✱1~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
HL
 
✱
HL01628
Hierarch
ID Number
M 1AN1/12
✱
HL02734
Hierarch
Parent ID
O 1AN1/12
✱
HL03735
Hierarch
Level Code
M 1ID1/2
✱
HL04736
Hierarch
Child Code
O 1ID1/1
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
HL01
628
Hierarchical ID Number
M 1AN1/12
A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
The first HL01 within each ST-SE envelope must begin with "1", and be incremented by one each time an HL is used in the transaction. Only numeric values are allowed in HL01.
REQUIRED        
HL02
734
Hierarchical Parent ID Number
O 1AN1/12
Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data segment being described is subordinate to
COMMENT: HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID number of the HL segment to which the current HL segment is subordinate.
REQUIRED        
HL03
735
Hierarchical Level Code
M 1ID1/2
Code specifying the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
CODE      DEFINITION
22Subscriber
REQUIRED        
HL04
736
Hierarchical Child Code
O 1ID1/1
Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the level being described
COMMENT: HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL segment.
CODE      DEFINITION
0No Subordinate HL Segment in This Hierarchical Structure.
1Additional Subordinate HL Data Segment in This Hierarchical Structure.
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 REF - NOTIFICATION RECEIPT NUMBER
X12 Name:Reference Information
X12 Purpose:To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
1.R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
2000C — SUBSCRIBER LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when the acknowledgment sender returns a receipt number to indicate receipt of the notification. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱BAF✱0307801~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
REF
 
✱
REF01128
Reference
Ident Qual
M 1ID2/3
✱
REF02127
Reference
Ident
X 1AN1/80
✱
REF03352
Description
 
X 1AN1/80
✱
REF04C040
Reference
Identifier
O 1
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
REF01
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1ID2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE      DEFINITION
BAFReceipt Number
REQUIRED        
REF02
127
Reference Identification
X 1AN1/80
1/50
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Notification Receipt Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
NOT USED
REF03
352
Description
X 1AN1/80
NOT USED
REF04
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 NM1 - SUBSCRIBER NAME
X12 Name:Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
1.P0809
If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
2.C1110
If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
3.C1203
If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
2010C — SUBSCRIBER NAME
Loop Repeat: 1
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
REQUIRED
TR3 Notes:
1.When a Property and Casualty (including Workers' Compensation) entity is the Subscriber, value the Entity Type Code Qualifier to 2 and the associated Federal Tax ID.
TR3 Example:
NM1✱IL✱1✱DOE✱JOHN✱T✱✱JR✱MI✱123456~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
NM1
 
✱
NM10198
Entity ID
Code
M 1ID2/3
✱
NM1021065
Entity Type
Qualifier
M 1ID1/1
✱
NM1031035
Name Last/
Org Name
X 1AN1/80
✱
NM1041036
Name
First
O 1AN1/35
✱
NM1051037
Name
Middle
O 1AN1/25
✱
NM1061038
Name
Prefix
O 1AN1/10
✱
NM1071039
Name
Suffix
O 1AN1/10
✱
NM10866
ID Code
Qualifier
X 1ID1/2
✱
NM10967
ID
Code
X 1AN2/80
✱
NM110706
Entity
Relat Code
X 1ID2/2
✱
NM11198
Entity ID
Code
O 1ID2/3
✱
NM1121035
Name Last/
Org Name
O 1AN1/80
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
NM101
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1ID2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE      DEFINITION
ILInsured or Subscriber
REQUIRED        
NM102
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1ID1/1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE      DEFINITION
1Person
2Non-Person Entity
SITUATIONAL
NM103
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1AN1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the notification. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Last Name
SITUATIONAL
NM104
1036
Name First
O 1AN1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the notification. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber First Name
SITUATIONAL
NM105
1037
Name Middle
O 1AN1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the notification. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Middle Name or Initial
SITUATIONAL
NM106
1038
Name Prefix
O 1AN1/10
Prefix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the notification and used by the notification receiver to further identify the subscriber. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Name Prefix
SITUATIONAL
NM107
1039
Name Suffix
O 1AN1/10
Suffix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the notification. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Name Suffix
REQUIRED        
NM108
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1ID1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
CODE      DEFINITION
FIFederal Taxpayer's Identification Number
 
Use when NM102 = 2.
MIMember Identification Number
 
Use when reporting the subscriber's identification number as assigned by the payer.
ZZMutually Defined
 
Use when reporting the "HIPAA Individual Identifier" once this identifier has been adopted. Under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, the Secretary of Health and Human Services must adopt a standard individual identifier for use in this transaction.
REQUIRED        
NM109
67
Identification Code
X 1AN2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Primary Identifier
NOT USED
NM110
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1ID2/2
NOT USED
NM111
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1ID2/3
NOT USED
NM112
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1AN1/80
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 REF - SUBSCRIBER SUPPLEMENTAL IDENTIFICATION
X12 Name:Reference Information
X12 Purpose:To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
1.R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
2010C — SUBSCRIBER NAME
Segment Repeat:
9
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when valued on the notification and used by the information receiver to identify the Subscriber or when REF01 = "EJ" (Patient Account Number) is valued on the notification. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.Health Insurance Claim (HIC) Number or Medicaid Recipient Identification Number is provided in the NM1 segment as a Member Identification Number when it is the primary number by which the UMO knows the member (such as for Medicare or Medicaid). Do not use this segment for the Health Insurance Claim (HIC) Number or Medicaid Recipient Identification Number unless it is different from the Member Identification Number provided in the NM1 segment.
TR3 Example:
REF✱1W✱123456789~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
REF
 
✱
REF01128
Reference
Ident Qual
M 1ID2/3
✱
REF02127
Reference
Ident
X 1AN1/80
✱
REF03352
Description
 
X 1AN1/80
✱
REF04C040
Reference
Identifier
O 1
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
REF01
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1ID2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE      DEFINITION
1LGroup or Policy Number
 
Use when you cannot determine if the number is a Group Number (6P) or a Policy Number (IG).
3LBranch Identifier
6PGroup Number
DPDepartment Number
EJPatient Account Number
 
Use when reporting the patient account number. The maximum number of characters to be supported in REF02 for this qualifier is '35'. Characters beyond the maximum are not required to be stored nor returned by any receiving system.
F6Health Insurance Claim (HIC) Number
 
Use when the payer has a different member number, and there is also a need to pass the subscriber's HIC number in NM108, MI (Member Identification Number).
HJIdentity Card Number
 
Use when the Identity Card Number differs from the Member Identification Number (MI) in NM108.
IGInsurance Policy Number
N6Plan Network Identification Number
NQMedicaid Recipient Identification Number
SYSocial Security Number
 
Use when reporting a Social Security Number.

The Social Security Number must be a string of exactly nine numbers with no separators.

For example, sending "111002222" would be valid, while sending "111-00-2222" would be invalid.
Y4Agency Claim Number
 
Use when reporting the Property & Casualty claim number.
REQUIRED        
REF02
127
Reference Identification
X 1AN1/80
1/50
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Supplemental Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
NOT USED
REF03
352
Description
X 1AN1/80
NOT USED
REF04
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 AAA - SUBSCRIBER NOTIFICATION VALIDATION
X12 Name:Request Validation
X12 Purpose:To specify the validity of the request and indicate follow-up action authorized
Loop:
2010C — SUBSCRIBER NAME
Segment Repeat:
9
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
AAA✱N✱✱67✱C~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
AAA
 
✱
AAA011073
Yes/No Cond
Resp Code
M 1ID1/1
✱
AAA02559
Agency
Qual Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
AAA03901
Reject
Reason Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
AAA04889
Follow-up
Act Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
AAA051787
Error
Reason Code
O 99ID2/2
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
AAA01
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
M 1ID1/1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: AAA01 designates whether the request is valid or invalid. Code "Y" indicates that the code is valid; code "N" indicates that the code is invalid.
INDUSTRY NAME: Valid Request Indicator
CODE      DEFINITION
NNo
NOT USED
AAA02
559
Agency Qualifier Code
O 1ID2/2
REQUIRED        
AAA03
901
Reject Reason Code
O 1ID2/2
Code identifying reason for rejection as assigned by issuer
CODE      DEFINITION
15Required application data missing
 
Use when data is missing that is not covered by another reject reason code and there is not enough data to identify the subscriber.
58Invalid/Missing Date-of-Birth
64Invalid/Missing Patient ID
65Invalid/Missing Patient Name
66Invalid/Missing Patient Gender Code
67Patient Not Found
68Duplicate Patient ID Number
71Patient Birth Date Does Not Match That for the Patient on the Database
72Invalid/Missing Subscriber/Insured ID
73Invalid/Missing Subscriber/Insured Name
74Invalid/Missing Subscriber/Insured Gender Code
75Subscriber/Insured Not Found
76Duplicate Subscriber/Insured ID Number
77Subscriber Found, Patient Not Found
78Subscriber/Insured Not in Group/Plan Identified
79Invalid Participant Identification
 
Use when the subscriber supplemental identifier is invalid/missing.
95Patient Not Eligible
REQUIRED        
AAA04
889
Follow-up Action Code
O 1ID1/1
Code identifying follow-up actions allowed
CODE      DEFINITION
CPlease Correct and Resubmit
NResubmission Not Allowed
NOT USED
AAA05
1787
Error Reason Code
O 99ID2/2
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 DMG - SUBSCRIBER DEMOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
X12 Name:Demographic Information
X12 Purpose:To supply demographic information
X12 Syntax:
1.P0102
If either DMG01 or DMG02 is present, then the other is required.
2.P1011
If either DMG10 or DMG11 is present, then the other is required.
3.C1105
If DMG11 is present, then DMG05 is required.
Loop:
2010C — SUBSCRIBER NAME
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when valued on the notification and birth date (DMG02) or gender (DMG03) was used by the notification receiver to identify the subscriber. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
DMG✱D8✱19690815✱M~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
DMG
 
✱
DMG011250
Date Time
Format Qual
X 1ID2/3
✱
DMG021251
Date Time
Period
X 1AN1/35
✱
DMG031068
Gender
Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
DMG041067
Marital
Status Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
DMG05C056
Comp Race
or Ethn Inf
X 25
✱
DMG061066
Citizenship
Status Code
O 1ID1/2
✱
DMG0726
Country
Code
O 1ID2/3
✱
DMG08659
Basis of
Verif Code
O 1ID1/2
✱
DMG09380
Quantity
 
O 1R1/15
✱
DMG101270
Code List
Qual Code
X 1ID1/3
✱
DMG111271
Industry
Code
X 1AN1/30
✱
DMG1226
Country
Code
O 1ID2/3
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
DMG01
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1ID2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
CODE      DEFINITION
D8Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
REQUIRED        
DMG02
1251
Date Time Period
X 1AN1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
SEMANTIC: DMG02 is the date of birth.
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Birth Date
SITUATIONAL
DMG03
1068
Gender Code
O 1ID1/1
Code indicating the sex of the individual
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the notification and used by the notification receiver to identify the subscriber. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Gender Code
CODE      DEFINITION
FFemale
MMale
UUnknown
NOT USED
DMG04
1067
Marital Status Code
O 1ID1/1
NOT USED
DMG05
C056
Composite Race or Ethnicity Information
X 25
NOT USED
DMG06
1066
Citizenship Status Code
O 1ID1/2
NOT USED
DMG07
26
Country Code
O 1ID2/3
NOT USED
DMG08
659
Basis of Verification Code
O 1ID1/2
NOT USED
DMG09
380
Quantity
O 1R1/15
NOT USED
DMG10
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
X 1ID1/3
NOT USED
DMG11
1271
Industry Code
X 1AN1/30
NOT USED
DMG12
26
Country Code
O 1ID2/3
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 INS - SUBSCRIBER RELATIONSHIP
X12 Name:Insured Benefit
X12 Purpose:To provide benefit, characteristics, and identification information on insured entities.
X12 Syntax:
1.P1112
If either INS11 or INS12 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
2010C — SUBSCRIBER NAME
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when valued on the notification and used by the notification receiver to further identify the subscriber. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
INS✱Y✱18✱✱✱✱✱✱AO~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
INS
 
✱
INS011073
Yes/No Cond
Resp Code
M 1ID1/1
✱
INS021069
Individual
Relat Code
M 1ID2/2
✱
INS03875
Maintenance
Type Code
O 1ID3/3
✱
INS041203
Maintain
Reason Code
O 1ID2/3
✱
INS051216
Benefit
Status Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
INS06C052
Medicare
Status Code
O 1
✱
INS071219
COBRA Qual
Event Code
O 1ID1/2
✱
INS08584
Employment
Status Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
INS091220
Student
Status Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
INS101073
Yes/No Cond
Resp Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
INS111250
Date Time
Format Qual
X 1ID2/3
✱
INS121251
Date Time
Period
X 1AN1/35
✱
INS131165
Confident
Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
INS1419
City
Name
O 1AN2/30
✱
INS15156
State or
Prov Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
INS1626
Country
Code
O 1ID2/3
✱
INS171470
Number
 
O 1N01/9
✱
INS181792
Chge Identi
Info Code
O 20ID1/2
✱
INS191793
Prov Netwrk
Info Code
O 1ID1/2
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
INS01
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
M 1ID1/1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: INS01 indicates status of the insured. A "Y" value indicates the insured is a subscriber: an "N" value indicates the insured is a dependent.
INDUSTRY NAME: Insured Indicator
CODE      DEFINITION
YYes
REQUIRED        
INS02
1069
Individual Relationship Code
M 1ID2/2
Code indicating the relationship between two individuals or entities
CODE      DEFINITION
18Self
NOT USED
INS03
875
Maintenance Type Code
O 1ID3/3
NOT USED
INS04
1203
Maintenance Reason Code
O 1ID2/3
NOT USED
INS05
1216
Benefit Status Code
O 1ID1/1
NOT USED
INS06
C052
Medicare Status Code
O 1
NOT USED
INS07
1219
Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA) Qualifying
O 1ID1/2
REQUIRED        
INS08
584
Employment Status Code
O 1ID2/2
Code indicating the general employment status of an employee/claimant
Use to qualify the patient's relationship to the military.
CODE      DEFINITION
AOActive Military - Overseas
AUActive Military - USA
DIDeceased
PVPrevious
RURetired Military - USA
NOT USED
INS09
1220
Student Status Code
O 1ID1/1
NOT USED
INS10
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
O 1ID1/1
NOT USED
INS11
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1ID2/3
NOT USED
INS12
1251
Date Time Period
X 1AN1/35
NOT USED
INS13
1165
Confidentiality Code
O 1ID1/1
NOT USED
INS14
19
City Name
O 1AN2/30
NOT USED
INS15
156
State or Province Code
O 1ID2/2
NOT USED
INS16
26
Country Code
O 1ID2/3
NOT USED
INS17
1470
Number
O 1N01/9
NOT USED
INS18
1792
Changed Identifying Information Code
O 20ID1/2
NOT USED
INS19
1793
Provider Network Status Information Code
O 1ID1/2
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 HL - DEPENDENT LEVEL
X12 Name:Hierarchical Level
X12 Purpose:To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data segments
X12 Comments:
1.The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
2.The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure.
Loop:
2000D — DEPENDENT LEVEL
Loop Repeat: 1
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when the UMO system processed any of the information contained in Loop 2000D of the notification. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
HL✱4✱3✱23✱1~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
HL
 
✱
HL01628
Hierarch
ID Number
M 1AN1/12
✱
HL02734
Hierarch
Parent ID
O 1AN1/12
✱
HL03735
Hierarch
Level Code
M 1ID1/2
✱
HL04736
Hierarch
Child Code
O 1ID1/1
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
HL01
628
Hierarchical ID Number
M 1AN1/12
A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
The first HL01 within each ST-SE envelope must begin with "1", and be incremented by one each time an HL is used in the transaction. Only numeric values are allowed in HL01.
REQUIRED        
HL02
734
Hierarchical Parent ID Number
O 1AN1/12
Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data segment being described is subordinate to
COMMENT: HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID number of the HL segment to which the current HL segment is subordinate.
REQUIRED        
HL03
735
Hierarchical Level Code
M 1ID1/2
Code specifying the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
CODE      DEFINITION
23Dependent
REQUIRED        
HL04
736
Hierarchical Child Code
O 1ID1/1
Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the level being described
COMMENT: HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL segment.
CODE      DEFINITION
0No Subordinate HL Segment in This Hierarchical Structure.
1Additional Subordinate HL Data Segment in This Hierarchical Structure.
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 AAA - DEPENDENT NOTIFICATION VALIDATION
X12 Name:Request Validation
X12 Purpose:To specify the validity of the request and indicate follow-up action authorized
Loop:
2000D — DEPENDENT LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
3
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.Use this AAA segment to identify the reasons why the notification could not be processed based on the contents of the HI Dependent Diagnosis Segment or the DTP date segments in Loop 2000D of the notification.
TR3 Example:
AAA✱N✱✱15✱C~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
AAA
 
✱
AAA011073
Yes/No Cond
Resp Code
M 1ID1/1
✱
AAA02559
Agency
Qual Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
AAA03901
Reject
Reason Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
AAA04889
Follow-up
Act Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
AAA051787
Error
Reason Code
O 99ID2/2
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
AAA01
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
M 1ID1/1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: AAA01 designates whether the request is valid or invalid. Code "Y" indicates that the code is valid; code "N" indicates that the code is invalid.
INDUSTRY NAME: Valid Request Indicator
CODE      DEFINITION
NNo
NOT USED
AAA02
559
Agency Qualifier Code
O 1ID2/2
REQUIRED        
AAA03
901
Reject Reason Code
O 1ID2/2
Code identifying reason for rejection as assigned by issuer
CODE      DEFINITION
15Required application data missing
 
Use when diagnosis codes or dates are missing.
33Input Errors
 
Use for invalid diagnosis codes and dates.
56Inappropriate Date
 
Use when the type of date (Accident, Last Menstrual Period, Estimated Date of Birth, Onset of Current Symptoms or Illness) used on the request is inconsistent with the patient condition or services requested.
REQUIRED        
AAA04
889
Follow-up Action Code
O 1ID1/1
Code identifying follow-up actions allowed
CODE      DEFINITION
CPlease Correct and Resubmit
NResubmission Not Allowed
NOT USED
AAA05
1787
Error Reason Code
O 99ID2/2
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 REF - NOTIFICATION RECEIPT NUMBER
X12 Name:Reference Information
X12 Purpose:To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
1.R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
2000D — DEPENDENT LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when the acknowledgment sender returns a receipt number to indicate receipt of the notification. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱BAF✱0307801~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
REF
 
✱
REF01128
Reference
Ident Qual
M 1ID2/3
✱
REF02127
Reference
Ident
X 1AN1/80
✱
REF03352
Description
 
X 1AN1/80
✱
REF04C040
Reference
Identifier
O 1
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
REF01
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1ID2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE      DEFINITION
BAFReceipt Number
Y4Agency Claim Number
 
Use when reporting the Property & Casualty claim number.
REQUIRED        
REF02
127
Reference Identification
X 1AN1/80
1/50
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Notification Receipt Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
NOT USED
REF03
352
Description
X 1AN1/80
NOT USED
REF04
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 NM1 - DEPENDENT NAME
X12 Name:Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
1.P0809
If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
2.C1110
If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
3.C1203
If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
2010D — DEPENDENT NAME
Loop Repeat: 1
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
REQUIRED
TR3 Notes:
1.This segment conveys the name of the dependent who is the patient.
2.NM108 and NM109 are situational on the acknowledgment but Not Used on the notification. This enables the acknowledgment sender (UMO for example) to return a unique member ID for the dependent that was not known to the notification sender at the time of the review. Normally, if the dependent has a unique member ID, Loop 2000D is not used.
TR3 Example:
NM1✱QC✱1✱DOE✱SALLY✱J~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
NM1
 
✱
NM10198
Entity ID
Code
M 1ID2/3
✱
NM1021065
Entity Type
Qualifier
M 1ID1/1
✱
NM1031035
Name Last/
Org Name
X 1AN1/80
✱
NM1041036
Name
First
O 1AN1/35
✱
NM1051037
Name
Middle
O 1AN1/25
✱
NM1061038
Name
Prefix
O 1AN1/10
✱
NM1071039
Name
Suffix
O 1AN1/10
✱
NM10866
ID Code
Qualifier
X 1ID1/2
✱
NM10967
ID
Code
X 1AN2/80
✱
NM110706
Entity
Relat Code
X 1ID2/2
✱
NM11198
Entity ID
Code
O 1ID2/3
✱
NM1121035
Name Last/
Org Name
O 1AN1/80
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
NM101
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1ID2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE      DEFINITION
QCPatient
REQUIRED        
NM102
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1ID1/1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE      DEFINITION
1Person
SITUATIONAL
NM103
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1AN1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the notification. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Dependent Last Name
SITUATIONAL
NM104
1036
Name First
O 1AN1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the notification. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Dependent First Name
SITUATIONAL
NM105
1037
Name Middle
O 1AN1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the notification. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Dependent Middle Name or Initial
NOT USED
NM106
1038
Name Prefix
O 1AN1/10
SITUATIONAL
NM107
1039
Name Suffix
O 1AN1/10
Suffix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the notification. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Dependent Name Suffix
SITUATIONAL
NM108
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1ID1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM109 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE      DEFINITION
MIMember Identification Number
 
Use when reporting the payer-assigned identifier for the dependent, even if the payer calls its number a policy number, recipient number, HIC number, or some other synonym.
ZZMutually Defined
 
Use when reporting the "HIPAA Individual Identifier" once this identifier has been adopted. Under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, the Secretary of Health and Human Services must adopt a standard individual identifier for use in this transaction.
SITUATIONAL
NM109
67
Identification Code
X 1AN2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the dependent has a unique member ID that is known by the acknowledgment sender. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Dependent Primary Identifier
NOT USED
NM110
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1ID2/2
NOT USED
NM111
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1ID2/3
NOT USED
NM112
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1AN1/80
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 REF - DEPENDENT SUPPLEMENTAL IDENTIFICATION
X12 Name:Reference Information
X12 Purpose:To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
1.R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
2010D — DEPENDENT NAME
Segment Repeat:
4
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when valued on the notification and used by the information receiver to identify the Subscriber or when REF01 = "EJ" (Patient Account Number) is valued on the notification. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱EJ✱660415~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
REF
 
✱
REF01128
Reference
Ident Qual
M 1ID2/3
✱
REF02127
Reference
Ident
X 1AN1/80
✱
REF03352
Description
 
X 1AN1/80
✱
REF04C040
Reference
Identifier
O 1
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
REF01
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1ID2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE      DEFINITION
28Employee Identification Number
EJPatient Account Number
 
Use when reporting the patient account number. The maximum number of characters to be supported in REF02 for this qualifier is '35'. Characters beyond the maximum are not required to be stored nor returned by any receiving system.
SYSocial Security Number
 
Use when reporting a Social Security Number.

The Social Security Number must be a string of exactly nine numbers with no separators.

For example, sending "111002222" would be valid, while sending "111-00-2222" would be invalid.
Y4Agency Claim Number
 
Use when reporting the Property & Casualty claim number.
REQUIRED        
REF02
127
Reference Identification
X 1AN1/80
1/50
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Dependent Supplemental Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
NOT USED
REF03
352
Description
X 1AN1/80
NOT USED
REF04
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 DMG - DEPENDENT DEMOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
X12 Name:Demographic Information
X12 Purpose:To supply demographic information
X12 Syntax:
1.P0102
If either DMG01 or DMG02 is present, then the other is required.
2.P1011
If either DMG10 or DMG11 is present, then the other is required.
3.C1105
If DMG11 is present, then DMG05 is required.
Loop:
2010D — DEPENDENT NAME
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when valued on the notification and birth date (DMG02) or gender (DMG03) was used by the notification receiver to identify the patient. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
DMG✱D8✱19690815✱M~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
DMG
 
✱
DMG011250
Date Time
Format Qual
X 1ID2/3
✱
DMG021251
Date Time
Period
X 1AN1/35
✱
DMG031068
Gender
Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
DMG041067
Marital
Status Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
DMG05C056
Comp Race
or Ethn Inf
X 25
✱
DMG061066
Citizenship
Status Code
O 1ID1/2
✱
DMG0726
Country
Code
O 1ID2/3
✱
DMG08659
Basis of
Verif Code
O 1ID1/2
✱
DMG09380
Quantity
 
O 1R1/15
✱
DMG101270
Code List
Qual Code
X 1ID1/3
✱
DMG111271
Industry
Code
X 1AN1/30
✱
DMG1226
Country
Code
O 1ID2/3
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
DMG01
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1ID2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
CODE      DEFINITION
D8Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
REQUIRED        
DMG02
1251
Date Time Period
X 1AN1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
SEMANTIC: DMG02 is the date of birth.
INDUSTRY NAME: Dependent Birth Date
SITUATIONAL
DMG03
1068
Gender Code
O 1ID1/1
Code indicating the sex of the individual
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the notification and used by the notification receiver to identify the patient. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Dependent Gender Code
CODE      DEFINITION
FFemale
MMale
UUnknown
NOT USED
DMG04
1067
Marital Status Code
O 1ID1/1
NOT USED
DMG05
C056
Composite Race or Ethnicity Information
X 25
NOT USED
DMG06
1066
Citizenship Status Code
O 1ID1/2
NOT USED
DMG07
26
Country Code
O 1ID2/3
NOT USED
DMG08
659
Basis of Verification Code
O 1ID1/2
NOT USED
DMG09
380
Quantity
O 1R1/15
NOT USED
DMG10
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
X 1ID1/3
NOT USED
DMG11
1271
Industry Code
X 1AN1/30
NOT USED
DMG12
26
Country Code
O 1ID2/3
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 INS - DEPENDENT RELATIONSHIP
X12 Name:Insured Benefit
X12 Purpose:To provide benefit, characteristics, and identification information on insured entities.
X12 Syntax:
1.P1112
If either INS11 or INS12 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
2010D — DEPENDENT NAME
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when valued on the notification and used by the notification receiver to identify the patient. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
INS✱N✱19~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
INS
 
✱
INS011073
Yes/No Cond
Resp Code
M 1ID1/1
✱
INS021069
Individual
Relat Code
M 1ID2/2
✱
INS03875
Maintenance
Type Code
O 1ID3/3
✱
INS041203
Maintain
Reason Code
O 1ID2/3
✱
INS051216
Benefit
Status Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
INS06C052
Medicare
Status Code
O 1
✱
INS071219
COBRA Qual
Event Code
O 1ID1/2
✱
INS08584
Employment
Status Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
INS091220
Student
Status Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
INS101073
Yes/No Cond
Resp Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
INS111250
Date Time
Format Qual
X 1ID2/3
✱
INS121251
Date Time
Period
X 1AN1/35
✱
INS131165
Confident
Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
INS1419
City
Name
O 1AN2/30
✱
INS15156
State or
Prov Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
INS1626
Country
Code
O 1ID2/3
✱
INS171470
Number
 
O 1N01/9
✱
INS181792
Chge Identi
Info Code
O 20ID1/2
✱
INS191793
Prov Netwrk
Info Code
O 1ID1/2
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
INS01
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
M 1ID1/1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: INS01 indicates status of the insured. A "Y" value indicates the insured is a subscriber: an "N" value indicates the insured is a dependent.
INDUSTRY NAME: Insured Indicator
CODE      DEFINITION
NNo
REQUIRED        
INS02
1069
Individual Relationship Code
M 1ID2/2
Code indicating the relationship between two individuals or entities
CODE      DEFINITION
01Spouse
04Grandfather or Grandmother
05Grandson or Granddaughter
07Nephew or Niece
09Adopted Child
10Foster Child
15Ward
17Stepson or Stepdaughter
19Child
20Employee
21Unknown
22Handicapped Dependent
23Sponsored Dependent
24Dependent of a Minor Dependent
29Significant Other
32Mother
33Father
34Other Adult
39Organ Donor
40Cadaver Donor
41Injured Plaintiff
43Child Where Insured Has No Financial Responsibility
53Life Partner
G8Other Relationship
NOT USED
INS03
875
Maintenance Type Code
O 1ID3/3
NOT USED
INS04
1203
Maintenance Reason Code
O 1ID2/3
NOT USED
INS05
1216
Benefit Status Code
O 1ID1/1
NOT USED
INS06
C052
Medicare Status Code
O 1
NOT USED
INS07
1219
Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA) Qualifying
O 1ID1/2
NOT USED
INS08
584
Employment Status Code
O 1ID2/2
NOT USED
INS09
1220
Student Status Code
O 1ID1/1
NOT USED
INS10
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
O 1ID1/1
NOT USED
INS11
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1ID2/3
NOT USED
INS12
1251
Date Time Period
X 1AN1/35
NOT USED
INS13
1165
Confidentiality Code
O 1ID1/1
NOT USED
INS14
19
City Name
O 1AN2/30
NOT USED
INS15
156
State or Province Code
O 1ID2/2
NOT USED
INS16
26
Country Code
O 1ID2/3
SITUATIONAL
INS17
1470
Number
O 1N01/9
A generic number
SEMANTIC: INS17 is the number assigned to each family member born with the same birth date. This number identifies birth sequence for multiple births allowing proper tracking and response of benefits for each dependent (i.e., twins, triplets, etc.).
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the notification and used by the notification receiver to identify a dependent child from a multiple birth. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Birth Sequence Number
NOT USED
INS18
1792
Changed Identifying Information Code
O 20ID1/2
NOT USED
INS19
1793
Provider Network Status Information Code
O 1ID1/2
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 HL - PATIENT EVENT LEVEL
X12 Name:Hierarchical Level
X12 Purpose:To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data segments
X12 Comments:
1.The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
2.The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure.
Loop:
2000E — PATIENT EVENT LEVEL
Loop Repeat: >1
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when the notification receiver has detected errors at the patient event or subsequent service levels of the notification or when a receipt number is assigned at the event level of a received notification. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.Loop 2000E identifies information about the patient event and includes specific person, group practice, facility, or specialty entity providing services.
2.Patient event information identified at the 2000E loop applies to all subsequent 2000F service loops. Values entered at a specific 2000F service loop override 2000E patient event information for that 2000F service loop only.
TR3 Example:
HL✱5✱4✱EV✱1~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
HL
 
✱
HL01628
Hierarch
ID Number
M 1AN1/12
✱
HL02734
Hierarch
Parent ID
O 1AN1/12
✱
HL03735
Hierarch
Level Code
M 1ID1/2
✱
HL04736
Hierarch
Child Code
O 1ID1/1
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
HL01
628
Hierarchical ID Number
M 1AN1/12
A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
The first HL01 within each ST-SE envelope must begin with "1", and be incremented by one each time an HL is used in the transaction. Only numeric values are allowed in HL01.
REQUIRED        
HL02
734
Hierarchical Parent ID Number
O 1AN1/12
Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data segment being described is subordinate to
COMMENT: HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID number of the HL segment to which the current HL segment is subordinate.
REQUIRED        
HL03
735
Hierarchical Level Code
M 1ID1/2
Code specifying the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
CODE      DEFINITION
EVEvent
REQUIRED        
HL04
736
Hierarchical Child Code
O 1ID1/1
Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the level being described
COMMENT: HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL segment.
CODE      DEFINITION
0No Subordinate HL Segment in This Hierarchical Structure.
1Additional Subordinate HL Data Segment in This Hierarchical Structure.
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 TRN - PATIENT EVENT TRACE NUMBER
X12 Name:Trace
X12 Purpose:To uniquely identify a transaction to an application
Loop:
2000E — PATIENT EVENT LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
3
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when this loop is returned and the notification contained a tracking number at this level on the notification, or if the acknowledgment sender or clearinghouse assigns a trace number to this patient event in the acknowledgment for tracking purposes. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.If the 278 notification transaction passed through more than one clearinghouse, the second (and subsequent) clearinghouse may choose one of the following options: If the second or subsequent clearinghouse needs to assign their own TRN segment they may replace the received TRN segment belonging to the sending clearinghouse with their own TRN segment. Upon returning a 278 acknowledgment to the sending clearinghouse, they must remove their TRN segment and replace it with the sending clearinghouse's TRN segment. If the second or subsequent clearinghouse does not need to assign their own TRN segment, they should merely pass all TRN segments received in the 278 acknowledgment transaction.
2.If the 278 notification passes through a clearinghouse that adds their own TRN in addition to a notification sender's TRN, the clearinghouse will receive an acknowledgment from the acknowledgment sender containing two TRN segments that contain the value "2" (Referenced Transaction Trace Number) in TRN01. If the acknowledgment sender has assigned a TRN, the acknowledgment sender's TRN will contain the value "1" (Current Transaction Trace Number) in TRN01. If the clearinghouse chooses to pass their own TRN values to the acknowledgment receiver, the clearinghouse must change the value in their TRN01 to "1" because, from the acknowledgment receiver's perspective, this is not a referenced transaction trace number.
3.Any trace numbers provided at this level on the notification must be returned by the acknowledgment sender at this level of the 278 notification.
TR3 Example:
TRN✱1✱2001042801✱9012345678✱CARDIOLOGY~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
TRN
 
✱
TRN01481
Trace Type
Code
M 1ID1/2
✱
TRN02127
Reference
Ident
M 1AN1/80
✱
TRN03509
Originating
Company ID
O 1AN10/10
✱
TRN04127
Reference
Ident
O 1AN1/80
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
TRN01
481
Trace Type Code
M 1ID1/2
Code identifying which transaction is being referenced
CODE      DEFINITION
1Current Transaction Trace Numbers
 
Use when reporting the trace number assigned by the creator of this 278.
2Referenced Transaction Trace Numbers
 
Use when reporting the trace number from the original 278 transaction.
REQUIRED        
TRN02
127
Reference Identification
M 1AN1/80
1/50
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEMANTIC: TRN02 provides unique identification for the transaction.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Trace Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
REQUIRED        
TRN03
509
Originating Company Identifier
O 1AN10/10
A unique identifier designating the company initiating the funds transfer instructions, business transaction or assigning tracking reference identification.
SEMANTIC: TRN03 identifies an organization.
INDUSTRY NAME: Trace Assigning Entity Identifier
Use this element to identify the entity that assigned this trace number. If TRN01 is "1", use this value to identify the acknowledgment sender of this acknowledgment transaction that assigned the trace number. If TRN01 is "2", this is the value received in the original 278 notification transaction.
The first position must be either a "1" if an EIN is used, a "3" if a DUNS is used, or a "9" if a user assigned identifier is used.
SITUATIONAL
TRN04
127
Reference Identification
O 1AN1/80
1/50
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEMANTIC: TRN04 identifies a further subdivision within the organization.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when TRN01 = 2 and TRN04 was valued on the notification or if TRN01 = 1 if necessary to further identify a specific component, such as a specific division or group, of the company identified in the previous data element (TRN03). If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Trace Assigning Entity Additional Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 AAA - PATIENT EVENT REQUEST VALIDATION
X12 Name:Request Validation
X12 Purpose:To specify the validity of the request and indicate follow-up action authorized
Loop:
2000E — PATIENT EVENT LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
9
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
AAA✱N✱✱15✱C~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
AAA
 
✱
AAA011073
Yes/No Cond
Resp Code
M 1ID1/1
✱
AAA02559
Agency
Qual Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
AAA03901
Reject
Reason Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
AAA04889
Follow-up
Act Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
AAA051787
Error
Reason Code
O 99ID2/2
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
AAA01
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
M 1ID1/1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: AAA01 designates whether the request is valid or invalid. Code "Y" indicates that the code is valid; code "N" indicates that the code is invalid.
INDUSTRY NAME: Valid Request Indicator
CODE      DEFINITION
NNo
YYes
NOT USED
AAA02
559
Agency Qualifier Code
O 1ID2/2
SITUATIONAL
AAA03
901
Reject Reason Code
O 1ID2/2
Code identifying reason for rejection as assigned by issuer
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when AAA01 = "N". If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE      DEFINITION
15Required application data missing
 
Use when data is missing in this loop that is not covered by another Reject Reason Code.
33Input Errors
 
Use when input errors in this loop are not covered by the other reject reason codes.
45Invalid/Missing Provider Specialty
52Service Dates Not Within Provider Plan Enrollment
56Inappropriate Date
 
Use when the type of date (Accident, Last Menstrual Period, Estimated Date of Birth, Onset of Current Symptoms or Illness) used on the notification is inconsistent with the patient condition or services requested.
57Invalid/Missing Date(s) of Service
 
Use when event date is invalid or missing.
60Date of Birth Follows Date(s) of Service
61Date of Death Precedes Date(s) of Service
62Date of Service Not Within Allowable Inquiry Period
84Certification Not Required for this Service
90Requested Information Not Received
AFInvalid/Missing Diagnosis Code(s)
AHInvalid/Missing Onset of Current Condition or Illness Date
AIInvalid/Missing Accident Date
AJInvalid/Missing Last Menstrual Period Date
AKInvalid/Missing Expected Date of Birth
AMInvalid/Missing Admission Date
ANInvalid/Missing Discharge Date
T5Certification Information Missing
 
Use when reporting missing previous certification number information.
SITUATIONAL
AAA04
889
Follow-up Action Code
O 1ID1/1
Code identifying follow-up actions allowed
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when AAA01 = "N". If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE      DEFINITION
CPlease Correct and Resubmit
NResubmission Not Allowed
NOT USED
AAA05
1787
Error Reason Code
O 99ID2/2
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 UM - HEALTH CARE SERVICES REVIEW INFORMATION
X12 Name:Health Care Services Review Information
X12 Purpose:To specify health care services review information
Loop:
2000E — PATIENT EVENT LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
REQUIRED
TR3 Notes:
1.Required to identify the type of health care services review notification to which this acknowledgment pertains.
TR3 Example:
UM✱SC✱I✱3~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
UM
 
✱
UM011525
Request
Categ Code
M 1ID1/2
✱
UM021322
Certificate
Type Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
UM031271
Industry
Code
O 1AN1/30
✱
UM04C023
Health Care
Serv Loc.
O 1
✱
UM05C024
Related
Causes Info
O 1
✱
UM061338
Level of
Serv Code
O 1ID1/3
✱
UM071213
Current
Health Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
UM08923
Prognosis
Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
UM091363
Release of
Info Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
UM101514
Delay
Reason Code
O 1ID1/2
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
UM01
1525
Request Category Code
M 1ID1/2
Code indicating a type of request
CODE      DEFINITION
ARAdmission Review
 
Use this value to identify admission to a facility.
HSHealth Services Review
 
Use when reporting services related to an episode of care.
SCSpecialty Care Review
 
Use when reporting a referral to a specialty provider.
REQUIRED        
UM02
1322
Certification Type Code
O 1ID1/1
Code indicating the type of certification
CODE      DEFINITION
1Appeal - Immediate
 
Use when reporting appeals of review decisions when the service required was emergency or urgent.
2Appeal - Standard
 
Use when reporting appeals of review decisions when the service required was not emergency or urgent.
3Cancel
4Extension
 
Use this value to identify an extension request to a prior approved service.
5Notification
IInitial
NReconsideration
RRenewal
 
Use when various services, such as physical therapy, spinal manipulation, and allergy treatment, have both a delivery pattern and a time span of authorization. Many UMOs place time limits - as in will not authorize anything for more than 30 days at a time. For example, blanket authorization for allergy treatments as required for 30 days. At the end of the 30 days, the provider must request to renew the certification - not extend it - because the UMO authorizes for 30 day intervals, one interval at a time.
SRevised
 
Use when changing the specifics of a previously submitted request for which services have not been rendered.
SITUATIONAL
UM03
1271
Industry Code
O 1AN1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
SEMANTIC: UM03 is the Service Type (Code Source 958).
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when necessary to identify a service type code at the event level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Type Code
Subset 278 of the current version of the Health Care Services Type Codes List represents the codes that are available for use in this element.
SITUATIONAL
UM04
C023
Health Care Service Location Information
O 1
To provide information that identifies the place of service or the type of bill related to the location at which a health care service was rendered
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when UM04 is not valued at 2000F. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Values entered at the Service Level for this data element override values at the Patient Event Level for that service only.
REQUIRED        
UM04-01 
1331
Facility Code Value
MAN1/3
Code identifying where services were, or may be, performed; the National Uniform Billing Committee (NUBC) Facility Type Code for Institutional Services or the Place of Service Codes for Professional or Dental Services.
INDUSTRY NAME: Facility Type Code
Use to indicate a facility code value from the code source referenced in UM04-02.
REQUIRED        
UM04-02 
1332
Facility Code Qualifier
MID1/2
Code identifying the type of facility referenced
CODE      DEFINITION
AUniform Billing Claim Form Bill Type
CODE SOURCE 236: Uniform Billing Claim Form Bill Type
BPlace of Service Codes for Professional or Dental Services
CODE SOURCE 237: Place of Service Codes for Professional Claims
NOT USED
UM04-03 
1325
Claim Frequency Type Code
OID1/1
NOT USED
UM05
C024
Related Causes Information
O 1
SITUATIONAL
UM06
1338
Level of Service Code
O 1ID1/3
Code specifying the level of service rendered
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the notification. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE      DEFINITION
03Emergency
EElective
MEMedicare Expedited
UUrgent
NOT USED
UM07
1213
Current Health Condition Code
O 1ID1/1
NOT USED
UM08
923
Prognosis Code
O 1ID1/1
NOT USED
UM09
1363
Release of Information Code
O 1ID1/1
NOT USED
UM10
1514
Delay Reason Code
O 1ID1/2
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 HCR - HEALTH CARE SERVICES REVIEW
X12 Name:Health Care Services Review
X12 Purpose:To specify the outcome of a health care services review
Loop:
2000E — PATIENT EVENT LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when this segment is valued on the notification at the event level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.If this segment is used, the values in the segment must echo the values contained in the same segment of the notification.
2.If the acknowledgment contains Service level information (Loop 2000F) where the HCR segment is valued, the HCR values at the Service level override the HCR values at the Patient Event level for that service only.
TR3 Example:
HCR✱A1✱20020713~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
HCR
 
✱
HCR01306
Action
Code
M 1ID1/2
✱
HCR02127
Reference
Ident
O 1AN1/80
✱
HCR031271
Industry
Code
O 5AN1/30
✱
HCR041073
Yes/No Cond
Resp Code
O 1ID1/1
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
HCR01
306
Action Code
M 1ID1/2
Code indicating type of action
CODE      DEFINITION
A1Certified in total
A2Certified - partial
 
Use when reporting the event is only partially certified. Consult HCR01, Loop 2000F for approved, denied or pended services.
A3Not Certified
A4Pended
A6Modified
CCancelled
CTContact Payer
NANo Action Required
 
Use when certification is not required.
SITUATIONAL
HCR02
127
Reference Identification
O 1AN1/80
1/50
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEMANTIC: HCR02 is the number assigned by the information source to this review outcome.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when this segment is valued on the notification and the notification contains a value in HCR02 element at the event level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Review Identification Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
SITUATIONAL
HCR03
1271
Industry Code
O 5AN1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
SEMANTIC: HCR03 is the code assigned by the information source to identify the reason for the health care service review outcome indicated in HCR01.See Code Source 886
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when this segment is valued on the notification and the notification contains a value in HCR03 element at the event level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Review Decision Reason Code
NOT USED
HCR04
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
O 1ID1/1
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 REF - ADMINISTRATIVE REFERENCE NUMBER
X12 Name:Reference Information
X12 Purpose:To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
1.R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
2000E — PATIENT EVENT LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when the acknowledgment sender assigns an administrative reference number at the event loop level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.This is the administrative number assigned by the acknowledgment sender in an acknowledgment to the original notification at the event level. This is not the trace number assigned by the acknowledgment sender.
TR3 Example:
REF✱NT✱123Z~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
REF
 
✱
REF01128
Reference
Ident Qual
M 1ID2/3
✱
REF02127
Reference
Ident
X 1AN1/80
✱
REF03352
Description
 
X 1AN1/80
✱
REF04C040
Reference
Identifier
O 1
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
REF01
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1ID2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE      DEFINITION
NTAdministrator's Reference Number
REQUIRED        
REF02
127
Reference Identification
X 1AN1/80
1/50
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Administrative Reference Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
NOT USED
REF03
352
Description
X 1AN1/80
NOT USED
REF04
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 REF - PREVIOUS REVIEW AUTHORIZATION NUMBER
X12 Name:Reference Information
X12 Purpose:To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
1.R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
2000E — PATIENT EVENT LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when valued on the notification at the Event Level or if the acknowledgment sender has determined that the event level notification is a duplicate of a previously received event notification that has an assigned certification number. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱BB✱A123~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
REF
 
✱
REF01128
Reference
Ident Qual
M 1ID2/3
✱
REF02127
Reference
Ident
X 1AN1/80
✱
REF03352
Description
 
X 1AN1/80
✱
REF04C040
Reference
Identifier
O 1
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
REF01
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1ID2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE      DEFINITION
BBAuthorization Number
REQUIRED        
REF02
127
Reference Identification
X 1AN1/80
1/50
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Previous Review Authorization Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
NOT USED
REF03
352
Description
X 1AN1/80
NOT USED
REF04
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 DTP - EVENT DATE
X12 Name:Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
2000E — PATIENT EVENT LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.Use this segment for the valid date(s) during which this event can occur. If not required, do not send.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱AAH✱D8✱20220930~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
DTP
 
✱
DTP01374
Date/Time
Qualifier
M 1ID3/3
✱
DTP021250
Date Time
Format Qual
M 1ID2/3
✱
DTP031251
Date Time
Period
M 1AN1/35
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
DTP01
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1ID3/3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE      DEFINITION
AAHEvent
REQUIRED        
DTP02
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1ID2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE      DEFINITION
D8Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
DTDate and Time Expressed in Format CCYYMMDDHHMM
DTSRange of Date and Time Expressed in Format CCYYMMDDHHMMSS-CCYYMMDDHHMMSS
RD8Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
REQUIRED        
DTP03
1251
Date Time Period
M 1AN1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Proposed or Actual Event Date
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 DTP - ADMISSION DATE
X12 Name:Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
2000E — PATIENT EVENT LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.Use this segment for the proposed or actual date of admission.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱435✱D8✱20220930~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
DTP
 
✱
DTP01374
Date/Time
Qualifier
M 1ID3/3
✱
DTP021250
Date Time
Format Qual
M 1ID2/3
✱
DTP031251
Date Time
Period
M 1AN1/35
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
DTP01
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1ID3/3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE      DEFINITION
435Admission
REQUIRED        
DTP02
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1ID2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE      DEFINITION
D8Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
DTDate and Time Expressed in Format CCYYMMDDHHMM
DTSRange of Date and Time Expressed in Format CCYYMMDDHHMMSS-CCYYMMDDHHMMSS
RD8Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
 
Use when needed to report a range of dates when admission can occur.
REQUIRED        
DTP03
1251
Date Time Period
M 1AN1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Proposed or Actual Admission Date
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 DTP - DISCHARGE DATE
X12 Name:Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
2000E — PATIENT EVENT LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.Use this segment for the proposed or actual date of discharge from a facility.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱096✱D8✱20220930~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
DTP
 
✱
DTP01374
Date/Time
Qualifier
M 1ID3/3
✱
DTP021250
Date Time
Format Qual
M 1ID2/3
✱
DTP031251
Date Time
Period
M 1AN1/35
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
DTP01
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1ID3/3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE      DEFINITION
096Discharge
REQUIRED        
DTP02
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1ID2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE      DEFINITION
D8Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
DTDate and Time Expressed in Format CCYYMMDDHHMM
DTSRange of Date and Time Expressed in Format CCYYMMDDHHMMSS-CCYYMMDDHHMMSS
REQUIRED        
DTP03
1251
Date Time Period
M 1AN1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Proposed or Actual Discharge Date
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 DTP - CERTIFICATION ISSUE DATE
X12 Name:Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
2000E — PATIENT EVENT LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.Use this segment for the date when the certification was issued.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱102✱D8✱20221002~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
DTP
 
✱
DTP01374
Date/Time
Qualifier
M 1ID3/3
✱
DTP021250
Date Time
Format Qual
M 1ID2/3
✱
DTP031251
Date Time
Period
M 1AN1/35
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
DTP01
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1ID3/3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE      DEFINITION
102Issue
REQUIRED        
DTP02
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1ID2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE      DEFINITION
D8Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
REQUIRED        
DTP03
1251
Date Time Period
M 1AN1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Certification Issue Date
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 DTP - CERTIFICATION EXPIRATION DATE
X12 Name:Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
2000E — PATIENT EVENT LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱036✱D8✱20221002~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
DTP
 
✱
DTP01374
Date/Time
Qualifier
M 1ID3/3
✱
DTP021250
Date Time
Format Qual
M 1ID2/3
✱
DTP031251
Date Time
Period
M 1AN1/35
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
DTP01
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1ID3/3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE      DEFINITION
036Expiration
REQUIRED        
DTP02
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1ID2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE      DEFINITION
D8Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
REQUIRED        
DTP03
1251
Date Time Period
M 1AN1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Certification Expiration Date
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 DTP - CERTIFICATION EFFECTIVE DATE
X12 Name:Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
2000E — PATIENT EVENT LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱007✱RD8✱20221002-20220402~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
DTP
 
✱
DTP01374
Date/Time
Qualifier
M 1ID3/3
✱
DTP021250
Date Time
Format Qual
M 1ID2/3
✱
DTP031251
Date Time
Period
M 1AN1/35
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
DTP01
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1ID3/3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE      DEFINITION
007Effective
REQUIRED        
DTP02
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1ID2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE      DEFINITION
D8Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
RD8Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
REQUIRED        
DTP03
1251
Date Time Period
M 1AN1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Certification Effective Date
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 HI - PATIENT SYMPTOMS, DIAGNOSIS, COMPLAINTS
X12 Name:Health Care Information Codes
X12 Purpose:To supply information related to the delivery of health care
Loop:
2000E — PATIENT EVENT LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
2
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.This segment is used to hold the event level diagnosis code information that was part of the notification transaction.
2.Do not transmit the decimal points in the diagnosis codes. The decimal point is assumed.
3.There are 2 repetitions of the HI segment to allow for 24 possible occurrences of ICD Diagnosis code information. The first iteration would contain diagnosis code 1-12. When used, the second iteration would contain diagnosis codes 13-24.
TR3 Example:
HI✱ABF:H16013~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
HI
 
✱
HI01C022
Health Care
Code Info.
M 1
✱
HI02C022
Health Care
Code Info.
O 1
✱
HI03C022
Health Care
Code Info.
O 1
✱
HI04C022
Health Care
Code Info.
O 1
✱
HI05C022
Health Care
Code Info.
O 1
✱
HI06C022
Health Care
Code Info.
O 1
✱
HI07C022
Health Care
Code Info.
O 1
✱
HI08C022
Health Care
Code Info.
O 1
✱
HI09C022
Health Care
Code Info.
O 1
✱
HI10C022
Health Care
Code Info.
O 1
✱
HI11C022
Health Care
Code Info.
O 1
✱
HI12C022
Health Care
Code Info.
O 1
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
HI01
C022
Health Care Code Information
M 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Syntax Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Comments
REQUIRED        
HI01-01 
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
MID1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Type Code
CODE      DEFINITION
ABFInternational Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Diagnosis
CODE SOURCE 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
ABJInternational Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Admitting Diagnosis
CODE SOURCE 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
ABKInternational Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Principal Diagnosis
CODE SOURCE 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
APRInternational Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Patient's Reason for Visit
CODE SOURCE 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
DRDiagnosis Related Group (DRG)
REQUIRED        
HI01-02 
1271
Industry Code
MAN1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Code
SITUATIONAL
HI01-03 
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
XID2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE      DEFINITION
D8Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
SITUATIONAL
HI01-04 
1251
Date Time Period
XAN1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Date
NOT USED
HI01-05 
782
Monetary Amount
OR1/18
NOT USED
HI01-06 
380
Quantity
OR1/15
NOT USED
HI01-07 
799
Version Identifier
OAN1/30
NOT USED
HI01-08 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI01-09 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI01-10 
1271
Industry Code
OAN1/30
SITUATIONAL
HI02
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Syntax Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Comments
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
REQUIRED        
HI02-01 
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
MID1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Type Code
CODE      DEFINITION
ABFInternational Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Diagnosis
CODE SOURCE 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
ABJInternational Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Admitting Diagnosis
CODE SOURCE 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
APRInternational Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Patient's Reason for Visit
CODE SOURCE 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
DRDiagnosis Related Group (DRG)
REQUIRED        
HI02-02 
1271
Industry Code
MAN1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Code
SITUATIONAL
HI02-03 
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
XID2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE      DEFINITION
D8Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
SITUATIONAL
HI02-04 
1251
Date Time Period
XAN1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Date
NOT USED
HI02-05 
782
Monetary Amount
OR1/18
NOT USED
HI02-06 
380
Quantity
OR1/15
NOT USED
HI02-07 
799
Version Identifier
OAN1/30
NOT USED
HI02-08 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI02-09 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI02-10 
1271
Industry Code
OAN1/30
SITUATIONAL
HI03
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Syntax Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Comments
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
REQUIRED        
HI03-01 
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
MID1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Type Code
CODE      DEFINITION
ABFInternational Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Diagnosis
CODE SOURCE 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
APRInternational Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Patient's Reason for Visit
CODE SOURCE 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
DRDiagnosis Related Group (DRG)
REQUIRED        
HI03-02 
1271
Industry Code
MAN1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Code
SITUATIONAL
HI03-03 
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
XID2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE      DEFINITION
D8Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
SITUATIONAL
HI03-04 
1251
Date Time Period
XAN1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Date
NOT USED
HI03-05 
782
Monetary Amount
OR1/18
NOT USED
HI03-06 
380
Quantity
OR1/15
NOT USED
HI03-07 
799
Version Identifier
OAN1/30
NOT USED
HI03-08 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI03-09 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI03-10 
1271
Industry Code
OAN1/30
SITUATIONAL
HI04
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Syntax Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Comments
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
REQUIRED        
HI04-01 
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
MID1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Type Code
CODE      DEFINITION
ABFInternational Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Diagnosis
CODE SOURCE 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
APRInternational Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Patient's Reason for Visit
CODE SOURCE 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
DRDiagnosis Related Group (DRG)
REQUIRED        
HI04-02 
1271
Industry Code
MAN1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Code
SITUATIONAL
HI04-03 
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
XID2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE      DEFINITION
D8Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
SITUATIONAL
HI04-04 
1251
Date Time Period
XAN1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Date
NOT USED
HI04-05 
782
Monetary Amount
OR1/18
NOT USED
HI04-06 
380
Quantity
OR1/15
NOT USED
HI04-07 
799
Version Identifier
OAN1/30
NOT USED
HI04-08 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI04-09 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI04-10 
1271
Industry Code
OAN1/30
SITUATIONAL
HI05
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Syntax Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Comments
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
REQUIRED        
HI05-01 
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
MID1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Type Code
CODE      DEFINITION
ABFInternational Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Diagnosis
CODE SOURCE 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
APRInternational Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Patient's Reason for Visit
CODE SOURCE 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
DRDiagnosis Related Group (DRG)
REQUIRED        
HI05-02 
1271
Industry Code
MAN1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Code
SITUATIONAL
HI05-03 
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
XID2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE      DEFINITION
D8Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
SITUATIONAL
HI05-04 
1251
Date Time Period
XAN1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Date
NOT USED
HI05-05 
782
Monetary Amount
OR1/18
NOT USED
HI05-06 
380
Quantity
OR1/15
NOT USED
HI05-07 
799
Version Identifier
OAN1/30
NOT USED
HI05-08 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI05-09 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI05-10 
1271
Industry Code
OAN1/30
SITUATIONAL
HI06
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Syntax Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Comments
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
REQUIRED        
HI06-01 
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
MID1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Type Code
CODE      DEFINITION
ABFInternational Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Diagnosis
CODE SOURCE 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
APRInternational Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Patient's Reason for Visit
CODE SOURCE 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
DRDiagnosis Related Group (DRG)
REQUIRED        
HI06-02 
1271
Industry Code
MAN1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Code
SITUATIONAL
HI06-03 
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
XID2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE      DEFINITION
D8Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
SITUATIONAL
HI06-04 
1251
Date Time Period
XAN1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Date
NOT USED
HI06-05 
782
Monetary Amount
OR1/18
NOT USED
HI06-06 
380
Quantity
OR1/15
NOT USED
HI06-07 
799
Version Identifier
OAN1/30
NOT USED
HI06-08 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI06-09 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI06-10 
1271
Industry Code
OAN1/30
SITUATIONAL
HI07
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Syntax Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Comments
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
REQUIRED        
HI07-01 
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
MID1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Type Code
CODE      DEFINITION
AAFCurrent Liability Type
CODE SOURCE 661: Financial Statement Code Lists
APRInternational Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Patient's Reason for Visit
CODE SOURCE 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
DRDiagnosis Related Group (DRG)
REQUIRED        
HI07-02 
1271
Industry Code
MAN1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Code
SITUATIONAL
HI07-03 
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
XID2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE      DEFINITION
D8Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
SITUATIONAL
HI07-04 
1251
Date Time Period
XAN1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Date
NOT USED
HI07-05 
782
Monetary Amount
OR1/18
NOT USED
HI07-06 
380
Quantity
OR1/15
NOT USED
HI07-07 
799
Version Identifier
OAN1/30
NOT USED
HI07-08 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI07-09 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI07-10 
1271
Industry Code
OAN1/30
SITUATIONAL
HI08
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Syntax Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Comments
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
REQUIRED        
HI08-01 
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
MID1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Type Code
CODE      DEFINITION
ABFInternational Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Diagnosis
CODE SOURCE 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
APRInternational Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Patient's Reason for Visit
CODE SOURCE 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
DRDiagnosis Related Group (DRG)
REQUIRED        
HI08-02 
1271
Industry Code
MAN1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Code
SITUATIONAL
HI08-03 
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
XID2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE      DEFINITION
D8Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
SITUATIONAL
HI08-04 
1251
Date Time Period
XAN1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Date
NOT USED
HI08-05 
782
Monetary Amount
OR1/18
NOT USED
HI08-06 
380
Quantity
OR1/15
NOT USED
HI08-07 
799
Version Identifier
OAN1/30
NOT USED
HI08-08 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI08-09 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI08-10 
1271
Industry Code
OAN1/30
SITUATIONAL
HI09
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Syntax Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Comments
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
REQUIRED        
HI09-01 
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
MID1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Type Code
CODE      DEFINITION
ABFInternational Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Diagnosis
CODE SOURCE 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
APRInternational Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Patient's Reason for Visit
CODE SOURCE 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
DRDiagnosis Related Group (DRG)
REQUIRED        
HI09-02 
1271
Industry Code
MAN1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Code
SITUATIONAL
HI09-03 
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
XID2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE      DEFINITION
D8Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
SITUATIONAL
HI09-04 
1251
Date Time Period
XAN1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Date
NOT USED
HI09-05 
782
Monetary Amount
OR1/18
NOT USED
HI09-06 
380
Quantity
OR1/15
NOT USED
HI09-07 
799
Version Identifier
OAN1/30
NOT USED
HI09-08 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI09-09 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI09-10 
1271
Industry Code
OAN1/30
SITUATIONAL
HI10
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Syntax Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Comments
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
REQUIRED        
HI10-01 
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
MID1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Type Code
CODE      DEFINITION
ABFInternational Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Diagnosis
CODE SOURCE 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
APRInternational Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Patient's Reason for Visit
CODE SOURCE 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
DRDiagnosis Related Group (DRG)
REQUIRED        
HI10-02 
1271
Industry Code
MAN1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Code
SITUATIONAL
HI10-03 
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
XID2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE      DEFINITION
D8Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
SITUATIONAL
HI10-04 
1251
Date Time Period
XAN1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Date
NOT USED
HI10-05 
782
Monetary Amount
OR1/18
NOT USED
HI10-06 
380
Quantity
OR1/15
NOT USED
HI10-07 
799
Version Identifier
OAN1/30
NOT USED
HI10-08 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI10-09 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI10-10 
1271
Industry Code
OAN1/30
SITUATIONAL
HI11
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Syntax Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Comments
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
REQUIRED        
HI11-01 
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
MID1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Type Code
CODE      DEFINITION
ABFInternational Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Diagnosis
CODE SOURCE 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
APRInternational Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Patient's Reason for Visit
CODE SOURCE 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
DRDiagnosis Related Group (DRG)
REQUIRED        
HI11-02 
1271
Industry Code
MAN1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Code
SITUATIONAL
HI11-03 
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
XID2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE      DEFINITION
D8Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
SITUATIONAL
HI11-04 
1251
Date Time Period
XAN1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Date
NOT USED
HI11-05 
782
Monetary Amount
OR1/18
NOT USED
HI11-06 
380
Quantity
OR1/15
NOT USED
HI11-07 
799
Version Identifier
OAN1/30
NOT USED
HI11-08 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI11-09 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI11-10 
1271
Industry Code
OAN1/30
SITUATIONAL
HI12
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Syntax Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Comments
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
REQUIRED        
HI12-01 
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
MID1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Type Code
CODE      DEFINITION
ABFInternational Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Diagnosis
CODE SOURCE 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
APRInternational Classification of Diseases Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) Patient's Reason for Visit
CODE SOURCE 897: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
DRDiagnosis Related Group (DRG)
LOILogical Observation Identifier Names and Codes (LOINC) Codes
CODE SOURCE 663: Logical Observation Identifier Names and Codes (LOINC)
REQUIRED        
HI12-02 
1271
Industry Code
MAN1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Code
SITUATIONAL
HI12-03 
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
XID2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE      DEFINITION
D8Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
SITUATIONAL
HI12-04 
1251
Date Time Period
XAN1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
COMPOSITE SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Diagnosis Date
NOT USED
HI12-05 
782
Monetary Amount
OR1/18
NOT USED
HI12-06 
380
Quantity
OR1/15
NOT USED
HI12-07 
799
Version Identifier
OAN1/30
NOT USED
HI12-08 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI12-09 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI12-10 
1271
Industry Code
OAN1/30
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 MSG - MESSAGE TEXT
X12 Name:Message Text
X12 Purpose:To provide a free-form format that allows the transmission of text information
X12 Syntax:
1.C0302
If MSG03 is present, then MSG02 is required.
Loop:
2000E — PATIENT EVENT LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when it is necessary to send additional information about the patient event that could not otherwise be codified within the 2000E Loop. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.Free form text or description fields are not recommended because they require human interpretation.
2.Do not use the MSG segment to relay information that you can send using codified information in existing data elements. If you need to use the MSG segment, you should approach X12N with data maintenance to solve the business need without the use of the MSG segment.
TR3 Example:
MSG✱This is a free-form text message~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
MSG
 
✱
MSG01933
Free-Form
Message Txt
M 1AN1/264
✱
MSG02934
Printer
Ctrl Code
X 1ID2/2
✱
MSG031470
Number
 
O 1N01/9
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
MSG01
933
Free-form Message Text
M 1AN1/264
Free-form message text
INDUSTRY NAME: Free Form Message Text
NOT USED
MSG02
934
Printer Carriage Control Code
X 1ID2/2
NOT USED
MSG03
1470
Number
O 1N01/9
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 NM1 - PATIENT EVENT PROVIDER NAME
X12 Name:Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
1.P0809
If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
2.C1110
If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
3.C1203
If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
2010EA — PATIENT EVENT PROVIDER NAME
Loop Repeat: 12
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.Use this segment to return the name and identification number of the service provider (person, group, or facility) or the specialty entity that was not valid at this level.
TR3 Example:
NM1✱SJ✱1✱WATSON✱SUSAN✱✱✱✱XX✱1234567890~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
NM1
 
✱
NM10198
Entity ID
Code
M 1ID2/3
✱
NM1021065
Entity Type
Qualifier
M 1ID1/1
✱
NM1031035
Name Last/
Org Name
X 1AN1/80
✱
NM1041036
Name
First
O 1AN1/35
✱
NM1051037
Name
Middle
O 1AN1/25
✱
NM1061038
Name
Prefix
O 1AN1/10
✱
NM1071039
Name
Suffix
O 1AN1/10
✱
NM10866
ID Code
Qualifier
X 1ID1/2
✱
NM10967
ID
Code
X 1AN2/80
✱
NM110706
Entity
Relat Code
X 1ID2/2
✱
NM11198
Entity ID
Code
O 1ID2/3
✱
NM1121035
Name Last/
Org Name
O 1AN1/80
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
NM101
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1ID2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE      DEFINITION
1TPhysician, Clinic or Group Practice
71Attending Physician
72Operating Physician
73Other Physician
D0Admitting Physician
DDAssistant Surgeon
DKOrdering Physician
DNReferring Provider
FAFacility
P3Primary Care Provider
QBPurchase Service Provider
SJService Provider
REQUIRED        
NM102
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1ID1/1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE      DEFINITION
1Person
2Non-Person Entity
SITUATIONAL
NM103
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1AN1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Provider Last or Organization Name
SITUATIONAL
NM104
1036
Name First
O 1AN1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM103 is valued and NM102 = 1 and the Notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Provider First Name
SITUATIONAL
NM105
1037
Name Middle
O 1AN1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM104 is present and the Notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Provider Middle Name
NOT USED
NM106
1038
Name Prefix
O 1AN1/10
SITUATIONAL
NM107
1039
Name Suffix
O 1AN1/10
Suffix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification receiver uses the name suffix to further identify the individual provider and the Notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Provider Name Suffix
SITUATIONAL
NM108
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1ID1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM109 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE      DEFINITION
24Employer's Identification Number
34Social Security Number
46Electronic Transmitter Identification Number (ETIN)
XXStandard Unique Health Identifier for Health Care Providers (NPI)
 
Use when the provider is in the United States or its territories and is eligible to receive a National Provider Identifier (NPI).
OR
Use when the provider is not in the United States or its territories and has received an NPI.
CODE SOURCE 537: National Provider Identifier (NPI)
SITUATIONAL
NM109
67
Identification Code
X 1AN2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Provider Identifier
NOT USED
NM110
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1ID2/2
NOT USED
NM111
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1ID2/3
NOT USED
NM112
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1AN1/80
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 REF - PATIENT EVENT PROVIDER SUPPLEMENTAL IDENTIFICATION
X12 Name:Reference Information
X12 Purpose:To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
1.R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
2010EA — PATIENT EVENT PROVIDER NAME
Segment Repeat:
8
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when used by the notification receiver to identify the Patient Event Provider and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.Use the NM108 and NM109 in the corresponding NM1 segment for the NPI identifier and number.
TR3 Example:
REF✱ZH✱A12345~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
REF
 
✱
REF01128
Reference
Ident Qual
M 1ID2/3
✱
REF02127
Reference
Ident
X 1AN1/80
✱
REF03352
Description
 
X 1AN1/80
✱
REF04C040
Reference
Identifier
O 1
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
REF01
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1ID2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE      DEFINITION
0BState License Number
1JFacility ID Number
EIEmployer's Identification Number
 
Use when NM108 does not equal 24 (Employer's Identification Number)
G5Provider Site Number
N5Provider Plan Network Identification Number
N7Facility Network Identification Number
SYSocial Security Number
 
Use when reporting a Social Security Number.

The Social Security Number must be a string of exactly nine numbers with no separators.

For example, sending "111002222" would be valid, while sending "111-00-2222" would be invalid.
ZHCarrier Assigned Reference Number
 
Use when reporting the provider ID as assigned by the UMO identified in Loop 2000A.
REQUIRED        
REF02
127
Reference Identification
X 1AN1/80
1/50
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Provider Supplemental Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
SITUATIONAL
REF03
352
Description
X 1AN1/80
A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when REF01 = 0B to report the two character state ID of the state assigning the State License Number and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: License Number State Code
NOT USED
REF04
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 AAA - PATIENT EVENT PROVIDER REQUEST VALIDATION
X12 Name:Request Validation
X12 Purpose:To specify the validity of the request and indicate follow-up action authorized
Loop:
2010EA — PATIENT EVENT PROVIDER NAME
Segment Repeat:
9
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when the notification is not valid at this level to indicate the data condition that prohibits processing of the notification, or information copy. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
AAA✱N✱✱43✱C~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
AAA
 
✱
AAA011073
Yes/No Cond
Resp Code
M 1ID1/1
✱
AAA02559
Agency
Qual Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
AAA03901
Reject
Reason Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
AAA04889
Follow-up
Act Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
AAA051787
Error
Reason Code
O 99ID2/2
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
AAA01
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
M 1ID1/1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: AAA01 designates whether the request is valid or invalid. Code "Y" indicates that the code is valid; code "N" indicates that the code is invalid.
INDUSTRY NAME: Valid Request Indicator
CODE      DEFINITION
NNo
YYes
NOT USED
AAA02
559
Agency Qualifier Code
O 1ID2/2
SITUATIONAL
AAA03
901
Reject Reason Code
O 1ID2/2
Code identifying reason for rejection as assigned by issuer
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when AAA01 = "N". If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE      DEFINITION
15Required application data missing
 
Use when data is missing that is not covered by another reject reason code. Use to indicate when there is not enough information to identify the provider.
33Input Errors
 
Use when input errors in this loop are not covered by the other reject reason codes.
35Out of Network
41Authorization/Access Restrictions
43Invalid/Missing Provider Identification
44Invalid/Missing Provider Name
47Invalid/Missing Provider State
49Provider is Not Primary Care Physician
51Provider Not on File
52Service Dates Not Within Provider Plan Enrollment
79Invalid Participant Identification
 
Use when reporting invalid/missing service provider supplemental identifier.
SITUATIONAL
AAA04
889
Follow-up Action Code
O 1ID1/1
Code identifying follow-up actions allowed
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when AAA01 = "N". If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE      DEFINITION
CPlease Correct and Resubmit
NResubmission Not Allowed
NOT USED
AAA05
1787
Error Reason Code
O 99ID2/2
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 PRV - PATIENT EVENT PROVIDER INFORMATION
X12 Name:Provider Information
X12 Purpose:To specify the identifying characteristics of a provider
X12 Syntax:
1.P0203
If either PRV02 or PRV03 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
2010EA — PATIENT EVENT PROVIDER NAME
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when needed to indicate the provider's specialty. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
PRV✱PE✱PXC✱1223G0001X~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
PRV
 
✱
PRV011221
Provider
Code
M 1ID1/3
✱
PRV02128
Reference
Ident Qual
X 1ID2/3
✱
PRV03127
Reference
Ident
X 1AN1/80
✱
PRV04156
State or
Prov Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
PRV05C035
Provider
Spec. Inf.
O 1
✱
PRV061223
Provider
Org Code
O 1ID3/3
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
PRV01
1221
Provider Code
M 1ID1/3
Code identifying the type of provider
CODE      DEFINITION
ADAdmitting
ASAssistant Surgeon
ATAttending
HHospital
OPOperating
OROrdering
OTOther Physician
PCPrimary Care Physician
PEPerforming
RFReferring
REQUIRED        
PRV02
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
X 1ID2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0203
CODE      DEFINITION
PXCHealth Care Provider Taxonomy Code
CODE SOURCE 682: Health Care Provider Taxonomy
REQUIRED        
PRV03
127
Reference Identification
X 1AN1/80
1/50
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider Taxonomy Code
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
NOT USED
PRV04
156
State or Province Code
O 1ID2/2
NOT USED
PRV05
C035
Provider Specialty Information
O 1
NOT USED
PRV06
1223
Provider Organization Code
O 1ID3/3
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 NM1 - PATIENT EVENT TRANSPORT INFORMATION
X12 Name:Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
1.P0809
If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
2.C1110
If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
3.C1203
If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
2010EB — PATIENT EVENT TRANSPORT INFORMATION
Loop Repeat: 5
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when the notification receiver has detected errors at the Patient Event Transportation Information level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
NM1✱PW✱2✱PATIENT DIALYSIS CENT~
TR3 Example:
NM1✱FS✱2~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
NM1
 
✱
NM10198
Entity ID
Code
M 1ID2/3
✱
NM1021065
Entity Type
Qualifier
M 1ID1/1
✱
NM1031035
Name Last/
Org Name
X 1AN1/80
✱
NM1041036
Name
First
O 1AN1/35
✱
NM1051037
Name
Middle
O 1AN1/25
✱
NM1061038
Name
Prefix
O 1AN1/10
✱
NM1071039
Name
Suffix
O 1AN1/10
✱
NM10866
ID Code
Qualifier
X 1ID1/2
✱
NM10967
ID
Code
X 1AN2/80
✱
NM110706
Entity
Relat Code
X 1ID2/2
✱
NM11198
Entity ID
Code
O 1ID2/3
✱
NM1121035
Name Last/
Org Name
O 1AN1/80
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
NM101
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1ID2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE      DEFINITION
45Drop-off Location
FSFinal Scheduled Destination
NDNext Destination
PWPickup Address
R3Next Scheduled Destination
REQUIRED        
NM102
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1ID1/1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE      DEFINITION
2Non-Person Entity
SITUATIONAL
NM103
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1AN1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when received on the Notification. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Transport Location Name
NOT USED
NM104
1036
Name First
O 1AN1/35
NOT USED
NM105
1037
Name Middle
O 1AN1/25
NOT USED
NM106
1038
Name Prefix
O 1AN1/10
NOT USED
NM107
1039
Name Suffix
O 1AN1/10
NOT USED
NM108
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1ID1/2
NOT USED
NM109
67
Identification Code
X 1AN2/80
NOT USED
NM110
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1ID2/2
SITUATIONAL
NM111
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1ID2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1110
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the location category was used by the UMO to render a medical decision. If not required by this implementation guide do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Location Category Code
CODE      DEFINITION
1GOncology Center
1OAcute Care Hospital
1QMilitary Facility
1SOutpatient Surgicenter
1ULong Term Care Facility
1VExtended Care Facility
1WPsychiatric Health Facility
1XLaboratory
1YRetail Pharmacy
2AFederal, State, County or City Facility
2DMiscellaneous Health Care Facility
2ENon-Health Care Miscellaneous Facility
2IChurch Operated Facility
2PPublic Health Service Facility
2QVeterans Administration Facility
2SPublic Health Service Indian Service Facility
2TDepartment of Justice Facility
2YGeneral Medical and Surgical Facility
2ZHospital Unit of an Institution (prison hospital, college infirmary, etc.)
3AHospital Unit Within an Institution for the Mentally Retarded
3BPsychiatric Facility
3CTuberculosis and Other Respiratory Diseases Facility
3DObstetrics and Gynecology Facility
3EEye, Ear, Nose and Throat Facility
3FRehabilitation Facility
3GOrthopedic Facility
3HChronic Disease Facility
3IOther Specialty Facility
3JChildren's General Facility
3KChildren's Hospital Unit of an Institution
3LChildren's Psychiatric Facility
3MChildren's Tuberculosis and Other Respiratory Diseases Facility
3NChildren's Eye, Ear, Nose and Throat Facility
3OChildren's Rehabilitation Facility
3PChildren's Orthopedic Facility
3QChildren's Chronic Disease Facility
3RChildren's Other Specialty Facility
3SInstitution for Mental Retardation
3TAlcoholism and Other Chemical Dependency Facility
3UGeneral Inpatient Care for AIDS/ARC Facility
3ZArthritis Treatment Center
4CCardiac Catherization Laboratory
4DOpen-Heart Surgery Facility
4FAngioplasty Facility
4GChronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease Service Facility
4ITrauma Center (Certified)
4KFitness Center
4LGenetic Counseling/Screening Services
4MAdult Day Care Program Facility
4OComprehensive Geriatric Assessment Facility
4RGeriatric Clinics
4SRespite Care Facility
4VCommunity Health Promotion Facility
4WWorksite Health Promotion Facility
4XHemodialysis Facility
5BHisopathology Laboratory
5STherapeutic Radioisotope Facility
5VDiagnostic Radioisotope Facility
5WMagnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) Facility
6MOrthopedic Surgery Facility
6UCardiac Rehabilitation Program Facility
7OFederally Chartered Facility
80Hospital
8BPrimary Residence
HFHealthcare Professional Shortage Area (HPSA) Facility
HHHome Health Agency
M5Migrant Health Clinic
OXOxygen Therapy Facility
P0Patient Facility
QMDialysis Centers
RWRural Health Clinic
S4Skilled Nursing Facility
UHNursing Home
X5Durable Medical Equipment Supplier
ZZMutually Defined
NOT USED
NM112
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1AN1/80
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 N3 - PATIENT EVENT TRANSPORT LOCATION ADDRESS
X12 Name:Party Location
X12 Purpose:To specify the location of the named party
Loop:
2010EB — PATIENT EVENT TRANSPORT INFORMATION
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
REQUIRED
TR3 Example:
N3✱123 MAIN STREET~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
N3
 
✱
N301166
Address
Information
M 1AN1/55
✱
N302166
Address
Information
O 1AN1/55
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
N301
166
Address Information
M 1AN1/55
Address information
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Transport Location Address Line
Use this element for the first line of the transport location address.
SITUATIONAL
N302
166
Address Information
O 1AN1/55
Address information
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a second address line is needed. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Transport Location Address Line
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 N4 - PATIENT EVENT TRANSPORT LOCATION CITY/STATE/ZIP CODE
X12 Name:Geographic Location
X12 Purpose:To specify the geographic place of the named party
X12 Syntax:
1.E0207
Only one of N402 or N407 may be present.
2.E0308
Only one of N403 or N408 may be present.
3.C0605
If N406 is present, then N405 is required.
4.C0704
If N407 is present, then N404 is required.
Loop:
2010EB — PATIENT EVENT TRANSPORT INFORMATION
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
REQUIRED
TR3 Example:
N4✱KANSAS CITY✱MO✱64108~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
N4
 
✱
N40119
City
Name
O 1AN2/30
✱
N402156
State or
Prov Code
X 1ID2/2
✱
N403116
Postal
Code
X 1ID3/15
✱
N40426
Country
Code
X 1ID2/3
✱
N405309
Location
Qualifier
X 1ID1/2
✱
N406310
Location
Identifier
O 1AN1/30
✱
N4071715
Country Sub
Code
X 1ID1/3
✱
N4081702
Postal Code
Formatted
X 1AN3/20
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
SITUATIONAL
N401
19
City Name
O 1AN2/30
Free-form text for city name
COMMENT: A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to specify a location.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when received on the Notification. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Transport Location City Name
SITUATIONAL
N402
156
State or Province Code
X 1ID2/2
Code specifying the Standard State/Province as defined by appropriate government agency
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Transport Location State or Province Code
CODE SOURCE 22: States and Provinces
SITUATIONAL
N403
116
Postal Code
X 1ID3/15
Code specifying international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks (zip code for United States)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0308
COMMENT: N403 contains the postal code in an unstructured format. N408 contains the postal code in a structured format. When a postal code data field is used, the parties shall agree as to which data element (N403 or N408) shall be used in the transaction set.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, or when a postal code exists for the country in N404. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Transport Location Postal Zone or ZIP Code
CODE SOURCE 51: ZIP Code
CODE SOURCE 932: Universal Postal Codes
SITUATIONAL
N404
26
Country Code
X 1ID2/3
Code identifying the country
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is outside the United States of America. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Event Transport Location Country Code
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
NOT USED
N405
309
Location Qualifier
X 1ID1/2
NOT USED
N406
310
Location Identifier
O 1AN1/30
NOT USED
N407
1715
Country Subdivision Code
X 1ID1/3
NOT USED
N408
1702
Postal Code-Formatted
X 1AN3/20
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 AAA - PATIENT EVENT TRANSPORT LOCATION REQUEST VALIDATION
X12 Name:Request Validation
X12 Purpose:To specify the validity of the request and indicate follow-up action authorized
Loop:
2010EB — PATIENT EVENT TRANSPORT INFORMATION
Segment Repeat:
4
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when the notification is not valid at this level to indicate the data condition that prohibits processing of the original request. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
AAA✱N✱✱47✱C~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
AAA
 
✱
AAA011073
Yes/No Cond
Resp Code
M 1ID1/1
✱
AAA02559
Agency
Qual Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
AAA03901
Reject
Reason Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
AAA04889
Follow-up
Act Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
AAA051787
Error
Reason Code
O 99ID2/2
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
AAA01
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
M 1ID1/1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: AAA01 designates whether the request is valid or invalid. Code "Y" indicates that the code is valid; code "N" indicates that the code is invalid.
INDUSTRY NAME: Valid Request Indicator
CODE      DEFINITION
NNo
NOT USED
AAA02
559
Agency Qualifier Code
O 1ID2/2
REQUIRED        
AAA03
901
Reject Reason Code
O 1ID2/2
Code identifying reason for rejection as assigned by issuer
CODE      DEFINITION
15Required application data missing
 
Use when data is missing that is not covered by another reject reason code. Use to indicate when there is not enough information to identify the transport information.
33Input Errors
 
Use when input errors in this loop are not covered by the other reject reason codes.
47Invalid/Missing Provider State
 
Use when the transport location state is invalid or missing.
97Invalid or Missing Provider Address
 
Use when the transport location address is invalid or missing.
REQUIRED        
AAA04
889
Follow-up Action Code
O 1ID1/1
Code identifying follow-up actions allowed
CODE      DEFINITION
CPlease Correct and Resubmit
NResubmission Not Allowed
NOT USED
AAA05
1787
Error Reason Code
O 99ID2/2
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 HL - SERVICE LEVEL
X12 Name:Hierarchical Level
X12 Purpose:To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data segments
X12 Comments:
1.The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
2.The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure.
Loop:
2000F — SERVICE LEVEL
Loop Repeat: >1
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when the acknowledgment sender has detected errors at this level of the notification, or assigns a receipt number to each service level on the notification that it receives. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
HL✱6✱5✱SS✱0~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
HL
 
✱
HL01628
Hierarch
ID Number
M 1AN1/12
✱
HL02734
Hierarch
Parent ID
O 1AN1/12
✱
HL03735
Hierarch
Level Code
M 1ID1/2
✱
HL04736
Hierarch
Child Code
O 1ID1/1
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
HL01
628
Hierarchical ID Number
M 1AN1/12
A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
The first HL01 within each ST-SE envelope must begin with "1", and be incremented by one each time an HL is used in the transaction. Only numeric values are allowed in HL01.
REQUIRED        
HL02
734
Hierarchical Parent ID Number
O 1AN1/12
Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data segment being described is subordinate to
COMMENT: HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID number of the HL segment to which the current HL segment is subordinate.
REQUIRED        
HL03
735
Hierarchical Level Code
M 1ID1/2
Code specifying the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
CODE      DEFINITION
SSServices
REQUIRED        
HL04
736
Hierarchical Child Code
O 1ID1/1
Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the level being described
COMMENT: HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL segment.
CODE      DEFINITION
0No Subordinate HL Segment in This Hierarchical Structure.
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 TRN - SERVICE TRACE NUMBER
X12 Name:Trace
X12 Purpose:To uniquely identify a transaction to an application
Loop:
2000F — SERVICE LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
3
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when this Service level is returned and any trace numbers were provided at this level on the notification, or if the acknowledgment sender or clearinghouse assigns a trace number to this service in the acknowledgment for tracking purposes. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.If the 278 notification transaction passed through more than one clearinghouse, the second (and subsequent) clearinghouse may choose one of the following options: If the second or subsequent clearinghouse needs to assign their own TRN segment they may replace the received TRN segment belonging to the sending clearinghouse with their own TRN segment. Upon returning a 278 acknowledgment to the sending clearinghouse, they must remove their TRN segment and replace it with the sending clearinghouse's TRN segment. If the second or subsequent clearinghouse does not need to assign their own TRN segment, they should merely pass all TRN segments received in the 278 acknowledgment transaction.
2.If the 278 notification passes through a clearinghouse that adds their own TRN in addition to a notification sender's TRN, the clearinghouse will receive an acknowledgment from the acknowledgment sender containing two TRN segments that contain the value "2" (Referenced Transaction Trace Number) in TRN01. If the acknowledgment sender has assigned a TRN, the acknowledgment sender's TRN will contain the value "1" (Current Transaction Trace Number) in TRN01. If the clearinghouse chooses to pass their own TRN values to the acknowledgment receiver, the clearinghouse must change the value in their TRN01 to "1" because, from the acknowledgment receiver's perspective, this is not a referenced transaction trace number.
3.Any trace numbers provided at this level on the notification must be returned by the acknowledgment sender at this level of the 278 notification.
TR3 Example:
TRN✱2✱111099✱9012345678✱RADIOLOGY~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
TRN
 
✱
TRN01481
Trace Type
Code
M 1ID1/2
✱
TRN02127
Reference
Ident
M 1AN1/80
✱
TRN03509
Originating
Company ID
O 1AN10/10
✱
TRN04127
Reference
Ident
O 1AN1/80
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
TRN01
481
Trace Type Code
M 1ID1/2
Code identifying which transaction is being referenced
CODE      DEFINITION
1Current Transaction Trace Numbers
 
Use when reporting the trace number assigned by the creator of this 278.
2Referenced Transaction Trace Numbers
 
Use when reporting the trace number from the original 278 transaction.
REQUIRED        
TRN02
127
Reference Identification
M 1AN1/80
1/50
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEMANTIC: TRN02 provides unique identification for the transaction.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Trace Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
REQUIRED        
TRN03
509
Originating Company Identifier
O 1AN10/10
A unique identifier designating the company initiating the funds transfer instructions, business transaction or assigning tracking reference identification.
SEMANTIC: TRN03 identifies an organization.
INDUSTRY NAME: Trace Assigning Entity Identifier
Use this element to identify the entity that assigned this trace number. If TRN01 is "1", use this value to identify the acknowledgment sender of this acknowledgment transaction that assigned the trace number. If TRN01 is "2", this is the value received in the original 278 notification transaction.
The first position must be either a "1" if an EIN is used, a "3" if a DUNS is used, or a "9" if a user assigned identifier is used.
SITUATIONAL
TRN04
127
Reference Identification
O 1AN1/80
1/50
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEMANTIC: TRN04 identifies a further subdivision within the organization.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when TRN01 = 2 and TRN04 was valued on the notification at the service level or if TRN01 = 1 and necessary to further identify a specific component, such as a specific division or group, of the company identified in the previous data element (TRN03). If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Trace Assigning Entity Additional Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 AAA - SERVICE REQUEST VALIDATION
X12 Name:Request Validation
X12 Purpose:To specify the validity of the request and indicate follow-up action authorized
Loop:
2000F — SERVICE LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
9
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when the notification is not valid at this level to indicate the data condition that prohibits processing of the notification, or information copy. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
AAA✱N✱✱52✱C~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
AAA
 
✱
AAA011073
Yes/No Cond
Resp Code
M 1ID1/1
✱
AAA02559
Agency
Qual Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
AAA03901
Reject
Reason Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
AAA04889
Follow-up
Act Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
AAA051787
Error
Reason Code
O 99ID2/2
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
AAA01
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
M 1ID1/1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: AAA01 designates whether the request is valid or invalid. Code "Y" indicates that the code is valid; code "N" indicates that the code is invalid.
INDUSTRY NAME: Valid Request Indicator
CODE      DEFINITION
NNo
NOT USED
AAA02
559
Agency Qualifier Code
O 1ID2/2
REQUIRED        
AAA03
901
Reject Reason Code
O 1ID2/2
Code identifying reason for rejection as assigned by issuer
CODE      DEFINITION
15Required application data missing
 
Use when data is missing in this loop that is not covered by another Reject Reason Code.
33Input Errors
 
Use when input errors in this loop are not covered by the other reject reason codes.
52Service Dates Not Within Provider Plan Enrollment
57Invalid/Missing Date(s) of Service
60Date of Birth Follows Date(s) of Service
61Date of Death Precedes Date(s) of Service
62Date of Service Not Within Allowable Inquiry Period
84Certification Not Required for this Service
90Requested Information Not Received
AGInvalid/Missing Procedure Code(s)
T5Certification Information Missing
 
Use when reporting missing previous certification number information.
REQUIRED        
AAA04
889
Follow-up Action Code
O 1ID1/1
Code identifying follow-up actions allowed
CODE      DEFINITION
CPlease Correct and Resubmit
NResubmission Not Allowed
NOT USED
AAA05
1787
Error Reason Code
O 99ID2/2
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 UM - HEALTH CARE SERVICES REVIEW INFORMATION
X12 Name:Health Care Services Review Information
X12 Purpose:To specify health care services review information
Loop:
2000F — SERVICE LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when necessary to identify the type of health care services review notification if different from the Patient Event level and the Service Level is returned in the acknowledgment. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
UM✱SC✱I✱3~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
UM
 
✱
UM011525
Request
Categ Code
M 1ID1/2
✱
UM021322
Certificate
Type Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
UM031271
Industry
Code
O 1AN1/30
✱
UM04C023
Health Care
Serv Loc.
O 1
✱
UM05C024
Related
Causes Info
O 1
✱
UM061338
Level of
Serv Code
O 1ID1/3
✱
UM071213
Current
Health Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
UM08923
Prognosis
Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
UM091363
Release of
Info Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
UM101514
Delay
Reason Code
O 1ID1/2
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
UM01
1525
Request Category Code
M 1ID1/2
Code indicating a type of request
CODE      DEFINITION
HSHealth Services Review
 
Required when this is an acknowledgment to a notification of services related to an episode of care.
SCSpecialty Care Review
 
Use when reporting a referral to a specialty provider.
SITUATIONAL
UM02
1322
Certification Type Code
O 1ID1/1
Code indicating the type of certification
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when different from the UM02 value at the Patient Event level (Loop 2000E). If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE      DEFINITION
1Appeal - Immediate
 
Use when reporting appeals of review decisions when the service required was emergency or urgent.
2Appeal - Standard
 
Use when reporting appeals of review decisions when the service required was not emergency or urgent.
3Cancel
4Extension
 
Use when requesting additional service units and/or the duration of time for a prior approved service.
5Notification
IInitial
NReconsideration
RRenewal
 
Use when various services, such as physical therapy, spinal manipulation, and allergy treatment, have both a delivery pattern and a time span of authorization. Many UMOs place time limits - as in will not authorize anything for more than 30 days at a time. For example, blanket authorization for allergy treatments as required for 30 days. At the end of the 30 days, the provider must request to renew the certification - not extend it - because the UMO authorizes for 30 day intervals, one interval at a time.
SRevised
 
Use when changing the specifics of a previously submitted request for which services have not been rendered.
SITUATIONAL
UM03
1271
Industry Code
O 1AN1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
SEMANTIC: UM03 is the Service Type (Code Source 958).
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when necessary to identify why a service type code was rejected at the service level if different from the UM03 value at the Patient Event level (Loop 2000E). If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Type Code
Subset 278 of the current version of the Health Care Services Type Codes List represents the codes that are available for use in this element.
SITUATIONAL
UM04
C023
Health Care Service Location Information
O 1
To provide information that identifies the place of service or the type of bill related to the location at which a health care service was rendered
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the request and used by the UMO to render a medical decision. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
REQUIRED        
UM04-01 
1331
Facility Code Value
MAN1/3
Code identifying where services were, or may be, performed; the National Uniform Billing Committee (NUBC) Facility Type Code for Institutional Services or the Place of Service Codes for Professional or Dental Services.
INDUSTRY NAME: Facility Type Code
Use to indicate a facility code value from the code source referenced in UM04-02.
REQUIRED        
UM04-02 
1332
Facility Code Qualifier
MID1/2
Code identifying the type of facility referenced
CODE      DEFINITION
AUniform Billing Claim Form Bill Type
CODE SOURCE 236: Uniform Billing Claim Form Bill Type
BPlace of Service Codes for Professional or Dental Services
CODE SOURCE 237: Place of Service Codes for Professional Claims
NOT USED
UM04-03 
1325
Claim Frequency Type Code
OID1/1
NOT USED
UM05
C024
Related Causes Information
O 1
NOT USED
UM06
1338
Level of Service Code
O 1ID1/3
NOT USED
UM07
1213
Current Health Condition Code
O 1ID1/1
NOT USED
UM08
923
Prognosis Code
O 1ID1/1
NOT USED
UM09
1363
Release of Information Code
O 1ID1/1
NOT USED
UM10
1514
Delay Reason Code
O 1ID1/2
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 HCR - CERTIFICATION ACTION CODE
X12 Name:Health Care Services Review
X12 Purpose:To specify the outcome of a health care services review
Loop:
2000F — SERVICE LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required if this segment is valued on the notification and the notification contains a value in HCR02 and the service level is returned in the acknowledgment. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.If this segment is used, the values in the segment must echo the values contained in the same segment of the notification.
TR3 Example:
HCR✱A1✱20020713~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
HCR
 
✱
HCR01306
Action
Code
M 1ID1/2
✱
HCR02127
Reference
Ident
O 1AN1/80
✱
HCR031271
Industry
Code
O 5AN1/30
✱
HCR041073
Yes/No Cond
Resp Code
O 1ID1/1
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
HCR01
306
Action Code
M 1ID1/2
Code indicating type of action
CODE      DEFINITION
A1Certified in total
A3Not Certified
A4Pended
A6Modified
CCancelled
CTContact Payer
NANo Action Required
SITUATIONAL
HCR02
127
Reference Identification
O 1AN1/80
1/50
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEMANTIC: HCR02 is the number assigned by the information source to this review outcome.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when this segment is valued on the notification and the notification contains a value in HCR03 and the service level is returned in the acknowledgment. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Review Identification Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
SITUATIONAL
HCR03
1271
Industry Code
O 5AN1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
SEMANTIC: HCR03 is the code assigned by the information source to identify the reason for the health care service review outcome indicated in HCR01.See Code Source 886
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when this segment is valued on the notification and the notification contains a value in HCR03 and the service level is returned in the acknowledgment. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Review Decision Reason Code
NOT USED
HCR04
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
O 1ID1/1
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 REF - PREVIOUS REVIEW AUTHORIZATION NUMBER
X12 Name:Reference Information
X12 Purpose:To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
1.R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
2000F — SERVICE LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when valued on the notification at the Service Level or if the acknowledgment sender has determined that this service level notification is a duplicate (AAA03 = 91) of a previously received service review notification that has an assigned certification number. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱BB✱A123~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
REF
 
✱
REF01128
Reference
Ident Qual
M 1ID2/3
✱
REF02127
Reference
Ident
X 1AN1/80
✱
REF03352
Description
 
X 1AN1/80
✱
REF04C040
Reference
Identifier
O 1
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
REF01
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1ID2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE      DEFINITION
BBAuthorization Number
REQUIRED        
REF02
127
Reference Identification
X 1AN1/80
1/50
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Previous Review Authorization Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
NOT USED
REF03
352
Description
X 1AN1/80
NOT USED
REF04
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 REF - ADMINISTRATIVE REFERENCE NUMBER
X12 Name:Reference Information
X12 Purpose:To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
1.R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
2000F — SERVICE LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when the acknowledgment sender assigns a separate administrative reference number to acknowledge receipt of each service loop contained in a notification. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.This is the administrative number assigned by the acknowledgment sender in acknowledgment to the original notification associated with this service level. This is not the trace number assigned by the acknowledgment sender.
2.This number can be used by the notification sender on notifications when UM02 = 3, 4, R, S. to reference previous Acknowledgments.
TR3 Example:
REF✱NT✱123Z~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
REF
 
✱
REF01128
Reference
Ident Qual
M 1ID2/3
✱
REF02127
Reference
Ident
X 1AN1/80
✱
REF03352
Description
 
X 1AN1/80
✱
REF04C040
Reference
Identifier
O 1
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
REF01
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1ID2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE      DEFINITION
NTAdministrator's Reference Number
REQUIRED        
REF02
127
Reference Identification
X 1AN1/80
1/50
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Administrative Reference Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
NOT USED
REF03
352
Description
X 1AN1/80
NOT USED
REF04
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 DTP - SERVICE DATE
X12 Name:Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
2000F — SERVICE LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when valued on the notification and the notification is not valid at this segment. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.Use this segment to indicate the service dates that prohibits the notification receiver from accepting this notification.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱472✱D8✱20221030~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
DTP
 
✱
DTP01374
Date/Time
Qualifier
M 1ID3/3
✱
DTP021250
Date Time
Format Qual
M 1ID2/3
✱
DTP031251
Date Time
Period
M 1AN1/35
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
DTP01
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1ID3/3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE      DEFINITION
472Service
REQUIRED        
DTP02
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1ID2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE      DEFINITION
D8Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
RD8Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
REQUIRED        
DTP03
1251
Date Time Period
M 1AN1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Proposed or Actual Service Date
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 DTP - CERTIFICATION ISSUE DATE
X12 Name:Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
2000F — SERVICE LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when valued on the notification and the notification is not valid at this segment. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.Use this segment to indicate the certification issue dates that prohibits the notification receiver from accepting this notification.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱102✱D8✱20221002~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
DTP
 
✱
DTP01374
Date/Time
Qualifier
M 1ID3/3
✱
DTP021250
Date Time
Format Qual
M 1ID2/3
✱
DTP031251
Date Time
Period
M 1AN1/35
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
DTP01
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1ID3/3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE      DEFINITION
102Issue
REQUIRED        
DTP02
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1ID2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE      DEFINITION
D8Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
REQUIRED        
DTP03
1251
Date Time Period
M 1AN1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Certification Issue Date
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 DTP - CERTIFICATION EXPIRATION DATE
X12 Name:Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
2000F — SERVICE LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when valued on the notification and the notification is not valid at this segment. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.Use this segment to indicate the certification expiration dates that prohibits the notification receiver from accepting this notification.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱036✱D8✱20221002~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
DTP
 
✱
DTP01374
Date/Time
Qualifier
M 1ID3/3
✱
DTP021250
Date Time
Format Qual
M 1ID2/3
✱
DTP031251
Date Time
Period
M 1AN1/35
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
DTP01
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1ID3/3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE      DEFINITION
036Expiration
REQUIRED        
DTP02
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1ID2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE      DEFINITION
D8Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
REQUIRED        
DTP03
1251
Date Time Period
M 1AN1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Certification Expiration Date
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 DTP - CERTIFICATION EFFECTIVE DATE
X12 Name:Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
2000F — SERVICE LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when valued on the notification and the notification is not valid at this segment. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.Use this segment to indicate the certification effective dates that prohibits the notification receiver from accepting this notification.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱007✱RD8✱20221002-20220402~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
DTP
 
✱
DTP01374
Date/Time
Qualifier
M 1ID3/3
✱
DTP021250
Date Time
Format Qual
M 1ID2/3
✱
DTP031251
Date Time
Period
M 1AN1/35
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
DTP01
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1ID3/3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE      DEFINITION
007Effective
REQUIRED        
DTP02
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1ID2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE      DEFINITION
D8Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
RD8Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
REQUIRED        
DTP03
1251
Date Time Period
M 1AN1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Certification Effective Date
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 HI - ADDITIONAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
X12 Name:Health Care Information Codes
X12 Purpose:To supply information related to the delivery of health care
Loop:
2000F — SERVICE LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
HI✱AAA:422011000124105~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
HI
 
✱
HI01C022
Health Care
Code Info.
M 1
✱
HI02C022
Health Care
Code Info.
O 1
✱
HI03C022
Health Care
Code Info.
O 1
✱
HI04C022
Health Care
Code Info.
O 1
✱
HI05C022
Health Care
Code Info.
O 1
✱
HI06C022
Health Care
Code Info.
O 1
✱
HI07C022
Health Care
Code Info.
O 1
✱
HI08C022
Health Care
Code Info.
O 1
✱
HI09C022
Health Care
Code Info.
O 1
✱
HI10C022
Health Care
Code Info.
O 1
✱
HI11C022
Health Care
Code Info.
O 1
✱
HI12C022
Health Care
Code Info.
O 1
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
HI01
C022
Health Care Code Information
M 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Syntax Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Comments
REQUIRED        
HI01-01 
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
MID1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Type Code
CODE      DEFINITION
AAASNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
CODE SOURCE 662: SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
REQUIRED        
HI01-02 
1271
Industry Code
MAN1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Code
NOT USED
HI01-03 
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
XID2/3
NOT USED
HI01-04 
1251
Date Time Period
XAN1/35
NOT USED
HI01-05 
782
Monetary Amount
OR1/18
NOT USED
HI01-06 
380
Quantity
OR1/15
NOT USED
HI01-07 
799
Version Identifier
OAN1/30
NOT USED
HI01-08 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI01-09 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI01-10 
1271
Industry Code
OAN1/30
SITUATIONAL
HI02
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Syntax Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Comments
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
REQUIRED        
HI02-01 
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
MID1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Type Code
CODE      DEFINITION
AAASNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
CODE SOURCE 662: SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
REQUIRED        
HI02-02 
1271
Industry Code
MAN1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Code
NOT USED
HI02-03 
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
XID2/3
NOT USED
HI02-04 
1251
Date Time Period
XAN1/35
NOT USED
HI02-05 
782
Monetary Amount
OR1/18
NOT USED
HI02-06 
380
Quantity
OR1/15
NOT USED
HI02-07 
799
Version Identifier
OAN1/30
NOT USED
HI02-08 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI02-09 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI02-10 
1271
Industry Code
OAN1/30
SITUATIONAL
HI03
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Syntax Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Comments
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
REQUIRED        
HI03-01 
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
MID1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Type Code
CODE      DEFINITION
AAASNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
CODE SOURCE 662: SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
REQUIRED        
HI03-02 
1271
Industry Code
MAN1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Code
NOT USED
HI03-03 
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
XID2/3
NOT USED
HI03-04 
1251
Date Time Period
XAN1/35
NOT USED
HI03-05 
782
Monetary Amount
OR1/18
NOT USED
HI03-06 
380
Quantity
OR1/15
NOT USED
HI03-07 
799
Version Identifier
OAN1/30
NOT USED
HI03-08 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI03-09 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI03-10 
1271
Industry Code
OAN1/30
SITUATIONAL
HI04
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Syntax Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Comments
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
REQUIRED        
HI04-01 
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
MID1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Type Code
CODE      DEFINITION
AAASNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
CODE SOURCE 662: SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
REQUIRED        
HI04-02 
1271
Industry Code
MAN1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Code
NOT USED
HI04-03 
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
XID2/3
NOT USED
HI04-04 
1251
Date Time Period
XAN1/35
NOT USED
HI04-05 
782
Monetary Amount
OR1/18
NOT USED
HI04-06 
380
Quantity
OR1/15
NOT USED
HI04-07 
799
Version Identifier
OAN1/30
NOT USED
HI04-08 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI04-09 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI04-10 
1271
Industry Code
OAN1/30
SITUATIONAL
HI05
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Syntax Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Comments
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
REQUIRED        
HI05-01 
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
MID1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Type Code
CODE      DEFINITION
AAASNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
CODE SOURCE 662: SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
REQUIRED        
HI05-02 
1271
Industry Code
MAN1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Code
NOT USED
HI05-03 
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
XID2/3
NOT USED
HI05-04 
1251
Date Time Period
XAN1/35
NOT USED
HI05-05 
782
Monetary Amount
OR1/18
NOT USED
HI05-06 
380
Quantity
OR1/15
NOT USED
HI05-07 
799
Version Identifier
OAN1/30
NOT USED
HI05-08 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI05-09 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI05-10 
1271
Industry Code
OAN1/30
SITUATIONAL
HI06
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Syntax Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Comments
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
REQUIRED        
HI06-01 
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
MID1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Type Code
CODE      DEFINITION
AAASNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
CODE SOURCE 662: SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
REQUIRED        
HI06-02 
1271
Industry Code
MAN1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Code
NOT USED
HI06-03 
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
XID2/3
NOT USED
HI06-04 
1251
Date Time Period
XAN1/35
NOT USED
HI06-05 
782
Monetary Amount
OR1/18
NOT USED
HI06-06 
380
Quantity
OR1/15
NOT USED
HI06-07 
799
Version Identifier
OAN1/30
NOT USED
HI06-08 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI06-09 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI06-10 
1271
Industry Code
OAN1/30
SITUATIONAL
HI07
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Syntax Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Comments
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
REQUIRED        
HI07-01 
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
MID1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Type Code
CODE      DEFINITION
AAASNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
CODE SOURCE 662: SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
REQUIRED        
HI07-02 
1271
Industry Code
MAN1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Code
NOT USED
HI07-03 
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
XID2/3
NOT USED
HI07-04 
1251
Date Time Period
XAN1/35
NOT USED
HI07-05 
782
Monetary Amount
OR1/18
NOT USED
HI07-06 
380
Quantity
OR1/15
NOT USED
HI07-07 
799
Version Identifier
OAN1/30
NOT USED
HI07-08 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI07-09 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI07-10 
1271
Industry Code
OAN1/30
SITUATIONAL
HI08
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Syntax Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Comments
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
REQUIRED        
HI08-01 
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
MID1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Type Code
CODE      DEFINITION
AAASNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
CODE SOURCE 662: SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
REQUIRED        
HI08-02 
1271
Industry Code
MAN1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Code
NOT USED
HI08-03 
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
XID2/3
NOT USED
HI08-04 
1251
Date Time Period
XAN1/35
NOT USED
HI08-05 
782
Monetary Amount
OR1/18
NOT USED
HI08-06 
380
Quantity
OR1/15
NOT USED
HI08-07 
799
Version Identifier
OAN1/30
NOT USED
HI08-08 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI08-09 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI08-10 
1271
Industry Code
OAN1/30
SITUATIONAL
HI09
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Syntax Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Comments
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
REQUIRED        
HI09-01 
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
MID1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Type Code
CODE      DEFINITION
AAASNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
CODE SOURCE 662: SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
REQUIRED        
HI09-02 
1271
Industry Code
MAN1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Code
NOT USED
HI09-03 
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
XID2/3
NOT USED
HI09-04 
1251
Date Time Period
XAN1/35
NOT USED
HI09-05 
782
Monetary Amount
OR1/18
NOT USED
HI09-06 
380
Quantity
OR1/15
NOT USED
HI09-07 
799
Version Identifier
OAN1/30
NOT USED
HI09-08 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI09-09 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI09-10 
1271
Industry Code
OAN1/30
SITUATIONAL
HI10
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Syntax Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Comments
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
REQUIRED        
HI10-01 
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
MID1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Type Code
CODE      DEFINITION
AAASNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
CODE SOURCE 662: SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
REQUIRED        
HI10-02 
1271
Industry Code
MAN1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Code
NOT USED
HI10-03 
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
XID2/3
NOT USED
HI10-04 
1251
Date Time Period
XAN1/35
NOT USED
HI10-05 
782
Monetary Amount
OR1/18
NOT USED
HI10-06 
380
Quantity
OR1/15
NOT USED
HI10-07 
799
Version Identifier
OAN1/30
NOT USED
HI10-08 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI10-09 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI10-10 
1271
Industry Code
OAN1/30
SITUATIONAL
HI11
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Syntax Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Comments
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
REQUIRED        
HI11-01 
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
MID1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Type Code
CODE      DEFINITION
AAASNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
CODE SOURCE 662: SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
REQUIRED        
HI11-02 
1271
Industry Code
MAN1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Code
NOT USED
HI11-03 
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
XID2/3
NOT USED
HI11-04 
1251
Date Time Period
XAN1/35
NOT USED
HI11-05 
782
Monetary Amount
OR1/18
NOT USED
HI11-06 
380
Quantity
OR1/15
NOT USED
HI11-07 
799
Version Identifier
OAN1/30
NOT USED
HI11-08 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI11-09 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI11-10 
1271
Industry Code
OAN1/30
SITUATIONAL
HI12
C022
Health Care Code Information
O 1
To send health care codes and their associated dates, amounts and quantities
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Syntax Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Comments
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
REQUIRED        
HI12-01 
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
MID1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Type Code
CODE      DEFINITION
AAASNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
CODE SOURCE 662: SNOMED, Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine
REQUIRED        
HI12-02 
1271
Industry Code
MAN1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Additional Services Description Code
NOT USED
HI12-03 
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
XID2/3
NOT USED
HI12-04 
1251
Date Time Period
XAN1/35
NOT USED
HI12-05 
782
Monetary Amount
OR1/18
NOT USED
HI12-06 
380
Quantity
OR1/15
NOT USED
HI12-07 
799
Version Identifier
OAN1/30
NOT USED
HI12-08 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI12-09 
1271
Industry Code
XAN1/30
NOT USED
HI12-10 
1271
Industry Code
OAN1/30
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 SV1 - PROFESSIONAL SERVICE
X12 Name:Professional Service
X12 Purpose:To specify the service line item detail for a health care professional
X12 Syntax:
1.P0304
If either SV103 or SV104 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
2000F — SERVICE LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when valued on the notification and the notification is not valid at this segment. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.Use this segment to indicate the professional service data that prohibits the notification receiver from accepting this notification.
2.In cases where a drug is reported, the DRA segment of Service Level Loop ID-2000F can be utilized in place of this segment to further specify drug reporting.
TR3 Example:
SV1✱HC:99211:25✱12.25✱UN✱1✱✱✱✱✱✱✱N~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
SV1
 
✱
SV101C003
Comp. Med.
Proced. ID
M 1
✱
SV102782
Monetary
Amount
O 1R1/18
✱
SV103355
Unit/Basis
Meas Code
X 1ID2/2
✱
SV104380
Quantity
 
X 1R1/15
✱
SV1051331
Facility
Code
O 1AN1/3
✱
SV1061271
Industry
Code
O 1AN1/30
✱
SV1071328
Diagnosis
Code Pointr
O 12N01/2
✱
SV108782
Monetary
Amount
O 1R1/18
✱
SV1091073
Yes/No Cond
Resp Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
SV1101340
Multiple
Proc Code
O 1ID1/2
✱
SV1111073
Yes/No Cond
Resp Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
SV1121073
Yes/No Cond
Resp Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
SV1131364
Review
Code
O 1ID1/2
✱
SV1141341
Natl/Local
Rev Value
O 1AN1/2
✱
SV1151327
Copay
Status Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
SV1161334
Healthcare
Short Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
SV117127
Reference
Ident
O 1AN1/80
✱
SV118116
Postal
Code
O 1ID3/15
✱
SV119782
Monetary
Amount
O 1R1/18
✱
SV1201337
Level of
Care Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
SV1211360
Provider
Agree Code
O 1ID1/1
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
SV101
C003
Composite Medical Procedure Identifier
M 1
To identify a medical procedure by its standardized codes and applicable modifiers
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
REQUIRED        
SV101-01 
235
Product/Service ID Qualifier
MID2/2
Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234)
INDUSTRY NAME: Product or Service ID Qualifier
CODE      DEFINITION
HCHealthcare Common Procedure Coding System (HCPCS) Codes
 
Use when reporting HCPCS or CPT codes. AMA's CPT codes are level 1 HCPCS codes.
CODE SOURCE 130: Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System
N4National Drug Code in 5-4-2 Format
CODE SOURCE 240: National Drug Code by Format
ZZMutually Defined
 
Use when reporting the Device Identifier of Unique Device Identifier.

Prior to the mandated implementation date for the Unique Device Identifier, willing trading partners may agree to follow an early implementation approach.

Code Source: FDA Global Unique Device Identifier Database (GUDID) http://accessgudid.nlm.nih.gov/
Available from:
National Library of Medicine
8600 Rockville Pike
Bethesda, MD 20894
REQUIRED        
SV101-02 
234
Product/Service ID
MAN1/80
Identifying number for a product or service
INDUSTRY NAME: Procedure Code
SITUATIONAL
SV101-03 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
SITUATIONAL
SV101-04 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
SITUATIONAL
SV101-05 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
SITUATIONAL
SV101-06 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
NOT USED
SV101-07 
352
Description
OAN1/80
SITUATIONAL
SV101-08 
234
Product/Service ID
OAN1/80
Identifying number for a product or service
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Product or Service ID
SITUATIONAL
SV101-09 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
SITUATIONAL
SV101-10 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
SITUATIONAL
SV101-11 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
SITUATIONAL
SV101-12 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
SITUATIONAL
SV102
782
Monetary Amount
O 1R1/18
1/10
Monetary amount
SEMANTIC: SV102 is the submitted service line item amount.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Line Amount
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
SITUATIONAL
SV103
355
Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
X 1ID2/2
Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE      DEFINITION
F2International Unit
 
Use when reporting dosage amount. Dosage amount is only used for drug claims when the dosage of the drug is variable within a single NDC number (e.g., blood factors).
MJMinutes
UNUnit
SITUATIONAL
SV104
380
Quantity
X 1R1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Unit Count
NOT USED
SV105
1331
Facility Code Value
O 1AN1/3
NOT USED
SV106
1271
Industry Code
O 1AN1/30
NOT USED
SV107
1328
Diagnosis Code Pointer
O 12N01/2
NOT USED
SV108
782
Monetary Amount
O 1R1/18
NOT USED
SV109
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
O 1ID1/1
NOT USED
SV110
1340
Multiple Procedure Code
O 1ID1/2
SITUATIONAL
SV111
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
O 1ID1/1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: SV111 is early and periodic screen for diagnosis and treatment of children (EPSDT) involvement; a "Y" value indicates EPSDT involvement; an "N" value indicates no EPSDT involvement.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: EPSDT Indicator
CODE      DEFINITION
NNo
YYes
NOT USED
SV112
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
O 1ID1/1
NOT USED
SV113
1364
Review Code
O 1ID1/2
NOT USED
SV114
1341
National or Local Assigned Review Value
O 1AN1/2
NOT USED
SV115
1327
Copay Status Code
O 1ID1/1
NOT USED
SV116
1334
Health Care Professional Shortage Area Code
O 1ID1/1
NOT USED
SV117
127
Reference Identification
O 1AN1/80
NOT USED
SV118
116
Postal Code
O 1ID3/15
NOT USED
SV119
782
Monetary Amount
O 1R1/18
SITUATIONAL
SV120
1337
Level of Care Code
O 1ID1/1
Code specifying the level of care provided by a nursing home facility
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Nursing Home Level of Care
CODE      DEFINITION
1Skilled Nursing Facility (SNF)
2Intermediate Care Facility (ICF)
3Intermediate Care Facility - Mentally Retarded (ICF-MR)
4Chronic Disease Hospital (CD)
5Intermediate Care Facility (ICF) Level II
6Special Skilled Nursing Facility (SNF)
7Nursing Facility (NF)
8Hospice
NOT USED
SV121
1360
Provider Agreement Code
O 1ID1/1
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 SV2 - INSTITUTIONAL SERVICE
X12 Name:Institutional Service
X12 Purpose:To specify the service line item detail for a health care institution
X12 Syntax:
1.R0102
At least one of SV201 or SV202 is required.
2.P0405
If either SV204 or SV205 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
2000F — SERVICE LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when valued on the notification and the notification is not valid at this segment. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.In cases where a drug is reported, the DRA segment of Service Level Loop ID-2000F can be utilized in place of this segment to further specify drug reporting.
TR3 Example:
SV2✱120✱✱1500✱DA✱5✱300~
TR3 Example:
SV2✱300✱HC:80019✱73.42✱UN✱1~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
SV2
 
✱
SV201234
Product/
Service ID
X 1AN1/80
✱
SV202C003
Comp. Med.
Proced. ID
X 1
✱
SV203782
Monetary
Amount
O 1R1/18
✱
SV204355
Unit/Basis
Meas Code
X 1ID2/2
✱
SV205380
Quantity
 
X 1R1/15
✱
SV2061371
Unit
Rate
O 1R1/10
✱
SV207782
Monetary
Amount
O 1R1/18
✱
SV2081073
Yes/No Cond
Resp Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
SV2091345
Nurse Home
Status Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
SV2101337
Level of
Care Code
O 1ID1/1
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
SITUATIONAL
SV201
234
Product/Service ID
X 1AN1/80
Identifying number for a product or service
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0102
SEMANTIC: SV201 is the revenue code.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Line Revenue Code
See Code Source 132: National Uniform Billing Committee (NUBC) Codes.
SITUATIONAL
SV202
C003
Composite Medical Procedure Identifier
X 1
To identify a medical procedure by its standardized codes and applicable modifiers
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0102
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
REQUIRED        
SV202-01 
235
Product/Service ID Qualifier
MID2/2
Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234)
INDUSTRY NAME: Product or Service ID Qualifier
CODE      DEFINITION
HCHealthcare Common Procedure Coding System (HCPCS) Codes
 
Use when reporting HCPCS or CPT codes. AMA's CPT codes are level 1 HCPCS codes.
CODE SOURCE 130: Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System
IDInternational Classification of Diseases, 9th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-9-CM) - Procedure
CODE SOURCE 131: International Classification of Diseases, 9th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-9-CM)
IPInternational Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Procedure Coding System (ICD-10-PCS)
CODE SOURCE 896: International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Procedure Coding System (ICD-10-PCS)
N4National Drug Code in 5-4-2 Format
CODE SOURCE 240: National Drug Code by Format
ZZMutually Defined
 
Use when reporting the Device Identifier of Unique Device Identifier.

Prior to the mandated implementation date for the Unique Device Identifier, willing trading partners may agree to follow an early implementation approach.

Code Source: FDA Global Unique Device Identifier Database (GUDID) http://accessgudid.nlm.nih.gov/
Available from:
National Library of Medicine
8600 Rockville Pike
Bethesda, MD 20894
REQUIRED        
SV202-02 
234
Product/Service ID
MAN1/80
Identifying number for a product or service
INDUSTRY NAME: Procedure Code
SITUATIONAL
SV202-03 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
SITUATIONAL
SV202-04 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
SITUATIONAL
SV202-05 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
SITUATIONAL
SV202-06 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
NOT USED
SV202-07 
352
Description
OAN1/80
SITUATIONAL
SV202-08 
234
Product/Service ID
OAN1/80
Identifying number for a product or service
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Product or Service ID
SITUATIONAL
SV202-09 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
SITUATIONAL
SV202-10 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
SITUATIONAL
SV202-11 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
SITUATIONAL
SV202-12 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
SITUATIONAL
SV203
782
Monetary Amount
O 1R1/18
1/10
Monetary amount
SEMANTIC: SV203 is the submitted service line item amount.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Line Amount
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
SITUATIONAL
SV204
355
Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
X 1ID2/2
Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0405
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE      DEFINITION
DADays
F2International Unit
 
Use when reporting dosage amount. Dosage amount is only used for drug claims when the dosage of the drug is variable within a single NDC number (e.g., blood factors).
UNUnit
SITUATIONAL
SV205
380
Quantity
X 1R1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0405
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Unit Count
SITUATIONAL
SV206
1371
Unit Rate
O 1R1/10
The rate per unit of associate revenue for hospital accommodation
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Line Rate
NOT USED
SV207
782
Monetary Amount
O 1R1/18
NOT USED
SV208
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
O 1ID1/1
NOT USED
SV209
1345
Nursing Home Residential Status Code
O 1ID1/1
SITUATIONAL
SV210
1337
Level of Care Code
O 1ID1/1
Code specifying the level of care provided by a nursing home facility
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Nursing Home Level of Care
CODE      DEFINITION
1Skilled Nursing Facility (SNF)
2Intermediate Care Facility (ICF)
3Intermediate Care Facility - Mentally Retarded (ICF-MR)
4Chronic Disease Hospital (CD)
5Intermediate Care Facility (ICF) Level II
6Special Skilled Nursing Facility (SNF)
7Nursing Facility (NF)
8Hospice
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 SV3 - DENTAL SERVICE
X12 Name:Dental Service
X12 Purpose:To specify the service line item detail for dental work
Loop:
2000F — SERVICE LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when valued on the notification and the notification is not valid at this segment. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
SV3✱AD:D2150✱80~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
SV3
 
✱
SV301C003
Comp. Med.
Proced. ID
M 1
✱
SV302782
Monetary
Amount
O 1R1/18
✱
SV3031331
Facility
Code
O 1AN1/3
✱
SV304C006
Oral Cavity
Designat.
O 1
✱
SV3051358
Prosthesis/
Inlay Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
SV306380
Quantity
 
O 1R1/15
✱
SV307352
Description
 
O 1AN1/80
✱
SV3081327
Copay
Status Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
SV3091360
Provider
Agree Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
SV3101073
Yes/No Cond
Resp Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
SV3111328
Diagnosis
Code Pointr
O 12N01/2
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
SV301
C003
Composite Medical Procedure Identifier
M 1
To identify a medical procedure by its standardized codes and applicable modifiers
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
REQUIRED        
SV301-01 
235
Product/Service ID Qualifier
MID2/2
Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234)
INDUSTRY NAME: Product or Service ID Qualifier
CODE      DEFINITION
ADAmerican Dental Association Codes
CODE SOURCE 135: American Dental Association
REQUIRED        
SV301-02 
234
Product/Service ID
MAN1/80
Identifying number for a product or service
INDUSTRY NAME: Procedure Code
SITUATIONAL
SV301-03 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
A modifier must be from code source 135 (American Dental Association) found in the 'Code on Dental Procedures and Nomenclature'.
SITUATIONAL
SV301-04 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
A modifier must be from code source 135 (American Dental Association) found in the 'Code on Dental Procedures and Nomenclature'.
SITUATIONAL
SV301-05 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
A modifier must be from code source 135 (American Dental Association) found in the 'Code on Dental Procedures and Nomenclature'.
SITUATIONAL
SV301-06 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
A modifier must be from code source 135 (American Dental Association) found in the 'Code on Dental Procedures and Nomenclature'.
NOT USED
SV301-07 
352
Description
OAN1/80
SITUATIONAL
SV301-08 
234
Product/Service ID
OAN1/80
Identifying number for a product or service
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Product or Service ID
SITUATIONAL
SV301-09 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
A modifier must be from code source 135 (American Dental Association) found in the 'Code on Dental Procedures and Nomenclature'.
SITUATIONAL
SV301-10 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
A modifier must be from code source 135 (American Dental Association) found in the 'Code on Dental Procedures and Nomenclature'.
SITUATIONAL
SV301-11 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
A modifier must be from code source 135 (American Dental Association) found in the 'Code on Dental Procedures and Nomenclature'.
SITUATIONAL
SV301-12 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
A modifier must be from code source 135 (American Dental Association) found in the 'Code on Dental Procedures and Nomenclature'.
SITUATIONAL
SV302
782
Monetary Amount
O 1R1/18
1/10
Monetary amount
SEMANTIC: SV302 is the submitted service line item amount.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Line Amount
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
NOT USED
SV303
1331
Facility Code Value
O 1AN1/3
SITUATIONAL
SV304
C006
Oral Cavity Designation
O 1
To identify one or more areas of the oral cavity
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
REQUIRED        
SV304-01 
1361
Oral Cavity Designation Code
MID1/3
Code Identifying the area of the oral cavity in which service is rendered
CODE SOURCE 135: American Dental Association
SITUATIONAL
SV304-02 
1361
Oral Cavity Designation Code
OID1/3
Code Identifying the area of the oral cavity in which service is rendered
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use this code for the additional oral cavity designation codes. The code values in SV304-01 apply to all occurrences of the oral cavity designation code.
CODE SOURCE 135: American Dental Association
SITUATIONAL
SV304-03 
1361
Oral Cavity Designation Code
OID1/3
Code Identifying the area of the oral cavity in which service is rendered
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use this code for the additional oral cavity designation codes. The code values in SV304-01 apply to all occurrences of the oral cavity designation code.
CODE SOURCE 135: American Dental Association
SITUATIONAL
SV304-04 
1361
Oral Cavity Designation Code
OID1/3
Code Identifying the area of the oral cavity in which service is rendered
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use this code for the additional oral cavity designation codes. The code values in SV304-01 apply to all occurrences of the oral cavity designation code.
CODE SOURCE 135: American Dental Association
SITUATIONAL
SV304-05 
1361
Oral Cavity Designation Code
OID1/3
Code Identifying the area of the oral cavity in which service is rendered
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use this code for the additional oral cavity designation codes. The code values in SV304-01 apply to all occurrences of the oral cavity designation code.
CODE SOURCE 135: American Dental Association
SITUATIONAL
SV305
1358
Prosthesis, Crown or Inlay Code
O 1ID1/1
Code specifying the placement status for the dental work
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Prosthesis, Crown, or Inlay Code
CODE      DEFINITION
IInitial Placement
RReplacement
SITUATIONAL
SV306
380
Quantity
O 1R1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SEMANTIC: SV306 is the number of procedures.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Unit Count
Number of procedures
NOT USED
SV307
352
Description
O 1AN1/80
NOT USED
SV308
1327
Copay Status Code
O 1ID1/1
NOT USED
SV309
1360
Provider Agreement Code
O 1ID1/1
NOT USED
SV310
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
O 1ID1/1
SITUATIONAL
SV311
1328
Diagnosis Code Pointer
O 12N01/2
A pointer to the diagnosis code in the order of importance to this service
SEMANTIC: The first pointer designates the primary diagnosis and remaining diagnosis pointers indicate declining level of importance.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Need Situational Rule for this SV3 data element.
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 TOO - TOOTH INFORMATION
X12 Name:Tooth Identification
X12 Purpose:To identify a tooth by number and, if applicable, one or more tooth surfaces
X12 Syntax:
1.P0102
If either TOO01 or TOO02 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
2000F — SERVICE LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
32
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when valued on the notification and the notification is not valid at this segment. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
TOO✱JP✱12✱L:O~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
TOO
 
✱
TOO011270
Code List
Qual Code
X 1ID1/3
✱
TOO021271
Industry
Code
X 1AN1/30
✱
TOO03C005
Tooth
Surface
O 1
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
TOO01
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
X 1ID1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
CODE      DEFINITION
JPUniversal National Tooth Designation System
CODE SOURCE 135: American Dental Association
REQUIRED        
TOO02
1271
Industry Code
X 1AN1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
INDUSTRY NAME: Tooth Code
Code source 135: American Dental Association Codes
SITUATIONAL
TOO03
C005
Tooth Surface
O 1
To identify one or more tooth surface codes
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
REQUIRED        
TOO03-01 
1369
Tooth Surface Code
MID1/2
Code identifying the area of the tooth that was treated
CODE      DEFINITION
BBuccal
DDistal
FFacial
IIncisal
LLingual
MMesial
OOcclusal
SITUATIONAL
TOO03-02 
1369
Tooth Surface Code
OID1/2
Code identifying the area of the tooth that was treated
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use code values from TOO03-01.
SITUATIONAL
TOO03-03 
1369
Tooth Surface Code
OID1/2
Code identifying the area of the tooth that was treated
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use code values from TOO03-01.
SITUATIONAL
TOO03-04 
1369
Tooth Surface Code
OID1/2
Code identifying the area of the tooth that was treated
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use code values from TOO03-01.
SITUATIONAL
TOO03-05 
1369
Tooth Surface Code
OID1/2
Code identifying the area of the tooth that was treated
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Use code values from TOO03-01.
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 DN2 - TOOTH STATUS
X12 Name:Tooth Summary
X12 Purpose:To specify the status of individual teeth
X12 Syntax:
1.P0405
If either DN204 or DN205 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
2000F — SERVICE LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
35
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when valued on the notification and the notification is not valid at this segment. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
DN2✱5✱E✱✱✱✱JP~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
DN2
 
✱
DN201127
Reference
Ident
M 1AN1/80
✱
DN2021368
Tooth
Status Code
O 1ID1/2
✱
DN203380
Quantity
 
O 1R1/15
✱
DN2041250
Date Time
Format Qual
X 1ID2/3
✱
DN2051251
Date Time
Period
X 1AN1/35
✱
DN2061270
Code List
Qual Code
M 1ID1/3
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
DN201
127
Reference Identification
M 1AN1/80
1/50
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEMANTIC: DN201 is the tooth number.
INDUSTRY NAME: Tooth Number
The Universal National Tooth Designation System must be used to identify tooth numbers for this element. See Code Source 135: American Dental Association.
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
REQUIRED        
DN202
1368
Tooth Status Code
O 1ID1/2
Code specifying the status of the tooth
NOT USED
DN203
380
Quantity
O 1R1/15
NOT USED
DN204
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1ID2/3
NOT USED
DN205
1251
Date Time Period
X 1AN1/35
REQUIRED        
DN206
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
M 1ID1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
SEMANTIC: DN206 designates the code set used to identify the tooth in DN201.
CODE      DEFINITION
JPUniversal National Tooth Designation System
CODE SOURCE 135: American Dental Association
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 DRA - DRUG AUTHORIZATION
X12 Name:Drug Authorization
X12 Purpose:To specify a drug for which authorization is being requested
X12 Syntax:
1.P0405
If either DRA04 or DRA05 is present, then the other is required.
2.P080910
If either DRA08, DRA09 or DRA10 are present, then the others are required.
Loop:
2000F — SERVICE LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
>1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when valued on the notification and the notification is not valid at this segment. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.If the request is for a compound drug, repeat the segment for each ingredient in the compound.
TR3 Example:
DRA✱INFLIXIMAB 10 MG✱I✱N4:57894003001✱UN✱20✱INFUSE OVER AT LEAST 2 HOURS. BEGIN AT 40 ML/HR FOR 15 MINUTES, THEN INCREASE RATE TO 80 ML/HR FOR 30 MINUTES. IF TOLERATED INCREASE TO 160 ML/HR FOR THE DURATION OF INFUSION✱N✱N✱✱✱✱✱✱43~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
DRA
 
✱
DRA01352
Description
 
M 2AN1/80
✱
DRA021322
Certificate
Type Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
DRA03C003
Comp. Med.
Proced. ID
O 2
✱
DRA04355
Unit/Basis
Meas Code
X 1ID2/2
✱
DRA05380
Quantity
 
X 1R1/15
✱
DRA06933
Free-Form
Message Txt
O 1AN1/264
✱
DRA071073
Yes/No Cond
Resp Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
DRA081073
Yes/No Cond
Resp Code
X 1ID1/1
✱
DRA09374
Date/Time
Qualifier
X 1ID3/3
✱
DRA10373
Date
 
X 1DT8/8
✱
DRA11933
Free-Form
Message Txt
O 999AN1/264
✱
DRA12380
Quantity
 
O 1R1/15
✱
DRA13C060
Question
and Answer
O 999
✱
DRA141330
Dosage Form
Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
DRA15933
Free-Form
Message Txt
O 999AN1/264
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
DRA01
352
Description
M 2AN1/80
A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
SEMANTIC: DRA01 is the drug name. Position of data in the repeating data element conveys no significance.
INDUSTRY NAME: Drug Name
REQUIRED        
DRA02
1322
Certification Type Code
O 1ID1/1
Code indicating the type of certification
SEMANTIC: DRA02 is the drug therapy type.
INDUSTRY NAME: Drug Therapy Type
CODE      DEFINITION
4Extension
 
Use when this is the extension of the first use of this drug or its therapeutic equivalent as a supplemental therapy for treatment of this condition.
IInitial
 
Use when this is the first use of this drug or its therapeutic equivalent for treatment of this condition.
RRenewal
 
Use when this is for continuation of the use of this drug or its therapeutic equivalent for treatment of this condition.
SRevised
 
Use when this is the first use of this drug or its therapeutic equivalent to replace a previous unsuccessful or non-optimal therapy for treatment of this condition.
SITUATIONAL
DRA03
C003
Composite Medical Procedure Identifier
O 2
To identify a medical procedure by its standardized codes and applicable modifiers
SEMANTIC: DRA03 Position of data in the repeating data element conveys no significance.
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the request and used by the UMO to render a medical decision. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
REQUIRED        
DRA03-01 
235
Product/Service ID Qualifier
MID2/2
Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234)
INDUSTRY NAME: Product or Service ID Qualifier
CODE      DEFINITION
N4National Drug Code in 5-4-2 Format
CODE SOURCE 240: National Drug Code by Format
REQUIRED        
DRA03-02 
234
Product/Service ID
MAN1/80
Identifying number for a product or service
INDUSTRY NAME: National Drug Code or Device Identifier of the Unique Device Identifier
NOT USED
DRA03-03 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
NOT USED
DRA03-04 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
NOT USED
DRA03-05 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
NOT USED
DRA03-06 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
NOT USED
DRA03-07 
352
Description
OAN1/80
NOT USED
DRA03-08 
234
Product/Service ID
OAN1/80
NOT USED
DRA03-09 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
NOT USED
DRA03-10 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
NOT USED
DRA03-11 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
NOT USED
DRA03-12 
1339
Procedure Modifier
OAN2/2
REQUIRED        
DRA04
355
Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
X 1ID2/2
Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0405
CODE      DEFINITION
F2International Unit
GRGram
MEMilligram
MLMilliliter
UNUnit
REQUIRED        
DRA05
380
Quantity
X 1R1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0405
SEMANTIC: DRA05 is the quantity being requested.
INDUSTRY NAME: National Drug Unit Count
REQUIRED        
DRA06
933
Free-form Message Text
O 1AN1/264
Free-form message text
SEMANTIC: DRA06 is the Sig (The Sig is a Latin term used in the pharmacy industry that represents theinstructions/directions that are printed on the drug label.)
INDUSTRY NAME: Sig
If the Sig is not known at the the time of the request, send unknown in this data element.
REQUIRED        
DRA07
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
O 1ID1/1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: DRA07 is the self administer indicator. A "Y" value indicates that the drug can be administered by the patient. An "N" value indicates that the drug can not be administered by the patient.
INDUSTRY NAME: Self Administered Drug Indicator
CODE      DEFINITION
NNo
YYes
REQUIRED        
DRA08
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
X 1ID1/1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P080910
SEMANTIC: DRA08 is the end stage renal disease (ESRD) indicator. A "Y" value indicates that the patient has ESRD. An "N" value indicates that the patient does not have ESRD.
INDUSTRY NAME: ESRD Indicator
CODE      DEFINITION
NNo
YYes
SITUATIONAL
DRA09
374
Date/Time Qualifier
X 1ID3/3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P080910
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the patient has ESRD certification. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE      DEFINITION
458Certification
SITUATIONAL
DRA10
373
Date
X 1DT8/8
Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P080910
SEMANTIC: DRA10 is the ESRD certification date.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when DRA09 is used. If not required by this implementation guide do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: ESRD Certification Date
SITUATIONAL
DRA11
933
Free-form Message Text
O 999AN1/264
Free-form message text
SEMANTIC: DRA11 is for questions that are related to the authorization of the drug. Position of data in the repeating data element conveys no significance.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when UMO policy has defined additional information necessary for the completion of the authorization. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Drug Authorization Question/Answer
Use this data element to convey the UMO question and the answer.
SITUATIONAL
DRA12
380
Quantity
O 1R1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SEMANTIC: DRA12 is the number of refills requested.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when refills are ordered. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
SITUATIONAL
DRA13
C060
Question and Answer
O 999
Used to supply the answers to pre-defined questions
SEMANTIC: DRA13 Position of data in the repeating data element conveys no significance.
CLICK TO SHOW/HIDE: X12 Composite Semantic Notes
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the UMO has a pre-defined set of a yes/no answer questions that must be answered. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
REQUIRED        
DRA13-01 
350
Assigned Identification
MAN1/20
Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set
INDUSTRY NAME: Pre-Defined Question Indicator
REQUIRED        
DRA13-02 
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
MID1/1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
INDUSTRY NAME: Pre-Defined Question Response
CODE      DEFINITION
NNo
UUnknown
WNot Applicable
YYes
REQUIRED        
DRA14
1330
Dosage Form Code
O 1ID2/2
Code indicating the form in which the drug is dispensed
CODE SOURCE 985: NCPDP Dosage Form Code
CODE      DEFINITION
10Tablet
20Capsule
30Lozenge or Troche
31Internal Powder
43Injectable Lyophilized Powder
60Elixir
61Suspension
62Syrup
63Solution
64Emulsion
67Liquid
69Rectal Cream or Ointment
70Rectal Suppository
71Vaginal Suppository
73Vaginal Cream
75Urethral Suppository
76Enema
78Vaginal Ointment
80External Ointment
81External Cream
86External Powder
NOT USED
DRA15
933
Free-form Message Text
O 999AN1/264
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 MSG - MESSAGE TEXT
X12 Name:Message Text
X12 Purpose:To provide a free-form format that allows the transmission of text information
X12 Syntax:
1.C0302
If MSG03 is present, then MSG02 is required.
Loop:
2000F — SERVICE LEVEL
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when needed to transmit a message to the notification receiver about the service. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.Free form text or description fields are not recommended because they require human interpretation.
2.Do not use the MSG segment to relay information that you can send using codified information in existing data elements. If you need to use the MSG segment, you should approach X12N with data maintenance to solve the business need without the use of the MSG segment.
TR3 Example:
MSG✱This is a free-form text message~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
MSG
 
✱
MSG01933
Free-Form
Message Txt
M 1AN1/264
✱
MSG02934
Printer
Ctrl Code
X 1ID2/2
✱
MSG031470
Number
 
O 1N01/9
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
MSG01
933
Free-form Message Text
M 1AN1/264
Free-form message text
INDUSTRY NAME: Free Form Message Text
NOT USED
MSG02
934
Printer Carriage Control Code
X 1ID2/2
NOT USED
MSG03
1470
Number
O 1N01/9
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 NM1 - SERVICE PROVIDER NAME
X12 Name:Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
1.P0809
If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
2.C1110
If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
3.C1203
If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
2010F — SERVICE PROVIDER NAME
Loop Repeat: 10
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when valued on the notification and the notification is not valid at this segment. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
1.Use this segment to return the name and identification number of the service provider (person, group, or facility) or the specialty entity that was not valid at this level.
TR3 Example:
NM1✱SJ✱1✱WATSON✱SUSAN✱✱✱✱XX✱1234567890~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
NM1
 
✱
NM10198
Entity ID
Code
M 1ID2/3
✱
NM1021065
Entity Type
Qualifier
M 1ID1/1
✱
NM1031035
Name Last/
Org Name
X 1AN1/80
✱
NM1041036
Name
First
O 1AN1/35
✱
NM1051037
Name
Middle
O 1AN1/25
✱
NM1061038
Name
Prefix
O 1AN1/10
✱
NM1071039
Name
Suffix
O 1AN1/10
✱
NM10866
ID Code
Qualifier
X 1ID1/2
✱
NM10967
ID
Code
X 1AN2/80
✱
NM110706
Entity
Relat Code
X 1ID2/2
✱
NM11198
Entity ID
Code
O 1ID2/3
✱
NM1121035
Name Last/
Org Name
O 1AN1/80
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
NM101
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1ID2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE      DEFINITION
1TPhysician, Clinic or Group Practice
72Operating Physician
73Other Physician
D0Admitting Physician
DDAssistant Surgeon
DKOrdering Physician
DQSupervising Physician
FAFacility
P3Primary Care Provider
QBPurchase Service Provider
SJService Provider
REQUIRED        
NM102
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1ID1/1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE      DEFINITION
1Person
2Non-Person Entity
SITUATIONAL
NM103
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1AN1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when returning data that was not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Provider Last or Organization Name
SITUATIONAL
NM104
1036
Name First
O 1AN1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM103 is valued and NM102 = 1 and the Notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Provider First Name
SITUATIONAL
NM105
1037
Name Middle
O 1AN1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM104 is present and the Notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Provider Middle Name or Initial
NOT USED
NM106
1038
Name Prefix
O 1AN1/10
SITUATIONAL
NM107
1039
Name Suffix
O 1AN1/10
Suffix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the notification receiver uses the name suffix to further identify the individual provider and the Notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Provider Name Suffix
SITUATIONAL
NM108
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1ID1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM109 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE      DEFINITION
24Employer's Identification Number
34Social Security Number
46Electronic Transmitter Identification Number (ETIN)
XXStandard Unique Health Identifier for Health Care Providers (NPI)
 
Use when the provider is in the United States or its territories and is eligible to receive a National Provider Identifier (NPI).
OR
Use when the provider is not in the United States or its territories and has received an NPI.
CODE SOURCE 537: National Provider Identifier (NPI)
SITUATIONAL
NM109
67
Identification Code
X 1AN2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when valued on the Notification and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Provider Identifier
NOT USED
NM110
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1ID2/2
NOT USED
NM111
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1ID2/3
NOT USED
NM112
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1AN1/80
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 REF - SERVICE PROVIDER SUPPLEMENTAL IDENTIFICATION
X12 Name:Reference Information
X12 Purpose:To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
1.R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
2010F — SERVICE PROVIDER NAME
Segment Repeat:
8
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when used by the notification receiver to identify the Patient Event Provider and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱ZH✱A12345~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
REF
 
✱
REF01128
Reference
Ident Qual
M 1ID2/3
✱
REF02127
Reference
Ident
X 1AN1/80
✱
REF03352
Description
 
X 1AN1/80
✱
REF04C040
Reference
Identifier
O 1
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
REF01
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1ID2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE      DEFINITION
0BState License Number
1JFacility ID Number
EIEmployer's Identification Number
 
Use when NM108 does not equal 24 (Employer's Identification Number)
G5Provider Site Number
N5Provider Plan Network Identification Number
N7Facility Network Identification Number
SYSocial Security Number
 
Use when reporting a Social Security Number.

The Social Security Number must be a string of exactly nine numbers with no separators.

For example, sending "111002222" would be valid, while sending "111-00-2222" would be invalid.
ZHCarrier Assigned Reference Number
 
Use when reporting the provider ID as assigned by the UMO identified in Loop 2000A.
REQUIRED        
REF02
127
Reference Identification
X 1AN1/80
1/50
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Provider Supplemental Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
SITUATIONAL
REF03
352
Description
X 1AN1/80
A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when REF01 = 0B to report the two character state ID of the state assigning the State License Number and the notification is not valid at this level. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: License Number State Code
NOT USED
REF04
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 AAA - SERVICE PROVIDER REQUEST VALIDATION
X12 Name:Request Validation
X12 Purpose:To specify the validity of the request and indicate follow-up action authorized
Loop:
2010F — SERVICE PROVIDER NAME
Segment Repeat:
9
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when the request is not valid at this level to indicate the data condition that prohibits processing of the Notification, or Information Copy. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
AAA✱N✱✱43✱C~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
AAA
 
✱
AAA011073
Yes/No Cond
Resp Code
M 1ID1/1
✱
AAA02559
Agency
Qual Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
AAA03901
Reject
Reason Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
AAA04889
Follow-up
Act Code
O 1ID1/1
✱
AAA051787
Error
Reason Code
O 99ID2/2
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
AAA01
1073
Yes/No Condition or Response Code
M 1ID1/1
Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response
SEMANTIC: AAA01 designates whether the request is valid or invalid. Code "Y" indicates that the code is valid; code "N" indicates that the code is invalid.
INDUSTRY NAME: Valid Request Indicator
CODE      DEFINITION
NNo
YYes
NOT USED
AAA02
559
Agency Qualifier Code
O 1ID2/2
SITUATIONAL
AAA03
901
Reject Reason Code
O 1ID2/2
Code identifying reason for rejection as assigned by issuer
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when AAA01 = "N". If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE      DEFINITION
15Required application data missing
 
Use when data is missing that is not covered by another reject reason code. Use to indicate when there is not enough information to identify the service provider.
33Input Errors
 
Use when input errors in this loop are not covered by the other reject reason codes.
35Out of Network
41Authorization/Access Restrictions
43Invalid/Missing Provider Identification
44Invalid/Missing Provider Name
45Invalid/Missing Provider Specialty
46Invalid/Missing Provider Phone Number
47Invalid/Missing Provider State
49Provider is Not Primary Care Physician
51Provider Not on File
52Service Dates Not Within Provider Plan Enrollment
79Invalid Participant Identification
97Invalid or Missing Provider Address
REQUIRED        
AAA04
889
Follow-up Action Code
O 1ID1/1
Code identifying follow-up actions allowed
CODE      DEFINITION
CPlease Correct and Resubmit
NResubmission Not Allowed
NOT USED
AAA05
1787
Error Reason Code
O 99ID2/2
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 PRV - SERVICE PROVIDER INFORMATION
X12 Name:Provider Information
X12 Purpose:To specify the identifying characteristics of a provider
X12 Syntax:
1.P0203
If either PRV02 or PRV03 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
2010F — SERVICE PROVIDER NAME
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
SITUATIONAL
Situational Rule:
Required when needed to indicate the provider's specialty. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
PRV✱PE✱PXC✱1223G0001X~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
PRV
 
✱
PRV011221
Provider
Code
M 1ID1/3
✱
PRV02128
Reference
Ident Qual
X 1ID2/3
✱
PRV03127
Reference
Ident
X 1AN1/80
✱
PRV04156
State or
Prov Code
O 1ID2/2
✱
PRV05C035
Provider
Spec. Inf.
O 1
✱
PRV061223
Provider
Org Code
O 1ID3/3
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
PRV01
1221
Provider Code
M 1ID1/3
Code identifying the type of provider
CODE      DEFINITION
ASAssistant Surgeon
HHospital
 
Use when the provider is a facility (NM101=FA) or clinic (NM101=G3).
OPOperating
OROrdering
OTOther Physician
PCPrimary Care Physician
PEPerforming
REQUIRED        
PRV02
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
X 1ID2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0203
CODE      DEFINITION
PXCHealth Care Provider Taxonomy Code
CODE SOURCE 682: Health Care Provider Taxonomy
REQUIRED        
PRV03
127
Reference Identification
X 1AN1/80
1/50
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider Taxonomy Code
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
NOT USED
PRV04
156
State or Province Code
O 1ID2/2
NOT USED
PRV05
C035
Provider Specialty Information
O 1
NOT USED
PRV06
1223
Provider Organization Code
O 1ID3/3
SEGMENT DETAIL 
 SE - TRANSACTION SET TRAILER
X12 Name:Transaction Set Trailer
X12 Purpose:To indicate the end of the transaction set and provide the count of the transmitted segments (including the beginning (ST) and ending (SE) segments)
X12 Comments:
1.SE is the last segment of each transaction set.
Segment Repeat:
1
Usage:
REQUIRED
TR3 Example:
SE✱24✱0002~
DIAGRAM 
 
 
SE
 
✱
SE0196
Number of
Inc Segs
M 1N01/10
✱
SE02329
TS Control
Number
M 1AN4/9
 
 
∼
 
ELEMENT DETAIL 
USAGEREF. DES.D.E. NUM.NAMEATTRIBUTES
REQUIRED        
SE01
96
Number of Included Segments
M 1N01/10
Total number of segments included in a transaction set including ST and SE segments
INDUSTRY NAME: Transaction Segment Count
REQUIRED        
SE02
329
Transaction Set Control Number
M 1AN4/9
Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set
The Transaction Set Control Number in ST02 and SE02 must be identical.

3. Examples

Business scenario examples for use of this transaction can be found on the X12 Examples website at http://examples.x12.org. The X12 Examples website provides convenient access to examples of X12 transaction transmissions, including the data stream and a description of the associated scenario.

 

Appendix A. External Code Sources

Prior to this publication, X12 TR3s contained a subset of the overall Code Source Directory, formerly known as Appendix A of X12.3. External code lists are not part of the X12 standard and are provided for information purposes only. The full listing is available in Glass, X12's On-Line viewer.

Read more about Glass here: https://glasshelp.x12.org/.

Where an external code source is referenced in this publication, the implementer is required to use only the codes from that list. Codes must be reported as listed in the code source (e.g. with leading zeroes). Implementers must follow the instructions for code use that are supplied by the code set owner.

 

B.1.1 Referenced and Related Standards

This technical report is based on the X12 EDI standard which comprises a series of interdependent publications. Implementers are advised to consult these publications when using this technical report.

The following standards are required to interpret, understand, and use this technical report:

  • X12.5 - Interchange Control Structure
  • X12.6 - Application Control Structure

The following guideline is useful to interpret, understand, and use this technical report:

  • Compliance in X12

The following reference model is useful to interpret, understand, and use this technical report:

  • Acknowledgment Reference Model

All of the documents above are available online using links to X12's Online Viewer.

 

B.1.1.1 Transmission Control Schematic

Refer to X12.5 - Interchange Control Structures, Section 3.5 - Order of Control Segments, and Chapter 5 Interchange Segment Specifications.

Similar transaction sets, called "functional groups," can be sent together within a transmission. Each functional group is prefaced by a group start segment; and a functional group is terminated by a group end segment. One or more functional groups are prefaced by an interchange header and followed by an interchange trailer. Figure B.1 - Transmission Control Schematic, illustrates this interchange control.

Figure B.1 - Transmission Control Schematic

Transmission Control Schematic

 

B.1.1.2 Constraints applicable to the suite of TR3s

Refer to X12.6 - Application Control Structure, Section 3.2.8 - Minimums/Maximums.

Data element minimum and maximum lengths are set by the X12 standard. This implementation guide may further restrict minimum and maximum lengths within the bounds set by the standard. Such restrictions may occur implicitly by virtue of the allowed qualifier for the data element, or they may be stated explicitly in a note attached to the element or in the general limitations below.

 

B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification

The current X12 standard allows a maximum length greater than 50 characters for data element 127. For implementations governed by this implementation guide, unless another value is specified in an attached note, the maximum length of each occurrence of this data element is constrained to 50 characters.

 

B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount

For implementations governed by this implementation guide, unless another value is specified for an instance of Data Element 782 within Section 2 (Transaction Set), each occurrence of Data Element 782 (Monetary Amount) will be limited to a maximum length of 10 characters including reported or implied places for cents (implied value of 00 after the decimal point). Note that the decimal point and leading sign, if sent, are not part of the character count.

EXAMPLE

  • The following transmitted value represents the largest positive dollar amount that can be sent: 99999999.99
  • The following transmitted value is the longest string of characters that can be sent representing whole dollars. 99999999
  • The following transmitted value is the longest string of characters that can be sent representing negative dollars and cents. -99999999.99
  • The following transmitted value is the longest string of characters that can be sent representing negative whole dollars. -99999999
 

B.1.1.3 Decimal

While the X12 standard supports usage of exponential notation, this guide prohibits that usage.

Appendix D. Change Summary

This Implementation Guide (008020X328) defines the X12 requirements for the Health Care Services Review Notification and Acknowledgment. It is based on version/release/subrelease 008020 of the X12 standards.